10-K 1 d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10–K

 

 

 

¨ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE ANNUAL PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM              TO             

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 333-97427

 

 

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   39-1877511

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

8310 16th Street

Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177-0902

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(262) 631-4001

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x*

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S–K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10–K or any amendment to this Form 10–K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

There is no public trading market for the registrant’s common stock. As of March 6, 2009, there were 24,422 outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  None.

 

* Note: As a voluntary filer not subject to filing requirements, the registrant filed all reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, which would be required to be filed if the registrant were required to file such reports.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

Section

 

Topic

   Page
  Forward-Looking Statements    i  

PART I

  
Item 1   Business    1  
Item 1A   Risk Factors    9  
Item 1B   Unresolved Staff Comments    18  
Item 2   Properties    19  
Item 3   Legal Proceedings    20  
Item 4   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    20  

PART II

  
Item 5   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    21  
Item 6   Selected Financial Data    21  
Item 7   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    24  
Item 7A   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    51  
Item 8   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    52  
Item 9   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    52  
Item 9A   Controls and Procedures    52  

PART III

  
Item 10   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    54  
Item 11   Executive Compensation    59  
Item 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    76  
Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    81  
Item 14   Principal Accounting Fees and Services    99  

PART IV

  
Item 15   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    101  


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “JohnsonDiversey,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” in this report refer to JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements in this Form 10–K that are not historical facts. These “forward-looking statements” can be identified by the use of terms such as “may,” “intend,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. You should be aware that these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which it is made or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances. New factors emerge from time to time that may cause our business not to develop as we expect, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

our ability to execute our business strategies;

 

   

our ability to successfully execute and complete our restructuring program, including workforce reduction, achievement of cost savings, as well as plant closures and disposition of assets;

 

   

successful operation of outsourced functions, including information technology and certain financial shared services;

 

   

general economic and political conditions, interest rates, exposure to foreign currency risks and financial market volatility;

 

   

the vitality of the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market and conditions affecting the industry, including health-related, political and weather-related;

 

   

restraints on pricing flexibility due to competitive conditions in the professional market;

 

   

the loss or insolvency of a significant supplier or customer, or the inability of a significant supplier or customer to fulfill their obligations to us;

 

   

effectiveness in managing our manufacturing processes, including our inventory, fixed assets and system of internal control;

 

   

energy costs, the costs of raw materials and other operating expenses;

 

   

our ability and the ability of our competitors to introduce new products and technical innovations;

 

   

the costs and effects of complying with laws and regulations relating to the environment and to the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of our products;

 

   

the occurrence of litigation or claims;

 

   

tax, fiscal, governmental and other regulatory policies;

 

   

the effect of future acquisitions or divestitures or other corporate transactions;

 

   

adverse or unfavorable publicity regarding us or our services;

 

   

the loss of, or changes in, executive management or other key personnel;

 

   

natural and manmade disasters, including acts of terrorism, hostilities, war, and other such events that cause business interruptions or affect our markets; and

 

   

other factors listed from time to time in reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

We are an environmentally responsible, leading global marketer and manufacturer of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency, appearance enhancing products, and equipment and related services for the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market, which we operate under the names “JohnsonDiversey” and “Johnson Wax Professional.”

We sell our products in more than 160 countries through our direct sales force, wholesalers and third-party distributors. Our sales are balanced geographically, with our principal markets being Europe and North America with a strong presence in Japan and an increasing presence in the emerging markets of Asia Pacific and Latin America. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we had net sales of $3.3 billion, of which 55% were from Europe and 20% were from North America. For a discussion of financial results by segment and by geographical location, see Note 27 to our consolidated financial statements.

We file annual reports on Form 10–K, quarterly reports on Form 10–Q, current reports on Form 8–K and other information with the SEC pursuant to covenants contained in the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes. The public can obtain copies of these materials by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330, or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC, we make copies available to the public free of charge on or through our website at http://www.johnsondiversey.com. The information on our website is not incorporated into, and is not part of, this annual report.

History

We are a privately held business that was incorporated in Delaware in February 1997, under the name S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc. From February 1997 until November 1999, we were a wholly owned subsidiary of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (“SCJ”), a leading provider of innovative consumer home cleaning, maintenance and storage products founded by Samuel Curtis Johnson in 1886. In November 1999, we were separated from SCJ in a tax-free spin-off. In connection with the spin-off, Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. (“Holdco”), a Delaware corporation that is majority-owned by descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson, obtained substantially all of the shares of our common stock from SCJ and, in November 2001, contributed those shares to Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco.

In May 2002, we acquired DiverseyLever, an institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation business, from Conopco, Inc., a subsidiary of Unilever PLC and Unilever N.V. (together “Unilever”). Following the acquisition, we changed our name to “JohnsonDiversey, Inc.” and Johnson Professional Holdings changed its name to “JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc.” In connection with the acquisition, Unilever acquired a one-third interest in JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Holdco retained the remaining two-thirds interest. At the closing of the acquisition, we entered into a sales agency agreement (the “Prior Agency Agreement”) with Unilever whereby we were appointed Unilever’s exclusive agent to sell its consumer branded products, a business we did not acquire, to institutional and industrial customers. In October 2007, the Prior Agency Agreement with Unilever, which expired in December 2007, was replaced by an umbrella agreement (the “Umbrella Agreement”), which includes: (i) a new agency agreement with terms similar to the Prior Agency Agreement, covering Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil, and (ii) a Master Sub-License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) under which Unilever has agreed to grant 31 of our subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. The entities covered by the License Agreement have also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute Unilever’s consumer branded products. Except for some transitional arrangements in certain countries, the Umbrella Agreement became effective January 1, 2008, and, unless otherwise terminated or extended, will expire on December 31, 2017.

 

1


Table of Contents

In June 2006, Johnson Polymer, LLC (“Johnson Polymer”) and JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. (“Holdings II”), an indirectly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of Johnson Polymer, certain of the equity interests in, or assets of, certain Johnson Polymer subsidiaries and all of the equity interests owned by Holdings II in Johnson Polymer B.V. (collectively, the “Polymer Business”) to BASF Aktiengesellschaft.

Business Overview

Our business supplies cleaning, operational efficiency, hygiene and sanitizing products, including food service, beverage and food processing, floor care, restroom/other housekeeping, and laundry, to institutional end-users such as lodging establishments, food processing facilities, building service contractors, educational institutions, retail outlets, and healthcare facilities. In addition, we provide a wide range of value-added services, including safety and application training, safety and hygiene consulting and hygiene auditing. We sell our professional products and related services on a global basis to a broad range of customers in diverse industries. In fiscal year 2008, our business had net sales of $3.3 billion.

Our operating segments are defined according to geographic regions and include the following: (1) Europe, (2) North America, (3) Japan, (4) Latin America, (5) Asia Pacific, and (6) Eliminations/Other. For additional information regarding our business by segment, including operating profit and total assets, see Note 27 to our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Europe. Our European segment had $1.8 billion of net sales in fiscal year 2008. Our European segment consists of 30 operating units across Western Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, Africa, and the Middle East. The largest operations comprising this segment are primarily in Western Europe and include the United Kingdom, Italy, France, the Netherlands, Germany, Turkey, Spain, and Switzerland.

North America. Net sales for North America was $679.4 million in fiscal year 2008. The North America business primarily consists of our operations in the United States and Canada.

Japan. Net sales for Japan, our third largest segment, was $311.4 million in fiscal year 2008.

Latin America. Net sales for the Latin American region was $263.0 million in fiscal year 2008. Our Latin American segment consists of 10 operating units across South America, Central America, and the Caribbean, with Brazil being our largest operation.

Asia Pacific. Net sales for the Asia Pacific region was $251.7 million in fiscal year 2008. This region consists of 12 operating units with China and Australia being our largest operations in the region.

Products

As the nature of our business is generally similar across our geographic regions, the ensuing detailed description of our business and competitive environment is intended to be representative of all our regions unless specifically stated otherwise.

We are a worldwide, environmentally responsible supplier of cleaning, hygiene and sanitizing products, equipment and related services to the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. We offer a diversified line of products and related services to customers in more than 160 countries. We currently offer a wide range of products in each of five different categories—food service, beverage and food processing, floor care, restroom/other housekeeping, and laundry.

Food Service. Food service products remove soil and eliminate microbiological contamination from food contact surfaces. Our food service products include chemicals for washing dishes, glassware, flatware, utensils and kitchen equipment; dish machines; pre-rinse units; dish tables and racks; food handling and storage products; and safe floor systems and tools. We also manufacture and

 

2


Table of Contents

supply kitchen cleaning products, such as general purpose cleaners, lime scale removers, bactericides/disinfectants, detergents, oven and grill cleaners, general surface degreasers, floor cleaners and food surface disinfectants. In addition, we support all cleaning tasks with documented cleaning methods and hygiene plans.

Beverage and Food Processing. We offer detergents, cleaners, sanitizers and lubricants, as well as cleaning systems, electronic dispensers and chemical injectors for the application of chemical products and improvement of operational efficiency. We also offer gel and foam products for manual open plant cleaning, acid and alkaline cleaners and membrane cleaning products. In addition, we provide consulting services in the areas of food safety, water and energy use reduction, and quality management.

Floor Care. We manufacture a broad range of floor care products and systems, including finishes, buffable waxes, cleaners, degreasers, polishes, sealers and strippers for all types of flooring surfaces, including vinyl, terrazzo, granite, concrete, marble, linoleum and wood. We also provide a full range of carpet cleaners, such as extraction cleaners and shampoos; carpet powders; treatments, such as pre-sprays and deodorizers; and a full line of carpet spotters. Our range of products also includes carpet cleaning and floor care machines, as well as utensils and tools, which support the floor cleaning and maintenance process.

Restroom/Other Housekeeping. We offer a fully integrated line of products and dispensing systems for hard surface cleaning, disinfecting and sanitizing, hand washing and air deodorizing and freshening. Our restroom care and other housekeeping products include bowl and hard surface cleaners, hand soaps, sanitizers, air care products, general purpose cleaners, disinfectants and specialty cleaning products.

Laundry. We offer detergents, stain removers, fabric conditioners, softeners and bleaches in liquid, powder and concentrated forms to clean items such as bed linen, clothing and table linen. Our range of products covers all of the requirements of fabric washing from domestic-sized machines in small hotels to continuous batch washers at on-premise laundries. We also offer customized washing programs for different levels and types of soils, a comprehensive range of dispensing equipment and a selection of process control and management information systems.

End-Users and Customers

We offer our professional products directly or through third-party distributors to end-users in seven sectors—food service, lodging, retail, health care, building managers/service contractors, food and beverage, and other. During fiscal year 2008, no end-user customer accounted for more than 4% of our global consolidated net sales.

Food Service. End users include fast food and full-service restaurants as well as contract caterers.

Lodging. We serve most of the largest hotel chains in the world as well as local independent properties and regional chains.

Retail. Retail end users include supermarkets, drug stores, discounters, hypermarkets and wholesale clubs.

Health Care. These customers include both public and private hospitals, long-term care facilities and other facilities where medical services are performed.

Building Managers/Service Contractors. These end users include building owners/managers as well as building service contractors. Contractors clean, maintain and manage office buildings, retail stores, health care facilities and educational institutions.

Food and Beverage. Food and beverage end users include dairy plants, dairy farms, breweries, soft-drink and juice bottling plants and other food processors.

 

3


Table of Contents

Other. End-users in this sector include cash and carry establishments, government institutions, industrial plants and on-premise laundries. Cash and carry customers are stores in which professional end-users purchase products for their own use.

We sell our products and systems in domestic and international markets through company-trained sales and service personnel, who also advise and assist customers in the proper and efficient use of products and systems in order to meet a full range of cleaning and sanitation needs. We sell our products in more than 160 countries either directly to end-users or through a network of distributors, wholesalers and third-party intermediaries. We employ a direct sales force to market and sell our products. We contract with local third-party distributors on an exclusive and non-exclusive basis. We estimate that direct sales to end-users by our sales force typically account for about two thirds of our net sales, with indirect sales through third-party channels accounting for the remaining third.

In our larger customer sectors, such as food and beverage, the supply of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency and appearance enhancing products involves more than the physical distribution of detergents. In these sectors, customers may contract for the provision of a complete hygiene system, which includes products as well as safety and application training, hygiene consulting, hygiene auditing and after-sales services. We employ specialized sales people who are trained to provide these specific services and, through our tailored cleaning solutions approach, we are able to better address the specific needs of these customers.

For additional financial information regarding key financial measures of our business, including net sales and long-lived assets by geographical location, see Note 27 to our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Raw Materials

Suppliers provide raw materials, packaging components, equipment, accessories and contract manufactured goods. The key raw materials we use in our business are surfactants, polymers and resins, fragrances, solvents, caustic soda, waxes, chelates and phosphates. Packaging components include bag-in-the-box containers, bottles, corrugated boxes, drums, pails, totes, aerosol cans, caps, triggers and valves. Equipment and accessories include dilution control, ware washing and laundry equipment, floor care machines, air care dispensers, floor care applicators, mops, microfiber, buckets, carts and other items used in the maintenance of a facility.

We believe that the vast majority of our raw materials required for the manufacture of our products and all components related to our equipment and accessories are available from multiple sources and are available in amounts sufficient to meet our manufacturing requirements. Due to by-product/co-product chemical relationships to the automotive and housing markets, several materials will continue to be difficult to source. Our ability to deliver our products in a cost effective manner in 2008 has been affected by unprecedented cost increases in phosphorous materials, caustic soda, chelates, and other key materials. In addition, raw material costs for certain of our floor care products have been unfavorably impacted by volatile oil and natural gas prices. As a result, we have absorbed significantly higher raw material costs and have implemented selling price increases in all of our global markets. Although we purchase some raw materials under long-term supply arrangements with third parties, these arrangements follow market forces and are in line with our overall global sourcing strategy, which seeks to balance cost of acquisition and availability of supply.

Competition

The worldwide market for our products is both fragmented and highly competitive. Our principal global competitor is Ecolab, Inc. (“Ecolab”), which is the largest supplier of cleaning and sanitizing products in the cleaning and sanitation market, mainly as result of its significant presence in the U.S. health and hospitality market. Outside the United States, we have either equal or greater market share in most geographies. We face significant competition from numerous national, regional and local companies within some or all of our product lines in each sector that we serve. Other competitors in the market include 3M, The Procter & Gamble Company and The Clorox Company, which sell into the institutional sector from their bases in consumer products, and Kimberly-Clark Corporation, which has expanded from paper accessories into personal care and washroom products.

 

4


Table of Contents

We seek to differentiate our company from our competitors in our strategic sectors by becoming the preferred partner to our customers, and providing innovative, industry-leading products to make their facilities safer and healthier for the workers who clean them and the people who occupy them. We believe the quality, ease of use and environmental profile of our products are unique competitive strengths. In addition, we have long-standing, profitable relationships with many of our top customers. Our global reach and sales and service capabilities also give us a strong competitive advantage over smaller, regional and local players in the industry.

Foreign Operations

We conduct business operations through subsidiaries in North America, Europe, Japan, Latin America and Asia Pacific. Because our business has significant manufacturing operations, sales offices and research and development activities in foreign locations, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. To a large extent, we use currency netting and forward foreign currency contracts to offset these fluctuations.

In addition, our foreign operations are potentially subject to a number of unique risks and limitations, including: exchange control regulations, wage and price controls, employment regulations, regulatory approvals, foreign investment laws, import and trade restrictions, and governmental instability. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors – We are subject to risks related to our operations outside of North America” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors – Fluctuations in exchange rates may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.”

Intellectual Property

We strategically manage our portfolio of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property. Specifically, we rely upon trade secrets to protect the formulation of many of our chemical products, as well as our manufacturing processes. We own or have licenses under patents and registered trademarks which are used in connection with our business. Some of these patents or licenses cover significant product formulation and processes used to manufacture our products. The trademarks of all major products in each business are registered. Certain intellectual property is also protected, where appropriate, by confidentiality agreements or other agreements with suppliers, employees and other third parties. In part, our success can be attributed to the existence and continued protection of these trademarks, patents, trade secrets, and licenses.

We believe that the Johnson housemark and the Diversey trademark are important to our business. SCJ has granted us a license to use specified trade names, housemarks and trademarks that incorporate “Johnson,” including “Johnson Wax Professional,” and to use the “Johnson” name, with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” We own the Diversey trademark and have registrations of that trademark in various jurisdictions. These registrations are renewable, potentially indefinitely, as long as we continue to use the Diversey trademark. Other than the Johnson and Diversey marks, we do not believe that our overall business is materially dependent on any individual trade name, trademark or patent.

In connection with our acquisition of the DiverseyLever business in May 2002, we entered into several license agreements with Unilever under which Unilever granted us a license of specified trademarks, patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how used in the DiverseyLever business that were retained by Unilever. In addition, under a transferred technology license agreement, we have granted a license to Unilever to use specified intellectual property rights and patents and registered designs that were transferred to us in the acquisition. The licenses granted under these agreements generally terminate with the expiration of the particular patent, design right, copyright or know-how, unless terminated earlier.

Research and Development

Innovative technologies and manufacturing expertise are important to our business. Through our research, we aim to develop new, more innovative and competitive products, applications, services and processes while providing technical assistance to

 

5


Table of Contents

customers helping them improve their operations. In particular, our ability to compete effectively is materially dependent on the integration of proprietary technologies with our knowledge of the applications served. We conduct most of our research and development activities at our research facilities located in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, Santa Cruz, California, Utrecht, the Netherlands, Mannheim, Germany, Muenchwilen, Switzerland, and Sao Paulo, Brazil. We also have regional development and application support in our Asia Pacific region, Japan and other locations in Europe. In addition, we have entered into a technology disclosure and license agreement with SCJ, under which each party may disclose to the other new technologies that it develops internally, acquires or licenses from third parties.

Substantially all of our principal products have been sourced and/or developed by our research and development and engineering personnel. Research and development expenses were $67.1 million, $65.5 million and $58.1 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006.

Employees

As of March 6, 2009, we employed over 10,800 employees, of which about 1,400 were located in the United States.

None of our employees in the United States are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. In Europe, the majority of our employees are represented by labor unions and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Collective bargaining agreements are generally renewable on an annual basis. In several European countries, local co-determination legislation or practice requires employees of companies that are over a specified size, or that operate in more than one European country, to be represented by a works council. Works councils typically meet between two and four times a year to discuss management plans or decisions that impact employment levels or conditions within the Company, including closures of facilities. Certain employees in Australia, Japan, Latin America, New Zealand and South Africa also belong to labor unions and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Local employment legislation may impose significant requirements in these and other jurisdictions, including consultation requirements.

We believe that we have a satisfactory working relationship with organized labor and employee works councils around the world, and have not had any major work stoppages since incorporation in 1997.

Environmental Regulation

Our operations are regulated under a number of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials into the air, soil and water as well as the use, handling, storage and disposal of these materials. These laws and regulations include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), as well as analogous state, local and foreign laws. Compliance with these environmental laws is a major consideration for us because we use hazardous materials in some of our manufacturing processes. In addition, because we are a generator of hazardous wastes, we, along with any other person who disposes or arranges for the disposal of our wastes, may be subject to financial exposure for costs associated with an investigation and any remediation of sites at which we have disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous wastes if those sites become contaminated, even if we fully complied with applicable environmental laws at the time of disposal. Furthermore, process wastewater from our manufacturing operations is discharged to various types of wastewater management systems. We may incur significant costs relating to contamination that may have been, or is currently being, caused by this practice. We are also subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws that regulate the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of many of our products, including some of our disinfecting, sanitizing and antimicrobial products. Some of these laws require us to have operating permits for our production facilities, warehouse facilities and operations, and we may not have some of these permits or some of the permits we have may not be current. In the event of a violation of these laws, we may be liable for damages and the costs of remedial actions and may also be subject to revocation, non-renewal or modification of our operating and discharge permits, and revocation of product registrations. Any revocation, non-renewal or modification may require us to cease

 

6


Table of Contents

or limit the manufacture and sale of products at one or more of our facilities and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Environmental laws may also become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with any violation, which also may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Environmental regulations most significant to us are summarized below:

Toxic Substances. We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the production, transport and import of industrial chemicals. Notably, the Toxic Substances Control Act gives the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) the authority to track, test and/or ban chemicals that may pose an environmental or human-health hazard. We are required to comply with certification, testing, labeling and transportation requirements associated with regulated chemicals. To date, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Pesticide Regulation. Some of our facilities are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the manufacture and/or use of pesticides. We manufacture and sell certain disinfecting and sanitizing products that kill micro-organisms, such as bacteria, viruses and fungi. These products are considered “pesticides” or “antimicrobial pesticides” and, in the United States, are governed primarily by the Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended by the Food Quality Protection Act of 1996. To register these products, we must meet various efficacy, toxicity and labeling requirements and must pay initial and ongoing registration fees. In addition, some states or foreign jurisdictions may impose taxes on sales of pesticides. Although the cost of maintaining and delays associated with pesticide registration have increased in recent years, compliance with the various laws and regulations governing the manufacture and sale of pesticides has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Ingredient Regulation. Numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relate to the sale of products containing ingredients that may impact human health and the environment. Specifically, the State of California has enacted Proposition 65, which requires us to disclose specified listed ingredient chemicals on the labels of our products. To date, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Other Environmental Regulation. Many of our facilities are subject to various federal, state, local or foreign laws and regulations governing the discharge, transportation, use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances. In the United States, these statutes include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. We are also subject to the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, including the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, which imposes reporting requirements when toxic substances are released into the environment. In Europe, we are subject to portions of the compliance obligations under the EU European Community Directive “Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals” (EU Directive No. 2006/1907). The directive imposes several requirements related to the identification and management of risks related to chemical substances manufactured or marketed in Europe. Our compliance obligations are mostly associated with the use of chemicals versus manufacture. Each year we make various capital investments and expenditures necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations and satisfy our environmental stewardship principles. To date, these investments and expenditures have not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Environmental Remediation and Proceedings. We may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA or its state, local or foreign equivalent for the costs of environmental contamination on or from our properties and at off-site locations where we disposed of or arranged for the disposal or treatment of hazardous wastes. Generally, CERCLA imposes joint and several liability on each potentially responsible party (“PRP”) that actually contributed hazardous waste to a site. Customarily, PRPs will work with the EPA to agree on and implement a plan for site investigation and remediation. Based on our experience with these environmental proceedings, our estimate of the contribution to be made by other PRPs with the financial ability to pay their shares, and our third party indemnification rights at certain sites (including indemnities provided by SCJ), we believe that our share of the costs at these sites will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

7


Table of Contents

In addition to the liabilities imposed by CERCLA or its state, local or foreign equivalent, we may be liable for costs of investigation and remediation of environmental contamination on or from our current or former properties or at off-site locations under numerous other federal, state, local and foreign laws. Our operations involve the handling, transportation and use of numerous hazardous substances. We are aware that there is or may be soil or groundwater contamination at some of our facilities resulting from past operations and practices. Based on available information and our indemnification rights, explained below, we believe that the costs to investigate and remediate known contamination at these sites will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In many of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, however, the laws that govern our operations are still undeveloped or evolving.

Many of the environmental laws and regulations discussed above apply to properties and operations of the DiverseyLever business that we acquired from Unilever in May 2002. Under the acquisition agreement, Unilever made representations and warranties to us with respect to the DiverseyLever business and has agreed to indemnify us for damages in respect of breaches of its warranties and for specified types of environmental liabilities if the aggregate amounts of damages meet various dollar thresholds. Unilever will not be liable for any damages resulting from environmental matters (1) in the case of known environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate.

In the case of clause (1) above, we will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will Unilever be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $250 million in the aggregate.

Given the nature of our business, we believe that it is possible that, in the future, we will be subject to more stringent environmental laws or regulations that may result in new or additional restrictions imposed on our manufacturing, processing and distribution activities, which may result in possible violations, substantial fines, penalties, damages or other significant costs. The potential cost to us relating to environmental matters, including the cost of complying with the foregoing legislation and remediation of contamination, is uncertain due to such factors as the unknown magnitude and type of possible pollution and clean-up costs, the complexity and evolving nature of laws and regulations, including those outside the United States, and the timing, variable costs and effectiveness of alternative clean-up methods. We have accrued our best estimate of probable future costs relating to such known sites, but we cannot estimate at this time the costs associated with any contamination that may be discovered as a result of future investigations, and we cannot provide assurance that those costs or the costs of any required remediation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Environmental Permits and Licensing. In the ordinary course of our business, we are continually subject to environmental inspections and monitoring by governmental enforcement authorities. In addition, our production facilities, warehouse facilities and operations require operating permits that are subject to renewal, modification, and, in specified circumstances, revocation. While we believe that we are currently in material compliance with existing permit and licensing requirements, we may not be in compliance with permit or licensing requirements at some of our facilities. Based on available information and our indemnification rights, we believe that costs associated with our permit and licensing obligations will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Product Registration and Compliance

Various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations regulate some of our products and require us to register our products and to comply with specified requirements. In the United States, we must register our sanitizing and disinfecting products

 

8


Table of Contents

with the EPA. When we register these products, we must also submit to the EPA information regarding the chemistry, toxicology and antimicrobial efficacy for the agency’s review. Data must be consistent with the desired claims stated on the product label. In addition, each state where these products are sold requires registration and payment of a fee.

We are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that regulate products manufactured and sold by us for controlling microbial growth on humans, animals and processed foods. In the United States, these requirements are generally administered by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). The FDA regulates the manufacture and sale of food, drugs and cosmetics, which includes antibacterial soaps and products used in food preparation establishments. The FDA requires companies to register antibacterial hand care products and imposes specific criteria that the products must meet in order to be marketed for these regulated uses. Before we are able to advertise our product as an antibacterial soap or food-related product, we must generate, and maintain in our possession, information about the product that is consistent with the appropriate FDA monograph. FDA monographs dictate the necessary requirements for various product types such as antimicrobial hand soaps. In addition, the FDA regulates the labeling of these products. If the FDA determines that any of our products do not meet its standards for an antibacterial product, we will not be able to market the product as an antibacterial product. Some of our business operations are subject to similar restrictions and obligations under an order of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission which was issued in 1999 and will remain in effect until at least 2019.

Similar product registration regulations and compliance programs exist in many other countries where we operate.

To date, the cost of complying with product registration and compliance has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, certain risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our business. The risk factors include, but are not limited to, those discussed below. These and many other factors described in this report could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may not realize the anticipated cost savings from the restructuring contemplated by the November 2005 Plan.

We have realized significant cost savings as a result of our restructuring program announced in November 2005 (“November 2005 Plan”), which is expected to take one more year to complete. The restructuring program includes redesigning our organization structure, closing a number of manufacturing and other facilities, outsourcing the majority of information technology support worldwide, outsourcing certain financial services in Western Europe, and reducing our workforce by approximately 10%. In addition to the divestitures that we have completed, which most notably included the divestiture of the Polymer Business in 2006, we are also considering the potential divestiture of, or exit from, certain other non-core or underperforming businesses of an immaterial nature.

Our ability to divest or exit non-core or underperforming businesses is limited by restrictions in the indentures for our senior subordinated notes, our senior secured credit facilities and the Stockholders’ Agreement among Holdings, Holdco and Unilever (as amended and restated in December 2008). See “The indentures for our senior subordinated notes, our senior secured credit facilities and the Stockholders’ Agreement among Holdings, Holdco and Unilever restrict our ability to engage in some business and financial transactions.” Further, restructuring programs are inherently risky given that a successful outcome is dependent on the ability to successfully execute and manage significant changes to the business. Our assumptions underlying estimates of anticipated cost savings from these restructuring initiatives may be inaccurate, and future business conditions and events may impede our ability to complete our restructuring initiatives. If we are unable to complete these initiatives in a timely manner, or if we do not realize the anticipated cost savings, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness may adversely affect our financial condition.

We have substantial indebtedness. As of December 31, 2008, we had total indebtedness of about $1.1 billion, consisting of $614.6 million of senior subordinated notes, $429.8 million of borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, $11.1 million of other long-term borrowings and $26.4 million in short-term credit lines. In addition, we had $196.8 million in operating lease commitments, $2.6 million in capital lease commitments and $5.2 million committed under letters of credit as of December 31, 2008.

The degree to which we are leveraged may have important consequences to our company. For example, it may:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions, including recessions and periods of significant inflation and financial market volatility;

 

   

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other expenses;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds that may be needed to operate and expand our business.

The indentures for our senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long term best interests. Those covenants include restrictions on, among others, the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, consolidations and mergers, the purchase and sale of assets, the issuance of stock, loans and investments, voluntary payments and modifications of indebtedness, and affiliate transactions. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness. See also “The indentures for our senior subordinated notes, our senior secured credit facilities and the Stockholders’ Agreement among Holdings, Holdco and Unilever restrict our ability to engage in some business and financial transactions.”

In addition, the terms of the indentures for our senior subordinated notes do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness. If we or our subsidiaries are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures for our senior subordinated notes, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, which may increase the risks created by our current substantial indebtedness.

We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. The ability to generate cash and/or refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other corporate expenses depend on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors. Many of these factors are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness or to fund our other needs. In order to repay our indebtedness and fund our planned capital expenditures, we must continue to execute our business strategy and the November 2005 Plan. If we are unable to do so, we may need to reduce or delay our planned capital expenditures or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Any delay in our planned capital expenditures may materially and adversely affect our future revenue prospects. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

10


Table of Contents

A significant amount of our indebtedness matures over the next several years, including:

 

   

$11 million under our Japanese term loan in 2009;

 

   

$9 million, $105 million and $316 million under our term loans in 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively; and

 

   

$615 million of our senior subordinated notes in 2012.

In addition, the $175 million commitment under our revolving credit facility expires in 2010. This facility had no borrowings at December 31, 2008.

The indentures for our senior subordinated notes, our senior secured credit facilities and the Stockholders’ Agreement among Holdings, Holdco and Unilever restrict our ability to engage in some business and financial transactions.

Indentures for the senior subordinated notes. The indentures for our senior subordinated notes restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

issue or allow any person to own preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

in the case of non-guarantor subsidiaries under the indentures, guarantee indebtedness without also guaranteeing the senior subordinated notes;

 

   

in the case of restricted subsidiaries, create or permit to exist dividend or payment restrictions with respect to us;

 

   

make investments;

 

   

incur or permit to exist liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge, consolidate or amalgamate with another company; and

 

   

transfer or sell assets.

Indentures for the senior secured credit facilities. Our senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that:

 

   

require us to meet specified financial ratios and financial tests;

 

   

limit our capital expenditures;

 

   

restrict our ability to declare dividends;

 

   

restrict our ability to redeem and repurchase capital stock;

 

   

limit our ability to incur additional liens;

 

   

limit our ability to engage in sale-leaseback transactions; and

 

   

limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and make investments.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our senior secured credit facilities also contain other covenants customary for credit facilities of this nature. Our ability to borrow under these credit facilities depends upon satisfaction of these covenants. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants.

Stockholders’ Agreement. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement that Holdings, Holdco and Unilever entered into in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, Unilever must approve specified transactions and actions by Holdings and its subsidiaries, including us. Among the transactions and actions requiring Unilever’s approval are expenditures in excess of $50 million individually, or $100 million collectively (and $10 million individually for aggregation purposes) over a twelve month period, future borrowings, investments in new ventures, exiting specified lines of businesses, specified acquisitions and divestitures and the issuance of additional capital stock. See “Some decisions affecting our business require approval of Unilever” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Relationships with Unilever.”

We face significant competition and expect to face more competition in the future.

The worldwide market for our products is highly competitive. Our principal competitor on a worldwide basis is Ecolab, which is the largest supplier of cleaning and sanitizing products to the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation industry. We also face significant competition from numerous national, regional and local companies within some or all of our product lines in each sector that we serve. Many of these companies have increased in size as a result of recent consolidations in the industry. Barriers to entry and expansion in the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation industry are low. Other competitors in the market include 3M, The Procter & Gamble Company and The Clorox Company, which sell into the institutional sector from their bases in consumer products, and Kimberly-Clark Corporation, which has expanded from paper accessories into personal care and washroom products.

To achieve expected profitability levels, we must, among other things, maintain the service levels and competitive pricing necessary to retain existing customers and attract new customers. Our failure to address these challenges adequately could put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors.

The volatility of our raw material costs may adversely affect our operations.

The key raw materials we use in our business are surfactants, polymers and resins, fragrances, solvents, caustic soda, waxes, chelates and phosphates. The prices of many of these raw materials are cyclical, and in 2008, reached record levels. Supply and demand factors, which are beyond our control, generally affect the price of our raw materials. We try to minimize the effect of price increases through production efficiency and the use of effective global sourcing strategies. If we are unable to minimize the effects of increased raw material costs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

We may lose substantial amounts in agency fees or sales revenue if our new agency agreement or License Agreement and distribution arrangements with Unilever are terminated.

In connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition, we entered into the Prior Agency Agreement with Unilever under which we have agreed to act as Unilever’s sales agent in specified territories for the sale into the institutional and industrial markets of Unilever consumer products. With the exception of some transitional arrangements for certain countries, on January 1, 2008, in all territories except the United Kingdom, Ireland, Portugal and Brazil, the Prior Agency Agreement was replaced with the License Agreement for professional packs and a distribution arrangement for consumer packs. In the United Kingdom, Ireland, Portugal and Brazil, a new agency agreement is in place. If we are unable to comply with our obligations under these agreements or if Unilever terminates all or any of the agreements for any other reason, including if we are insolvent or our sales drop below 75% of targeted sales for a given year in a region/operating segment, we may lose significant amounts in agency fees or sales revenue. If any or all of the agreements are terminated prior to their scheduled termination date or we and Unilever are unable to agree to mutually acceptable replacement agreements, we may lose substantial amounts in agency fees or sales revenue, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

12


Table of Contents

If we are not able to protect our trade secrets or maintain our trademarks, patents and other intellectual property, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing their products in a manner that capitalizes on our trademarks, and this loss of a competitive advantage could decrease our profitability and liquidity.

Our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our owned and licensed intellectual property. If we were unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our intellectual property and our significant current or proposed products, this loss of a competitive advantage could result in decreased sales or increased operating costs, either of which would decrease our liquidity and profitability.

We rely on trade secrets to protect the formulation and manufacturing techniques of many of our products. As such, we have not sought U.S. or international patent protection for some of our principal product formula and manufacturing processes. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent others from developing products that are similar to or competitive with our products.

We own several patents and pending patent applications on our products, aspects thereof, methods of use, and/or methods of manufacturing. There is a risk that our patents may not provide meaningful protection and patents may never be issued for our pending patent applications.

We own, or have licenses to use, all of the material trademark and trade name rights used in connection with the packaging, marketing and distribution of our major products both in the United States and in other countries where our products are principally sold. Trademark and trade name protection is important to our business. Although most of our trademarks are registered in the United States and in the foreign countries in which we operate, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The costs required to protect our trademarks and trade names may be substantial.

The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the goodwill associated with our brand names. We currently hold licenses under agreements with SCJ to sell certain SCJ products and to use specified technology, trade names, housemarks and brand names of SCJ incorporating “Johnson,” including “Johnson Wax Professional” and the “Johnson” name, including “Johnson” with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. If our rights under these license agreements are terminated, we may lose the ability to sell specified SCJ products or to use these brand names and technology, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to assert these intellectual property rights successfully in the future or that they will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. Other parties may infringe on our intellectual property rights and may thereby dilute the value of our intellectual property in the marketplace. Third parties, including competitors, may assert intellectual property infringement or invalidity claims against us that could be upheld. Intellectual property litigation, which could result in substantial cost to and diversion of effort by us, may be necessary to protect our trade secrets or proprietary technology or for us to defend against claimed infringement of the rights of others and to determine the scope and validity of others’ proprietary rights. We may not prevail in any such litigation, and if we are unsuccessful, we may not be able to obtain any necessary licenses on reasonable terms or at all.

Similarly, other parties may infringe on intellectual property rights that SCJ licenses to us. The protection of these licensed intellectual property rights are under the control of SCJ and, therefore, we cannot assure the protection of those trademarks or other intellectual property rights or prevent dilution in the marketplace of the value of those brands. Any failure by us or SCJ to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, or any adverse judgment with respect to infringement by us of others’ intellectual property rights, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Finally, we may infringe on others’ intellectual property rights.

 

13


Table of Contents

We are subject to risks related to our operations outside of North America.

We have substantial operations outside of North America, which mainly consist of our U.S. operations. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 80% of net sales were derived outside of North America. We face risks related to our foreign operations such as:

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations;

 

   

unstable political, economic, financial and market conditions;

 

   

import and export license requirements;

 

   

trade restrictions;

 

   

increases in tariffs and taxes;

 

   

high levels of inflation;

 

   

restrictions on repatriating foreign profits back to the United States;

 

   

greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

 

   

less favorable intellectual property laws;

 

   

unfamiliarity with foreign laws and regulations; and

 

   

changes in labor conditions and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations.

All of these risks have affected our business in the past and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the future.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our results of operations are reported in U.S. dollars. Outside the United States, however, our sales and costs are denominated in a variety of currencies including the euro, British pound, Japanese yen, Brazilian real and Turkish lira. A significant weakening of the currencies in which we generate sales relative to the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our ability to meet our U.S. dollar obligations.

In addition, we are required to maintain compliance with financial covenants under our senior secured credit facilities. The covenants are measured in U.S. dollar terms; therefore, an adverse shift in currency exchange rates may cause us to be in breach of these covenants, which, if not cured or waived, may result in the acceleration of some or all of our indebtedness.

In all jurisdictions in which we operate, we are also subject to laws and regulations that govern foreign investment, foreign trade and currency exchange transactions. These laws and regulations may limit our ability to repatriate cash as dividends or otherwise to the United States and may limit our ability to convert foreign currency cash flows into U.S. dollars. A weakening of the currencies in which we generate sales relative to the currencies in which our costs are denominated may lower our operating profits and cash flows.

If we are unable to retain key employees and other personnel, our operations and growth may be adversely affected.

Our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our management team and other key personnel. Their experience and industry contacts significantly benefit us, and we need their expertise to execute ongoing restructuring, cost saving and growth activities. If any of our senior management or other key personnel ceases to work for us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

 

14


Table of Contents

We are subject to a variety of environmental and product registration laws that expose us to potential financial liability and increased operating costs.

Our operations are regulated under a number of federal, state, local, and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials into the air, soil and water as well as the use, handling, storage and disposal of these materials. These laws and regulations include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and CERCLA, as well as analogous state, local, and foreign laws. Compliance with these environmental laws is a major consideration for us because we use hazardous materials in some of our manufacturing processes. In addition, because we are a generator of hazardous wastes, we, along with any other person who disposes or arranges for the disposal of our wastes, may be subject to financial exposure for costs associated with an investigation and any remediation of sites at which we have disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous wastes if those sites become contaminated, even if we fully complied with applicable environmental laws at the time of disposal. Furthermore, process wastewater from our manufacturing operations is discharged to various types of wastewater management systems. We may incur significant costs relating to contamination that may have been, or is currently being, caused by this practice. We are also subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign laws that regulate the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of many of our products, including some of our disinfecting, sanitizing and antimicrobial products. Some of these laws require us to have operating permits for our production facilities, warehouse facilities and operations and we may not have some of these permits or some of the permits we have may not be current. Various state, local and foreign jurisdictions also require us to register our products and to comply with specified requirements with respect to those products. In the event of a violation of any of these laws, we may be liable for damages and the costs of remedial actions, and may also be subject to revocation, non-renewal or modification of our operating and discharge permits and revocation of our product registrations. Any revocation, modification or non-renewal may require us to cease or limit the manufacture and sale of products at one or more of our facilities, and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Any revocation, non-renewal or modification may also result in an event of default under the indentures for our senior subordinated notes, the indenture for the senior discount notes of Holdings and our senior secured credit facilities, which, if not cured or waived, may result in the acceleration of that indebtedness.

The potential cost to us relating to environmental and product registration matters, including the cost of complying with the foregoing legislation and remediating contamination, is uncertain due to factors such as the unknown magnitude and type of possible contamination and clean-up costs, the complexity and evolving nature of laws and regulations, including those outside of the United States, and the timing, variable costs and effectiveness of clean-up and compliance methods. Environmental and product registration laws and regulations may also become more stringent over time and may impose greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with any violation, which may also negatively impact our operating results. Accordingly, we may become subject to additional liabilities and increased operating costs in the future under these laws and regulations that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We expect significant future environmental compliance obligations in our European operations as a result of a European Community Directive “Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals” (EU Directive No. 2006/1907) enacted on December 18, 2006. The directive imposes several requirements related to the identification and management of risks related to chemical substances manufactured or marketed in Europe. Our environmental costs and operating expenses will be subject to evolving regulatory requirements and will depend on the scope and timing of the effectiveness of requirements in these various jurisdictions. As a result of the directive, we may be subject to an increased regulatory burden, and we expect significant future environmental compliance obligations in our European operations. This directive may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We will not receive indemnification from Unilever for breaches of warranty or for environmental costs under the acquisition agreement until the aggregate amount of damages exceeds agreed dollar thresholds.

Under the acquisition agreement for the DiverseyLever business, Unilever made warranties to us with respect to the DiverseyLever business. In addition, Unilever agreed to indemnify us for damages in respect of breaches of its warranties and for specified types of environmental liabilities if the aggregate amount of damages meets various dollar thresholds. Unilever will not

 

15


Table of Contents

be liable for any damages resulting from environmental matters (1) in the case of known environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate. In the case of clause (1) above, we will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will Unilever be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $250 million in the aggregate. The Company was required to notify Unilever of any environmental indemnification claims by May 3, 2008. Any environmental claims pending after this date, for which the Company has notified Unilever, remain subject to indemnification until completed in accordance with the acquisition agreement. As a result, if we incur damages or liabilities that do not meet the indemnity thresholds under the acquisition agreement, or if we failed to notify Unilever of an environmental indemnity claim within the period specified in the acquisition agreement, or if the aggregate limits on indemnity payments under the acquisition agreement become applicable, we would not be entitled to indemnity from Unilever and would be required to bear the costs ourselves. We cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to bear these costs. Further, the payment of these costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, we have reached agreement and settled claims with Unilever regarding indemnification claims for three former DiverseyLever locations. We may file additional claims in the future, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to recover any amounts relating to these indemnification claims from Unilever. If we are unable to recover costs relating to the sites for which we seek indemnification, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds to bear these costs relating to environmental matters, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson beneficially own the majority of our common equity interests and the common equity interests of SCJ, with which we have material arrangements.

Descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson beneficially own a majority of the common equity interests in Holdco. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement that Holdco, Holdings and Unilever entered into in connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition, the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson, through their controlling interest in Holdco, may nominate and elect nine of the eleven directors of Holdings. Holdings, as the owner of all of our common equity interests, except for one share, has the sole right to elect our directors. As a result, subject to the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson can effectively control the management and affairs of our company.

Generally, the same descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson beneficially own a majority of the common equity interests in SCJ, and, by virtue of their controlling interest, effectively control the management and affairs of SCJ. As a result of these ownership interests, conflicts of interest may arise with respect to business dealings between us and SCJ, including with respect to various agreements with SCJ that are important to our business and acquisitions of businesses or properties. Disputes may also arise between us and SCJ in the course of these business dealings. Because the same shareholders control both us and SCJ, we cannot be certain that those shareholders will not, directly or indirectly, resolve these conflicts or decide any dispute in favor of SCJ. Furthermore, under some of our agreements with SCJ, the chairman of the board or the board of directors of SCJ has the ultimate authority to resolve disputes under those agreements, and, if a dispute is decided in favor of SCJ, we cannot challenge that decision. Any such decision may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our relationship with SCJ is important to our future operations.

We are party to various agreements with SCJ, including a trademark license agreement, a technology disclosure and license agreement, supply and manufacturing agreements and several leases. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” Under the trademark license agreement, SCJ has granted us the right to sell certain SCJ products and to use specified technology, trade names, housemarks and brand names incorporating “Johnson,” including “Johnson Wax Professional” and the “Johnson” name, including “Johnson” with our owned trade name “Diversey,” which we believe are important to our business. Further, our rights to sell products in some channels of trade that are not exclusively institutional and industrial, which

 

16


Table of Contents

we refer to as “cross-over” channels of trade, are subject to the approval of SCJ, in its sole discretion, under the trademark license agreement. SCJ’s approval is also needed to sell certain “restricted products” (Unilever branded products) into “cross-over” channels. Failure to receive such approval could remove our ability to sell certain products into certain channels and accounts. Our sales in these channels of trade have historically been significant.

Under the technology disclosure and license agreement, SCJ has granted us the right to use specified technology of SCJ. In addition, we lease our principal manufacturing facilities in Sturtevant, Wisconsin from SCJ. If we default under the trademark license agreement or technology disclosure and license agreement and either agreement is terminated, we will no longer be able to use the Johnson name or the technology of SCJ. Furthermore, SCJ will then have the right to terminate the leases governing our manufacturing facilities in Sturtevant, Wisconsin. Finally, in some countries, we depend on SCJ to produce or sell some of our products. If our relationship with SCJ is damaged or severed, or if SCJ were to limit significantly our rights to sell some products in specified channels of trade, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our relationship with Unilever is important to our future operations.

In connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition in 2002, we entered into agreements with Unilever, including license and supply agreements. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” If Unilever fails to observe its commitments under these agreements, we may not be able to operate in accordance with our business plans and we may incur additional costs. Any failure by Unilever to observe its obligations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If these agreements are terminated before the end of their terms, we may not be able to obtain similar services, intellectual property or products on the same terms from third parties or at all.

As a result of the DiverseyLever acquisition, we own the name “Diversey.” We also hold licenses to use some trademarks and technology of Unilever in the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market under license agreements with Unilever. We believe that these license agreements are critical to our business and the termination of our rights under any of these agreements may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Some decisions affecting our business require approval of Unilever.

Unilever beneficially owns one-third of the common stock of Holdings. Also, two of the eleven members of the board of directors of Holdings are appointed by Unilever. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise with respect to business dealings between us and Unilever. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement among Unilever, Holdco and Holdings, Unilever generally must approve specified transactions and actions by Holdings and its subsidiaries, including us. Among the transactions and actions requiring Unilever approval are capital expenditures in excess of $50 million individually, or $100 million collectively (and $10 million individually for aggregation purposes) with other transactions entered into in the immediately preceding twelve month period, future borrowings, investments in new ventures, exiting specified lines of business, specified acquisitions and divestitures and the issuance of additional capital stock. While Unilever does not have the ability to exercise control or decisive influence over our strategic business affairs, Unilever may prevent us from engaging in specified transactions or acts that may be beneficial to our business or that may be in our long-term best interest. Because the Stockholders’ Agreement does not contain any arbitration or tie-breaking provisions, if we have disagreements with Unilever, we have no remedies or procedures to challenge its veto rights. As with any similar arrangement, differences in views between Unilever and us may result in delayed decisions or the failure to agree on major matters, each of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

17


Table of Contents

The current global economic downturn and credit crisis has had and is likely to continue to have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The global economic downturn has adversely impacted some of our end-users, such as hotels, restaurants, food and beverage processors and other end-users that are sensitive to business travel and leisure. During economic downturns, these end-users typically reduce their volume of purchases of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency and appearance enhancing products. Furthermore, as a result of the recent disruption in the credit markets, our customers may face difficulties gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. In addition, the recent economic crisis could also adversely impact our suppliers’ ability to provide us with materials and components.

If the economic downturn is deeper or longer than we expect, we may not be able to comply with the financial covenants in our financing agreements. A breach of any of those covenants or failure to maintain a required ratio or meet a required test may result in an event of default under those agreements. This may allow the counterparties to those agreements to declare all amounts outstanding, thereunder, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If this occurs, we may not be able to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, or repay the accelerated indebtedness.

The factors have had and are expected to continue to have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, including customer relationships, trademarks and developed technologies. Goodwill and other net identifiable intangible assets were approximately $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2008, or approximately 45% of our total assets. Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired, was approximately $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2008, or 38% of our total assets.

Goodwill and net identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” will be reviewed at least annually for impairment. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in our performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products and services sold by our business, and a variety of other factors. Some of the products and services we sell to our customers are dependent upon laws and regulations, and changes to such laws or regulations could impact the demand for our products and services. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge to results of operations. We did not record any charges for impairment of goodwill in 2008, 2007 or 2006. We did record impairment charges relating to other identifiable intangible assets of $0, $0.2 million and $0.2 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as further discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of a significant portion of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

18


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We have a total of 31 manufacturing facilities in 23 countries, including Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. One of our principal manufacturing facilities is located at Waxdale in Sturtevant, Wisconsin. We lease this manufacturing facility from SCJ under leases expiring in 2014, with renewal options. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Relationships with S.C. Johnson & Son—Leases.” Our international and North American headquarters are located in Sturtevant, Wisconsin. We believe our facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet the existing production needs of our businesses.

The following table summarizes our principal plants and other physical properties that are important to our business. Unless indicated otherwise, all owned properties listed below are subject to mortgages.

 

Location

   Approximate Square
Feet Occupied
   

Principal Activity

 

Primary Segment Used In (3)

   Owned     Leased      

United States:

        

Madera, California

     90,000     Manufacturing and warehouse   North America

Santa Cruz, California

     75,000     Manufacturing and research and development   North America

Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin

   50,000       General and administrative office   North America

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

     180,000 (2)   Manufacturing   North America

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

     550,000     Warehousing logistics   North America

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

   278,000       International headquarters, data center, and research and development   Other

Watertown, Wisconsin

   125,000       Manufacturing   North America

Watertown, Wisconsin

     150,000     Warehousing logistics   North America

International:

        

Villa Bosch, Argentina

   77,000       Manufacturing   Latin America

Socorro, Brazil

   123,000  (1)   97,000     Manufacturing   Latin America

London, Ontario, Canada

   193,000       Manufacturing   North America

Guangdong, China

   75,000       Manufacturing   Asia Pacific

Villefranche-sur-Soane, France

   181,000  (1)     Manufacturing   Europe

Kirchheimbolanden, Germany

   302,000     86,000     Manufacturing   Europe

Nalagarh, India

   19,000       Manufacturing   Asia Pacific

Bagnolo, Italy

   594,000  (1)     Manufacturing   Europe

Shizuoka-Ken, Kakegawa, Japan

   115,000       Manufacturing   Japan

Enschede, The Netherlands

   289,000       Manufacturing   Europe

Utrecht, The Netherlands

   44,000     68,000     Office and research and development   Europe

Valdemoro, Spain

     45,000     Manufacturing   Europe

Munchwilen, Switzerland

   112,000       Manufacturing and research and development   Europe

Gebze, Turkey

     50,000     Manufacturing   Europe

Cotes Park, United Kingdom

   583,000       Manufacturing and warehouse   Europe

 

(1) Property not mortgaged.
(2) Leased from SCJ.
(3) In general, our manufacturing facilities primarily serve the segment listed in the table above. However, certain facilities manufacture products for export to other segments, which use or sell the product.

 

19


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are party to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business which may, from time to time, include product liability, intellectual property, contract, employee benefits, environmental and tax claims as well as government or regulatory agency inquiries or investigations. While the final outcome of these proceedings is uncertain, we believe that, taking into account our insurance and reserves and the valid defenses with respect to legal matters currently pending against us, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

 

20


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

As of March 6, 2009, there were 24,422 shares of our common stock outstanding. Holdings owns all of the outstanding shares of our common stock, except for one share owned by SCJ. There is no established public trading market for our common stock.

The following table sets forth the amount of cash dividends we paid to our stockholders in fiscal years 2008 and 2007 on a per share basis:

 

     2008    2007

May

     887.57      —  

November

     887.57      887.57
             
   $ 1,775.14    $ 887.57
             

The dividends issued in May 2008 and in November 2008 and 2007 were used by Holdings to pay interest on its 10.67% senior discount notes. Interest payments on these notes are due semiannually in May and November, which began with the November 2007 payment.

Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by covenants in the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes and in our senior secured credit facilities.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Beginning with fiscal year 2008, we changed our fiscal year end date from the Friday nearest December 31 to December 31. For 2008, our results include 52 weeks and five days in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. Prior to 2008, we reported our results of operations on a 52/53 week year ending on the Friday nearest to December 31. Accordingly, references in this annual report to our fiscal year 2008 relate to the period from December 29, 2007 to December 31, 2008. Our fiscal year 2007 commenced on December 30, 2006 and ended on December 28, 2007. Our fiscal year 2006 commenced on December 31, 2005 and ended on December 29, 2006. Our fiscal year 2005 commenced on January 1, 2005 and ended December 30, 2005. Our fiscal year 2004 commenced on January 3, 2004 and ended on December 31, 2004. Operations included 52 weeks in each of fiscal years 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

We derived the following selected historical consolidated financial data from our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, December 29, 2006, December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004. Those consolidated financial statements have been prepared under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report and with the information included in this annual report under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Except for Cash Flow and EBITDA measures, the selected historical data is presented on a continuing operations basis. The operational results and gains associated with the divestitures of DuBois Chemicals, divested in September 2008, Chemical Methods Associates, divested in September 2006, the Polymer Business, divested in June 2006, and Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc., divested in June 2004, are presented in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax.” Accordingly, fiscal years prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 have been restated to conform to current year presentation.

 

21


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
    December 30,
2005
    December 31,
2004
 
   (dollars in thousands)  

Selected Income Statement Data:

          

Net sales:

          

Net product and service sales

   $ 3,280,857     $ 2,949,812     $ 2,753,752     $ 2,766,068     $ 2,677,381  

Sales agency fee income (1)

     35,020       91,928       85,516       94,105       92,975  

Cost of sales (3)

     1,990,082       1,764,224       1,666,817       1,657,059       1,560,612  

Gross profit

     1,325,795       1,277,516       1,172,451       1,203,114       1,209,744  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)(3)

     1,067,732       1,117,702       1,123,880       1,068,364       1,023,451  

Research and development expenses

     67,077       65,539       58,112       53,968       58,236  

Restructuring expenses

     57,291       27,165       114,787       17,677       20,525  

Operating profit (loss) (2)

     133,695       67,110       (124,328 )     63,105       107,532  

Interest expense, net

     97,720       96,559       107,583       133,997       117,876  

Other (income) expense, net (2)

     5,671       (787 )     5,232       960       5,389  

Income tax (benefit) provision

     57,531       65,846       (92,994 )     133,231       3,784  

Minority interests in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     —         —         25       (65 )     186  

Loss from continuing operations

     (27,227 )     (94,508 )     (144,174 )     (205,018 )     (19,703 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     15,465       7,877       262,456       38,421       33,369  

Net income (loss)

   $ (11,762 )   $ (86,631 )   $ 118,282     $ (166,597 )   $ 13,666  

Selected Other Financial Data:

          

EBITDA (4)

   $ 278,001     $ 235,551     $ 465,192     $ 303,629     $ 348,265  

Depreciation and amortization

     128,236       156,746       198,410       183,448       194,269  

Capital expenditures (5)

     121,211       111,159       93,381       92,169       129,802  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     49,197       33,296       (6,492 )     135,170       198,776  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,817       (102,362 )     390,828       (71,590 )     (73,319 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (46,310 )     (55,972 )     (343,471 )     74,718       (109,423 )

Gross profit margin (6)

     40.0 %     42.0 %     41.3 %     42.1 %     43.7 %

Operating profit margin (7)

     4.0 %     2.2 %     -4.4 %     2.2 %     3.9 %

 

     As of
   December 31,
2008
   December 28,
2007
   December 29,
2006
   December 30,
2005
   December 31,
2004
   (dollars in thousands)

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107,818    $ 97,071    $ 208,313    $ 158,186    $ 26,057

Restricted cash

     49,463      —        —        —        —  

Accounts receivable, net

     571,090      636,833      548,596      502,383      523,655

Inventories

     255,330      279,175      253,049      243,329      245,803

Accounts payable

     387,527      405,362      401,860      369,553      392,082

Working capital (8)

     438,893      510,646      399,785      376,159      377,376

Property, plant and equipment, net

     412,022      442,434      410,689      420,200      496,276

Total assets

     3,197,192      3,436,529      3,302,772      3,308,893      3,612,009

Total debt, including current portion

     1,081,826      1,101,530      1,095,545      1,406,262      1,342,555

Stockholders’ equity

     714,496      958,267      944,671      728,178      1,045,825

 

(1) Sales agency termination fees of $0.7 million, $3.2 million, $1.1 million, $7.7 million and $4.4 million under the Prior Agency Agreement were included in sales agency fees in fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, December 29, 2006, December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively, of which $4.1 million was reclassified from other (income) expense in fiscal year 2004.

 

22


Table of Contents
(2) In March 2005, we reclassified gains and losses on fixed asset and product line disposals from other (income) expense to selling, general and administrative expenses. Accordingly, in the above selected historical consolidated financial data, (gains) losses on fixed asset and product line disposals of $0.2 million were reclassified to selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

In March 2005, we reclassified gains and losses on business divestitures from other (income) expense to selling, general and administrative expenses. Accordingly, in the above selected historical consolidated financial data, (gains) losses on business divestitures of ($1.1) million were reclassified to selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

(3) In January 2005, in order to achieve alignment with our functional cost structure, we reclassified certain customer support costs. Accordingly, in the above selected historical consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2005, and December 31, 2004, certain customer support costs of $0.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively, have been included in / reclassified to cost of sales.

 

(4) EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure, and you should not consider EBITDA as an alternative to U.S. GAAP financial measures such as (a) operating profit or net income as a measure of our operating performance or (b) cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities (as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP) as a measure of our ability to meet cash needs.

We believe that, in addition to cash flows from operating activities, EBITDA is a useful financial measurement for assessing liquidity as it provides management, investors, lenders and financial analysts with an additional basis to evaluate our ability to incur and service debt and to fund capital expenditures. In addition, various covenants under our senior secured credit facilities are based on EBITDA, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of those facilities.

In evaluating EBITDA, management considers, among other things, the amount by which EBITDA exceeds interest costs for the period, how EBITDA compares to principal repayments on outstanding debt for the period and how EBITDA compares to capital expenditures for the period. Management believes many investors, lenders and financial analysts evaluate EBITDA for similar purposes. To evaluate EBITDA, the components of EBITDA, such as net sales and operating expenses and the variability of such components over time, should also be considered.

Accordingly, we believe that the inclusion of EBITDA in this annual report permits a more comprehensive analysis of our liquidity relative to other companies and our ability to service debt requirements. Because all companies do not calculate EBITDA identically, the presentation of EBITDA in this annual report may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for, and should be considered together with, net cash flows provided by operating activities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following table reconciles EBITDA to net cash flows provided by operating activities, which is the U.S. GAAP measure most comparable to EBITDA, for each of the periods for which EBITDA is presented.

 

23


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
    December 30,
2005
    December 31,
2004
 
   (dollars in thousands)  

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 49,197     $ 33,296     $ (6,492 )   $ 135,170     $ 198,776  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures of businesses

     9,404       93,261       95,069       76,116       3,664  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (128,236 )     (156,746 )     (198,410 )     (183,448 )     (194,269 )

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     (4,984 )     (4,747 )     (5,848 )     (28,738 )     (12,464 )

Interest accrued on long-term receivables–related parties

     2,749       2,583       2,464       3,317       3,399  

Changes in deferred income taxes

     6,058       (41,618 )     10,395       (157,983 )     16,126  

Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     49,463       —         —         —         —    

Gain (loss) from divestitures

     11,753       (538 )     234,974       667       2,099  

Gain (loss) on property disposals

     (736 )     4,218       (581 )     (5,715 )     936  

Compensation costs for long-term incentives

     (400 )     (515 )     (393 )     (5,136 )     —    

Other

     (6,030 )     (15,825 )     (12,896 )     (847 )     (4,601 )
                                        

Net income (loss)

     (11,762 )     (86,631 )     118,282       (166,597 )     13,666  

Minority interests in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     —         —         25       (57 )     285  

Income tax provision

     63,755       68,811       40,610       152,096       21,613  

Interest expense, net

     97,772       96,625       107,865       134,739       118,432  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     128,236       156,746       198,410       183,448       194,269  
                                        

EBITDA

   $ 278,001     $ 235,551     $ 465,192     $ 303,629     $ 348,265  
                                        

 

(5) Capital expenditures include expenditures for capitalized computer software.
(6) Gross profit margin is gross profit as a percentage of net sales.
(7) Operating profit margin is operating profit as a percentage of net sales.
(8) Working capital is defined as net accounts receivable plus inventories, less accounts payable.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity for the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report as well as the sections entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” located before Part I and “Risk Factors” located in Item 1A. of this annual report.

 

24


Table of Contents

Executive Overview

We are an environmentally responsible, leading global marketer and manufacturer of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency, appearance enhancing products, and equipment and related services for the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. We have net product and service sales (“net sales”) in more than 160 countries through our direct sales force, wholesalers and third-party distributors. Our sales are balanced geographically, with our principal markets being Europe and North America with a strong presence in Japan and an increasing presence in the emerging markets of Asia Pacific and Latin America.

Except where noted, the management discussion and analysis below, excluding the consolidated statements of cash flows, reflects the results of continuing operations, which excludes the results of DuBois Chemicals (“DuBois”), Chemical Methods Associates (“CMA”) and the Polymer Business as discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, net sales increased by $274.1 million compared to the prior year. As indicated in the following table, after excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions and divestitures, sales agency fee income (“SAF”), and sales from our Master Sub-License Agreement (the “License Agreement”), our net sales increased 3.5% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the prior year. Beginning in fiscal year 2008, the License Agreement has replaced the Prior Agency Agreement in most countries.

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
   

Net sales

   $ 3,315,877     $ 3,041,740     9.0 %

Variance due to:

      

Foreign currency exchange

       130,205    

Acquisitions and divestitures

     (9,822 )     (66,347 )  

Sales agency fee income

     (35,020 )     (91,928 )  

License Agreement revenue

     (151,335 )    
                  
     (196,177 )     (28,070 )  
                  
   $ 3,119,700     $ 3,013,670     3.5 %
                  

Net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 reflect net sales growth in all of our regions except Japan despite challenging global economic conditions. This growth was primarily due to price increases taking hold in all global geographic areas and business sectors and the expansion of developing markets in Latin America, Asia Pacific and Central and Eastern Europe.

Our gross profit percentage, excluding the impact of sales agency fee income, declined 90 basis points in 2008 compared to 2007 as pricing actions taken during in the latter half of 2008 did not keep pace with unprecedented cost increases in key raw materials costs. Based on net sales as reported, our gross profit percentage declined by 200 basis points in 2008 compared to 2007. Unprecedented cost escalation occurred at the end of the second quarter of 2008 and flowed directly into the latter half of 2008, as evidenced by significant increases in phosphorous materials, caustic soda, chelates, and other key materials. In addition, volatile oil prices affected our acquisition costs of key materials and our ability to deliver our products in a cost effective manner. Certain materials linked with production of products in varying markets like housing have driven significant cost increases due to scarcity of supply versus historical levels. The volatile market makes it extremely difficult to predict where material costs are headed both in the near and long term. Our gross profit percentages for the two most recent fiscal years were as follows:

 

Margin on Net Sales as Reported
Fiscal Year Ended
    Margin on Net Sales Adjusted for SAF
Fiscal Year Ended
 
December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  
40.0 %   42.0 %   39.3 %   40.2 %
                     

 

25


Table of Contents

Volatile raw material costs will continue to present significant challenges in 2009. In response, we continue to implement price increases to recover these increased costs, to the fullest extent possible, and continue to pursue cost reduction initiatives.

As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with our financial covenants under our senior secured credit facilities. The global economy has been greatly affected by the ongoing credit crisis and recessionary environment with many lenders and institutional investors ceasing to provide funding to even the most credit-worthy borrowers. We believe that we are positioned to deal with the current crisis; however, we are not able to predict how severe the current economic downturn may become, how long it will last and how it will affect our business or our customers’ businesses going forward.

The global economic downturn is expected to adversely impact on some of our end-users, such as hotels, restaurants, food and beverage processors and others that are sensitive to business travel and leisure. During economic downturns, these end-users may reduce their purchase volume of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency and appearance enhancing products. Furthermore, as a result of the recent disruptions in the credit markets, our customers may face difficulties gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. In addition, the recent economic crisis could also adversely impact our suppliers’ ability to provide us with materials and components. These factors have had and are expected to continue to have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The slowing of the global economy in combination with volatile raw materials prices have adversely affected our revenue and operating profit. The continuation of the current recession and volatility of raw materials prices could further adversely affect our revenue and operating profit. As a result, we have reconsidered our growth plans for the near future to plan for a possible decrease in business volumes, as the impact of the current recession has spanned across several industries and geographies and is evident in the financial results of many companies, including our customers. While we attempt to continuously manage our costs, including our personnel, in relation to our business volumes, our efforts may not be successful and the timing of these efforts and associated costs may adversely affect our results. We continue to monitor economic conditions closely and pursue cost saving opportunities through our restructuring program and other cost reduction initiatives as well as growth opportunities through certain strategic investments and innovations.

In November 2005, in response to structural changes in raw material markets that gave rise to significant increases in our input costs, we announced a program (“November 2005 Plan”) to implement an operational restructuring of our company. The program also considers the potential divestiture of, or exit from, certain non-core or underperforming businesses. Although we experienced a similar pattern of events, including volatile fuel costs and increases in raw materials prices in 2008, we believe our restructuring program has positioned us to confront these challenges more effectively.

During the fiscal year 2008, we continued to make significant progress with the operational restructuring of our company in accordance with the November 2005 Plan. In particular, key activities during the year included the following:

 

   

successfully completed the sale of our DuBois industrial business, a non-core operation in our North American segment, which included a principal manufacturing plant in Sharonville, Ohio, for $69.7 million in cash proceeds, of which $5.0 million was escrowed subject to meeting fiscal year 2009 performance measures and $1.0 million was escrowed subject to the resolution of certain environmental representations;

 

   

completed the sale of our Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and all of our remaining Auto-Chlor branch operations, which were non-core businesses of our North American region, for $69.8 million;

 

   

moved our North American business into our global headquarters building and consolidated our North American based shared service facilities into the global headquarters campus;

 

   

substantially completed the transition to one centrally managed European region;

 

   

completed phase one of the consolidation and streamlining of our Japanese sales and marketing functions into one legal entity and two business units;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

substantially completed the transition of certain general ledger accounting functions in Western Europe to a third party provider; and

 

   

continued progress on various supply chain optimization projects to improve capacity utilization and efficiency.

In connection with the aforementioned and other activities under the November 2005 Plan, we recorded restructuring charges of approximately $57.3 million and $27.2 million, which consisted primarily of severance costs, for the fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, we recorded period costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses and cost of sales of $42.8 million and $91.1 million related to the November 2005 Plan for 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the $42.8 million of period costs mainly relate to costs in the Corporate Center as well as the European and Japanese regions. These period costs consisted of the following:

 

   

$13.0 million of human resource and pension related costs;

 

   

$6.3 million related to long-lived asset impairments primarily related to warehouse closures in our European and Japanese regions;

 

   

$4.8 million of sales and marketing related costs;

 

   

$4.7 million of professional services related costs;

 

   

$4.6 million of global sourcing and value chain related costs;

 

   

$3.0 million of outplacement, relocation and recruiting costs;

 

   

$2.4 million of finance related costs; and

 

   

other costs totaling $4.0 million.

In addition to the ongoing November 2005 Plan initiatives and results mentioned above, we reported plans in the second quarter of 2008 to move to an operating model organized into three regions. During the latter half of 2008, we developed plans to transition to a new organizational model in our new Americas and Asia Pacific regions and our existing European region. We believe this reorganization will better position us to address consolidation and globalization trends among our customers while also enabling us to more effectively deploy resources against the most compelling market and customer growth opportunities. We also believe this move will boost our efforts to more rapidly deploy innovation globally. We remain on target to complete this reorganization in fiscal 2009.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The following are the accounting policies that we believe are most critical to our financial condition and results of operations and that involve management’s judgment and/or evaluation of inherent uncertain factors:

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or ownership has transferred to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. We record an estimated reduction to revenue for customer discount programs and incentive offerings, including allowances and other volume-based incentives. When market conditions were to decline, we may take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in a reduction of gross profit margins in the period during which the incentive is offered. Revenues are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations net of taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.

In arriving at net sales, we estimate the amounts of sales deductions likely to be earned by customers in conjunction with incentive programs such as volume rebates and other discounts. Such estimates are based on written agreements and historical trends and are reviewed periodically for possible revision based on changes in facts and circumstances.

 

27


Table of Contents

Estimating Reserves and Allowances. We estimate inventory reserves based on periodic reviews of our inventory balances to identify slow-moving or obsolete items and to value inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This determination is based on a number of factors, including new product introductions, changes in customer demand patterns, product life cycle, and historic usage trends.

We estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts by analyzing accounts receivable balances by age, applying historical trend rates, analyzing market conditions and specifically reserving for identified customer balances, based on known facts, which are deemed probable as uncollectible. For larger accounts greater than 90 days past due, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on the customer’s ability and likelihood to pay and based on management’s review of the facts and circumstances. For other customers, we recognize an allowance based on the length of time the receivable is past due based on historical experience. See “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for further discussion on credit risk as it relates to the current global economic slowdown.

We accrue for losses associated with litigation and environmental claims based on management’s best estimate of future costs when such losses are probable and reasonably able to be estimated. We record those costs based on what management believes is the most probable amount of the liability within the ranges or, where no amount within the range is a better estimate of the potential liability, at the minimum amount within the range. The accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available or circumstances change.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits. We sponsor separately funded pension and post-retirement plans in various countries, including the United States. Several statistical and judgmental factors, which attempt to anticipate future events, are used in calculating the expense and liability related to the plans. These factors include assumptions about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases and healthcare cost trends, as determined by us and our actuaries. In addition, our actuarial consultants also use subjective factors, such as withdrawal and mortality rates, to estimate these factors. We use actuarial assumptions that may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, longer or shorter life spans of participants and changes in actual costs of healthcare. Actual results may significantly affect the amount of pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses recorded by us.

Goodwill and Non-Amortizing Intangibles. Goodwill and non-amortizing intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests when significant events or changes in business circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. We have defined our reportable segments as our reporting units for our goodwill impairment testing. We use a two-step process to test goodwill for impairment. First, the reporting unit’s fair value is compared to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. If a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired, and the second step of the impairment test would be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference if the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill. We test the carrying value of other intangible assets with indefinite lives by comparing the fair value of the intangible assets to the carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a relief of royalty approach, a discounted cash flow methodology.

We conduct our annual impairment reviews at the beginning of the fourth quarter. Based on our business approach to decision-making, planning and resource allocation, we have determined that we have five reporting units for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment, which is aligned with our five geographic segments. Goodwill balances are typically recorded at the reporting unit level; however, where applicable, balances may be allocated to reporting units in proportion to the goodwill balances recorded at the reporting unit level. We performed our impairment reviews for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, and found no impairment of goodwill and recorded impairment charges $0, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for non-amortizing intangibles, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. None of the charges related to restructuring activities. There can be no assurance that future goodwill and non-amortizing intangible asset impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

 

28


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets and Amortizing Intangibles. We periodically conduct impairment reviews on long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. We also periodically reassess the estimated remaining useful lives of our amortizing intangible assets and our other long-lived assets. Changes to estimated useful lives would affect the amount of depreciation and amortization expense recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

We recorded impairment charges on certain long-lived assets of $6.3 million, $12.8 million and $41.8 million during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, in connection with the November 2005 Plan.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets,” as an amendment to SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), to require additional disclosures about assets held in an employer’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans. FSP 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. We are currently evaluating the effects that FSP 132(R)-1 may have on our financial statements.

In November 2008, the SEC issued a proposed roadmap regarding the potential use of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) for the preparation of financial statements by U.S. registrants. IFRS are standards and interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board. Under the proposed roadmap, we would be required to prepare financial statements in accordance with IFRS in fiscal 2016, including comparative information also prepared under IFRS for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015. The SEC is expected to make a determination in 2011 regarding the mandatory adoption of IFRS. We are currently assessing the potential impact of IFRS on our financial statements, including early adoption of IFRS, and will continue to review developments with respect to the proposed roadmap.

In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“the FASB”) issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 provides a framework for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP for nongovernmental entities. SFAS No. 162 will be effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 162 will have a significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 142-3, “Determining the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP No. 142-3”). FSP No. 142-3 amends the factors to be considered in determining the useful life of intangible assets. Its intent is to improve the consistency between the useful life of an intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure its fair value by allowing an entity to consider its own historical experience in renewing or extending the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. FSP No. 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. We do not expect the adoption of FSP No. 142-3 will have a significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 requires companies to provide enhanced disclosures about the objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative data about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative contracts, and details of credit-risk-related contingent features in their hedged positions. The statement also requires companies to disclose more information about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in financial statements, how derivatives and related hedges are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and how the hedges affect the entity’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, which for us is our fiscal year 2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

29


Table of Contents

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”), which replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS No. 141(R) retains the underlying concepts of SFAS No. 141 in that all business combinations are still required to be accounted for at fair value under the acquisition method of accounting, but SFAS No. 141(R) changed the method of applying the acquisition method in a number of significant aspects. Acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred; noncontrolling interests will be valued at fair value at the acquisition date; in-process research and development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date; restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect income tax expense. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. SFAS No. 141(R) amends SFAS No. 109 such that adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 141(R) would also apply the provisions of SFAS No. 141(R). Early adoption is not permitted. The provisions of SFAS No. 141(R) are effective for the fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which for us is our fiscal year 2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) will have a significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“SFAS No. 160”), an amendment of ARB No. 51. SFAS No. 160 requires that ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, and the amount of consolidated net income, be clearly identified, labeled, and presented in the consolidated financial statements within equity, but separate from the parent’s equity. It also requires that once a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary be initially measured at fair value. Sufficient disclosures are required to clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. The provisions of SFAS No. 160 are effective for the fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which for us is our fiscal year 2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 is intended to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. It also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The statement does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value, and it does not establish requirements for recognizing dividend income, interest income or interest expense. It also does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards. We adopted SFAS No. 159 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008; however, we have not elected to change the measurement attributes for any of the permitted items to fair value upon adoption. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 has not had a significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Relative to SFAS No. 157, the FASB issued Staff Position (FSP) No. 157-2, which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one year for certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. As required, we adopted SFAS No. 157 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008 for financial assets and liabilities and for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are remeasured at least annually, the provisions of which have not had significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We do

 

30


Table of Contents

not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 157 as it pertains to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities will have a significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in fiscal 2009. See Note 20 (Fair Value Measurements) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for further discussion.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132 (R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its consolidated balance sheets and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. SFAS No. 158 does not change the amount of net periodic benefit cost included in net earnings. We adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS No. 158 effective December 28, 2007.

SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement of defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end consolidated balance sheets (with limited exceptions). We adopted such provisions at the beginning of fiscal year 2008, resulting in a net increase in pension and other post-employment liabilities of $4.1 million, of which, $2.2 million was offset to retained earnings and $1.9 million was offset to accumulated other comprehensive income.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. See Note 16 (Income Taxes) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the report for further discussion.

For an additional discussion of our critical accounting policies and a discussion of new accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2007

Net Sales:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended    Change  
   December 31,
2008
   December 28,
2007
   Amount     Percentage  

Net product and service sales

   $ 3,280,857    $ 2,949,812    $ 331,045     11.2 %

Sales agency fee income

     35,020      91,928      (56,908 )   -61.9 %
                            
   $ 3,315,877    $ 3,041,740    $ 274,137     9.0 %
                            

 

   

Net product and service sales. As measured against prior year’s results, the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies contributed $130.2 million to the increase in net product and service sales.

Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions and divestitures, sales agency fee income, and sales under the License Agreement, our net product and service sales increased 3.5% compared to the same period in the prior year. All regions except Japan contributed to the increase, primarily due to price increases taking hold in all global geographic areas and business sectors and the expansion of developing markets in Latin America, Asia Pacific and Central and Eastern Europe, which contributed to increased sales volumes. The following is a review of the sales performance for each of our regions, which also excludes the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions and divestitures, sales agency fee income, and sales under the License Agreement:

 

  -  

In our Europe, Middle East and Africa markets, net sales increased 4.3% compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily driven by increased pricing, the expansion of certain markets in Western Europe as well as developing markets in Central and Eastern Europe and success with certain top customer accounts.

 

31


Table of Contents
  -  

In Latin America, net sales increased 10.4% compared to the prior year with growth coming from most countries in the region. Approximately half of the increase was due to pricing with the remainder coming from volume growth, driven by success with our indirect channel partners and growth in the food and beverage sector.

 

  -  

In Asia Pacific, net sales increased 7.7% compared to the prior year with growth coming from most countries in the region. Volume growth contributed approximately two thirds of this increase while pricing drove one third of the increase. Growth was achieved through top customer growth and strong sales volume in certain key developing markets in the region, primarily in the food and beverage and the lodging sectors.

 

  -  

In North America, net sales increased 1.0% compared to the prior year primarily due to price increases taking hold in all sectors and an expanding retail sector. This growth was partially offset by volume declines in other sectors due to customer consolidation and distributor inventory reduction.

 

  -  

In Japan, net sales decreased 3.2% compared to the prior year primarily due to choices made to exit certain non-core and/or underperforming accounts in both direct and indirect channels.

 

   

Sales Agency Fee and License Agreement. In October 2007, we reached agreement with Unilever on a new Umbrella Agreement, to replace the Prior Agency Agreement, which includes; (i) a new agency agreement with terms similar to the Prior Agency Agreement, covering Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil, and (ii) the License Agreement under which Unilever has agreed to grant 31 of our subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. The entities covered by the License Agreement have also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute Unilever’s consumer branded products. Except for some transitional arrangements in certain countries, the Umbrella Agreement became effective January 1, 2008, and unless otherwise terminated or extended, will expire on December 31, 2017.

Sales under the License Agreement are recorded in the net product and service sales. We recorded net product and service sales of $151.3 million under the License Agreement during fiscal year 2008.

With respect to the Sales Agency Agreement, we recorded total sales agency fee income of $35.0 million, consisting of $30.1 million under the new agency agreement, $4.2 million under transitional arrangements, and $0.7 million of termination fees. Except for the countries mentioned above, substantially all sales under the previous agreement for other countries converted to the License Agreement in January 2008.

Gross Profit:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    Amount    Percentage  

Gross Profit

   $ 1,325,795     $ 1,277,516     $ 48,279    3.8 %

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales:

     40.0 %     42.0 %     

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales adjusted for sales agency fee income:

     39.3 %     40.2 %     

 

   

As measured against prior year’s results, the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies increased gross profit by $57.3 million in 2008.

 

   

Our gross profit percentage, excluding the impact of sales agency fee income, declined 90 basis points in 2008 compared to 2007 as pricing actions taken during in the latter half of 2008 did not keep pace with unprecedented cost increases in key

 

32


Table of Contents
 

raw materials costs. Based on net sales as reported, our gross profit percentage declined by 200 basis points in 2008 compared to 2007. Volatile raw material costs are expected to continue to present significant challenges in 2009. In response, we continue to implement increases to recover increased costs, to the fullest extent possible, and pursue cost reduction initiatives.

Operating Expenses:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    Amount     Percentage  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,067,732     $ 1,117,702     $ (49,970 )   -4.5 %

Research and development expenses

     67,077       65,539       1,538     2.3 %

Restructuring expenses

     57,291       27,165       30,126     110.9 %
                              
   $ 1,192,100     $ 1,210,406     $ (18,306 )   -1.5 %
                              

As a percentage of net sales:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     32.2 %     36.7 %    

Research and development expenses

     2.0 %     2.2 %    

Restructuring expenses

     1.7 %     0.9 %    
                    
     35.9 %     39.8 %    
                    

As a percentage of net sales adjusted for SAF:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     32.5 %*     37.9 %*    

Research and development expenses

     2.0 %     2.2 %    

Restructuring expenses

     1.7 %     0.9 %    
                    
     36.2 %     41.0 %    
                    
 
  * The percentages for 2008 and 2007 are 31.3% and 34.8%, respectively, when period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan are excluded from selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

   

Operating expenses. As measured against prior year’s results, the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies increased operating expenses by $37.0 million in 2008.

 

   

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Excluding period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net product and service sales (excludes sales agency fee income) were 31.3% in 2008 compared to 34.8% for the prior year. Excluding the impact of foreign currency and costs associated with the November 2005 Plan, selling, general and administrative costs declined $37.5 million in 2008 compared to the prior year. This was achieved primarily through savings from our November 2005 Plan and controlled spending in most of our regions.

 

   

Research and development expenses. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, research and development expenses decreased $0.3 million in 2008 compared to the prior year primarily due to spending control initiatives.

 

   

Restructuring expenses. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, restructuring expenses increased $31.3 million in 2008 compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to increased employee severance in European and Japanese business segments related to the November 2005 Plan.

 

33


Table of Contents

Restructuring and Integration:

A summary of all costs associated with the November 2005 Plan during 2008 and 2007, and since its inception in November 2005, is outlined below:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Total
Project to
Date
 
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
   

Reserve balance at beginning of period

   $ 46,226     $ 70,225     $ —    

Restructuring costs (net) charged to income

     57,291       27,239       203,826  

Liability adjustments (net)

     —         (70 )     313 (1)

Payments of accrued costs

     (43,447 )     (51,168 )     (144,069 )
                        

Reserve balance at end of period

   $ 60,070     $ 46,226     $ 60,070  
                        

Period costs classified as selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 42,195     $ 91,614     $ 271,337  

Period costs (reductions) classified as cost of sales

     634       (562 )     4,386  

Capital expenditures

     7,530       22,084       48,528  
 
  (1) $387 of this amount was reclassified from other liabilities and $74 was recorded as a reduction of restructuring expense, resulting in a net liability adjustment of $313.

 

   

November 2005 Plan restructuring costs. During the fiscal years 2008 and 2007, we recorded $57.3 million and $27.2 million, respectively, of restructuring costs related to our November 2005 Plan in our consolidated statements of operations. Costs in 2008 consisted primarily of involuntary termination costs associated with our European and Japanese business segments. Costs in 2007 consisted primarily of involuntary termination and other costs incurred in North America and Europe.

 

   

November 2005 Plan period costs. During fiscal years 2008 and 2007, we recorded period costs related to our November 2005 Plan consisting of $42.2 million and $91.6 million, respectively, of selling, general and administrative expenses as well as $0.6 million and a $0.6 million reduction (as an adjustment of previous inventory reserves), respectively, for cost of sales. These costs include $6.3 million and $12.8 million, respectively, for long-lived asset impairments, $2.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively for write-offs and adjustments of other assets (pensions, inventory, and accounts receivable) and $33.9 million and $76.2 million, respectively, for other period costs associated with restructuring activities. The overall decrease in restructuring-related period costs over the prior year was mainly due to reduced expenses at our Corporate Center and European business segment.

 

   

DiverseyLever acquisition. In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we recorded liabilities for the involuntary termination of former DiverseyLever employees and other exit costs associated with former DiverseyLever facilities. During the fiscal years 2008 and 2007, we paid cash of $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, representing contractual obligations associated with involuntary terminations and lease payments on closed facilities. The restructuring reserve balances associated with the exit plans and our acquisition-related restructuring plans were $0.5 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively. We continue to make cash payments representing contractual obligations associated with involuntary terminations and lease payments on closed facilities.

 

   

Tax Valuation Allowances. Based on the continued historical tax losses and the anticipated additional expenses to be incurred as part of the November 2005 Plan in various jurisdictions, we continued to conclude that it was not more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would be fully realized. Accordingly, we recorded a charge for an additional U.S. valuation allowance of $11.0 million and $26.3 million for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively, and we recorded a charge for additional valuation allowance for foreign subsidiaries of $11.6 million and $29.0 million for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively. We do not believe the valuation allowances recorded in fiscal years 2008 and 2007 are indicative of future cash tax expenditures. If the November 2005 Plan produces the anticipated results, we anticipate that all or a portion of the valuation allowance would reverse in future periods.

 

34


Table of Contents

Non-Operating Results:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    Amount     Percentage  

Interest expense

   $ 105,400     $ 106,602     $ (1,202 )   -1.1 %

Interest income

     (7,680 )     (10,043 )     2,363     -23.5 %
                              

Net interest expense

   $ 97,720     $ 96,559     $ 1,161     1.2 %
                              

Other expense (income), net

     5,671       (787 )     6,458     -820.6 %

 

   

Net interest expense increased during 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to lower interest income resulting from lower average cash balances during the period as compared to the prior year, and a lower interest yield on investments due to lower interest rates. This was partially offset by lower interest expense, resulting from lower average interest rates during the year as compared to the prior year.

 

   

Other expense/(income), net, increased compared to the prior year, primarily due to net losses from foreign currency translation and transactions.

Income Taxes:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    Amount     Percentage  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes

   $ 30,304     $ (28,662 )   $ 58,966     -205.7 %

Provision for income taxes

     57,531       65,846       (8,315 )   -12.6 %

Effective income tax rate

     189.8 %     -229.7 %    

 

   

We reported an effective income tax rate of 189.8% on the pre-tax income from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and an effective tax rate of -229.7% on the pre-tax loss from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007. The high effective income tax rates are primarily the result of increased valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for U.S. and international tax loss and credit carryforwards, increased valuation allowances against other net deferred tax assets, and increases in tax contingency reserves.

Net Income:

Our net income increased by $74.9 million, to a net loss of $11.8 million in fiscal year 2008 compared to a net loss of $86.6 million in fiscal year 2007 primarily due to an increased operating profit of $66.6 million, a $8.3 million decrease in the income tax provision and a $7.6 million increase in income from discontinued operations, which was mainly due to the $10.7 after-tax gain from the sale of DuBois. These gains were partially offset by a $6.5 million increase in other expense/(income) driven by net losses from foreign currency translation and transactions. The increase in operating profit was primarily achieved through a $48.3 million increase in gross profit and an overall $18.1 million decrease in restructuring expenses and period costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses related to the November 2005 Plan.

EBITDA:

EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure, and you should not consider EBITDA as an alternative to U.S. GAAP financial measures such as (a) operating profit or net profit as a measure of our operating performance or (b) cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities (as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP) as a measure of our ability to meet cash needs.

 

35


Table of Contents

We believe that, in addition to cash flows from operating activities, EBITDA is a useful financial measurement for assessing liquidity as it provides management, investors, lenders and financial analysts with an additional basis to evaluate our ability to incur and service debt and to fund capital expenditures. In addition, various covenants under our senior secured credit facilities are based on EBITDA, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of those facilities.

In evaluating EBITDA, management considers, among other things, the amount by which EBITDA exceeds interest costs for the period, how EBITDA compares to principal repayments on outstanding debt for the period and how EBITDA compares to capital expenditures for the period. Management believes many investors, lenders and financial analysts evaluate EBITDA for similar purposes. To evaluate EBITDA, the components of EBITDA, such as net sales and operating expenses and the variability of such components over time, should also be considered.

Accordingly, we believe that the inclusion of EBITDA in this report permits a more comprehensive analysis of our liquidity relative to other companies and our ability to service debt requirements. Because all companies do not calculate EBITDA identically, the presentation of EBITDA in this report may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for, and should be considered together with, net cash flows provided by operating activities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA for fiscal year 2008 was $278.0 million, which increased by $42.5 million in 2008 compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to: (1) a $15.7 million decrease in restructuring expenses and period costs (included in selling, general and administrative expenses and cost of sales) related to the November 2005 Plan, (2) a $14.8 million gain from the sale of DuBois and (3) cost savings generated from the November 2005 Plan, which contributed to the $66.6 million increase in operating profit over the prior year. This increase was partially offset by raw material costs increases not fully offset by pricing actions in the latter half of 2008.

Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2007, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2006

Net Sales:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended    Change  
   December 28,
2007
   December 29,
2006
   Amount    Percentage  

Net product and service sales

   $ 2,949,812    $ 2,753,752    $ 196,060    7.1 %

Sales agency fee income

     91,928      85,516      6,412    7.5 %
                           
   $ 3,041,740    $ 2,839,268    $ 202,472    7.1 %
                           

 

   

Net product and service sales. As measured against prior year’s results, the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies contributed $143.2 million to the increase in net product and service sales.

Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions and divestitures, and sales agency fee income, net sales increased by 3.7% in 2007 compared to the prior year. When the withdrawal from a majority of the service-oriented laundry and ware washing business in the United States is also excluded, the growth rate was 5.0%. This growth was primarily due to strong growth in our European, Latin America, and Asia Pacific regions where growth rates were 6.3% or higher. These gains were partially offset by declining sales in Japan and North America.

 

  -  

In Europe, which includes our African and Middle Eastern markets, net sales increased 6.3% compared to the prior year. This growth was primarily driven by higher sales volumes throughout most countries in our European region, resulting from top customer growth, retention, and growing new product platforms.

 

36


Table of Contents
  -  

In Latin America, net sales increased 9.8% compared to the prior year, primarily driven by higher sales volumes throughout most of the region. Significant factors contributing to that increase include growth from our lodging, food and beverage, and retail sectors. Strong relationships and growth within our indirect channel partners, who access a variety of sectors, also made a significant contribution.

 

  -  

In Asia Pacific, net sales increased 10.8% compared to the prior year, led by strong sales volume growth in the food and beverage, lodging, and retail sectors.

 

  -  

In Japan, net sales decreased 3.8% compared to the prior year, primarily due to a challenging Japanese economy and a decline in the facilities solutions business driven by a reduction in the frequency of cleaning and a movement to different types of floor surfaces.

 

  -  

In North America, net sales decreased 2.4% compared to the prior year. This sales decline reflects the impact of our withdrawal from a majority of the service-oriented laundry and ware washing business in the United States. Excluding the impact of this withdrawal, our North American sales increased 2.7%.

 

   

Sales Agency Fee. Excluding a $7.0 million increase from the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies as measured against prior year’s results, net sales under our Prior Agency Agreement decreased by $0.5 million, or 0.6%, in 2007 compared to the same period in the prior year. This decline includes an increase in partial termination fees of $2.0 million in our European segment.

Gross Profit:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
    Amount    Percentage  

Gross Profit

   $ 1,277,516     $ 1,172,451     $ 105,065    9.0 %

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales:

     42.0 %     41.3 %     

 

   

As measured against prior year’s results, the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies increased gross profit by $65.1 million in 2007. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, gross profit increased $40.0 million in 2007 compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher sales volumes in our European, Latin America, and Asia Pacific regions as mentioned above.

 

   

Our gross profit percentage for 2007 improved 70 basis points over 2006 with higher margins in all of our regions except Japan. Selective price increases, cost savings from various supply chain optimization projects, and the favorable impact of our cost reduction programs from our November 2005 Plan contributed to the increased margin.

Operating Expenses:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 31,
2007
    December 29,
2006
    Amount     Percentage  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,117,702     $ 1,123,880     $ (6,178 )   -0.5 %

Research and development expenses

     65,539       58,112       7,427     12.8 %

Restructuring expenses

     27,165       114,787       (87,622 )   -76.3 %
                              
   $ 1,210,406     $ 1,296,779     $ (86,373 )   -6.7 %
                              

As a percentage of net sales:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     36.7 %*     39.6 %*    

Research and development expenses

     2.2 %     2.0 %    

Restructuring expenses

     0.9 %     4.0 %    
                    
     39.8 %     45.7 %    
                    

 

  * The percentages for 2007 and 2006 are 33.7% and 35.3%, respectively, when period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan are excluded from selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

37


Table of Contents
   

Operating expenses. As measured against prior year’s results, the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies increased operating expenses by $55.1 million in 2007.

 

   

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Excluding costs associated with the November 2005 Plan, selling, general, and administrative costs, as a percentage of net sales were 33.7% in the 2007 compared to 35.3% for the prior year due to accelerated savings from our November 2005 Plan and controlled spending achieved in most of our regions. Excluding the impact of foreign currency as measured against prior year’s results and costs associated with our restructuring programs under the November 2005 Plan, selling, general and administrative costs declined $23.9 million in 2007 compared to the prior year.

 

   

Research and development expenses. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, research and development expenses increased $5.8 million in 2007 compared to the prior year.

 

   

Restructuring expenses. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, restructuring expenses declined $93.2 million in 2007 compared to the prior year, primarily due to decreased employee severance and other expenses related to the November 2005 Plan in our North American and European business segments as well as our Corporate Center.

Restructuring and Integration:

A summary of all costs associated with the November 2005 Plan during 2007 and 2006, and since its inception in November 2005, is outlined below:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Total
Project to
Date
 
   December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
   

Reserve balance at beginning of period

   $ 70,225     $ 2,347     $ —    

Restructuring costs charged to income

     27,239       114,787       146,535  

Liability adjustments

     (70 )     —         313  

Payments of accrued costs

     (51,168 )     (46,909 )     (100,622 )
                        

Reserve balance at end of period

   $ 46,226     $ 70,225     $ 46,226  
                        

Period costs classified as selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 91,614     $ 121,880     $ 229,142  

Period costs classified as cost of sales

     (562 )     4,314       3,752  

Capital expenditures

     22,084       17,943       40,998  

 

   

November 2005 Plan restructuring costs. During the fiscal years 2007 and 2006, we recorded $27.2 million and $114.8 million, respectively, of restructuring costs related to our November 2005 Plan in our consolidated statements of operations. These costs consisted primarily of involuntary termination and other costs incurred mainly throughout North America and Europe.

 

   

November 2005 Plan period costs. During fiscal years 2007 and 2006, we recorded $91.6 million and $121.9 million, respectively, of selling, general and administrative expenses and $(0.6) million (represents an adjustment of previous inventory reserves) and $4.3 million, respectively, for cost of sales, of which $12.8 million related to long-lived asset impairments, $2.0 million related to impairment of other tangible related non-cash items, and $76.2 million related to other period costs associated with restructuring activities. The decrease in these expenses over the prior year was mainly due to reduced restructuring activity within our North American business related to the withdrawal from a majority of the service-oriented laundry and ware washing business.

 

   

DiverseyLever acquisition. In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we recorded liabilities for the involuntary termination of former DiverseyLever employees and other exit costs associated with former DiverseyLever facilities. During the fiscal years 2007 and 2006, we paid cash of $1.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, representing contractual obligations associated with involuntary termination and lease payments on closed facilities, primarily in Europe and North America. The restructuring reserve balances associated with the exit plans and the acquisition-related restructuring plans was $1.6 million and $2.8 million as of December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. We continue to make cash payments representing contractual obligations associated with involuntary terminations and lease payments on closed facilities.

 

38


Table of Contents
   

Tax Valuation Allowances. Based on the continued historical tax losses and the anticipated additional expenses to be incurred as part of the November 2005 Plan in various jurisdictions, we continued to conclude that it was not more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would be fully realized. Accordingly, we recorded a charge for an additional U.S. valuation allowance of $26.3 million and $2.1 million for continuing operations for the years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively, and we recorded a charge for additional valuation allowance for foreign subsidiaries of $29.0 million and $1.5 million for continuing operations for the years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. We do not believe the valuation allowances recorded in fiscal years 2007 and 2006 are indicative of future cash tax expenditures. If the November 2005 Plan produces the anticipated results, we anticipate that all or a portion of the valuation allowance would reverse in future periods.

Non-Operating Results:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
    Amount     Percentage  

Interest expense

   $ 106,602     $ 120,578     $ (13,976 )   -11.6 %

Interest income

     (10,043 )     (12,995 )     2,952     -22.7 %
                              

Net interest expense

   $ 96,559     $ 107,583     $ (11,024 )   -10.2 %
                              

Other expense (income), net

     (787 )     5,232       (6,019 )   -115.0 %

 

   

Net interest expense decreased during 2007 compared to the prior year primarily due to lower average debt balances in 2007. The lower average debt balances resulted from the June 2006 repayment of $420.0 million of term debt using the proceeds from the sale of the Polymer Business, partially offset by the drawing of the $100.0 million delayed draw term loan in July of 2006. In addition, interest income decreased as a result of lower average cash balances during the period as compared to the same period last year. The decrease in cash balances resulted from cash used to fund activities related to the November 2005 Plan and capital expenditures during the year.

 

   

Other expense/(income), net, decreased compared to the prior year, primarily due to net gains from foreign currency translation and transactions.

Income Taxes:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
    Amount    Percentage  

Loss from continuing operations, before income taxes

   $ (28,662 )   $ (237,168 )   $ 208,506    -87.9 %

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     65,846       (92,994 )     158,840    -170.8 %

Effective income tax rate

     -229.7 %     39.2 %     

 

   

We reported an effective income tax rate of -229.7% on the pre-tax loss from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007. The high effective income tax rate is primarily the result of increased valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for U.S. and international tax loss and credit carryforwards, increased valuation allowances against other net deferred tax assets, and increases in tax contingency reserves.

 

   

We reported an effective income tax rate of 39.2% on the pre-tax loss from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006. In fiscal year 2006, the provision for income taxes on the pre-tax loss exceeded the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to the Company’s ability to claim tax benefit for continuing operations for the use of the current year U.S. and state losses and U.S. foreign tax credits to offset tax on the gain from the divestiture of the Polymer Business.

 

39


Table of Contents

Net Income:

Our net income decreased by $204.9 million, to a net loss of $86.6 million in fiscal year 2007 compared to income of $118.3 million for in fiscal year 2006, primarily due to decreased income of $254.6 million from discontinued operations driven by the divestiture of the Polymer Business in June 2006, which increased income by $235.9 million (net of tax) in 2006, and an increase in the income tax provision of $158.8 million in 2007 compared to the prior year. This was offset by decreased net interest expense of $11.0 million from lower average debt balances and an increased operating profit of $191.4 million in 2007, which mainly resulted from a $122.8 million decrease in restructuring expenses and other period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan, a $105.1 million increase in gross profit, and controlled selling, general and administrative spending (excluding restructuring costs).

EBITDA:

EBITDA for fiscal year 2007 was $235.6 million, which decreased by $229.6 million in 2007 compared to the prior year, primarily due to the divestiture of the Polymer Business, which increased EBITDA by $352.9 million in 2006. In 2007, this was partially offset by a $84.6 million decrease in restructuring costs and period costs included in selling, general and administrative costs related to our November 2005 Plan, primarily in North America, Europe, and the Corporate Center.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

(dollars in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
   December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    Amount     Percentage  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 49,197     $ 33,296     $ 15,901     47.8 %

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,817       (102,362 )     104,179     -101.8 %

Net cash used in financing activities

     (46,310 )     (55,972 )     9,662     -17.3 %

Capital expenditures (1)

     (121,211 )     (111,159 )     (10,052 )   9.0 %
     December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
   

 

Change

 
       Amount     Percentage  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107,818     $ 97,071     $ 10,747     11.1 %

Working capital (2)

     438,893       510,646       (71,753 )   -14.1 %

Total debt

     1,081,826       1,101,530       (19,704 )   -1.8 %

 

  (1) Includes expenditures for capitalized computer software.
  (2) Working capital is defined as net accounts receivable, plus inventories less accounts payable.

 

   

The increase in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2008 compared to December 28, 2007 resulted primarily from cash generated by operating activities and proceeds from the divestitures of the Auto-Chlor business in February 2008 and the DuBois business in September 2008. This cash generation was partially offset by capital expenditures and dividends paid.

 

   

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the prior year was primarily due to a significant decrease in working capital as compared to an increase in working capital the prior year. The decrease in working capital was primarily a result of programs implemented to improve receivable and inventory turnover.

 

   

The increase in net cash provided by (used in) investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in proceeds from divestitures, mostly related to the divestitures of the Auto-Chlor business in February 2008 and the DuBois business in September 2008, less an increase in expenditures for capitalized computer software. Our capital investments tend to be in dosing and feeder equipment with new and existing customer accounts as well as ongoing expenditures in information technology and manufacturing. We may also make significant cash expenditures in an effort to capitalize on cost savings opportunities.

 

   

The decrease in cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the prior year was due to an increase in short term borrowings in the current year, as compared to a repayment of short-term borrowings in the

 

40


Table of Contents
 

prior year. This increase was partially offset by an increase in dividends paid. In 2008, we paid $43.4 million in dividends to Holdings that was used to fund the cash interest payments on Holdings’ senior discount notes, whereas in 2007, we paid a $21.8 million dividend to Holdings.

 

   

Working capital decreased $71.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. This resulted from a $65.8 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $23.8 million decrease in inventories and an $17.8 million decrease in accounts payable. The decreases in accounts receivable and inventory were largely the result of specific programs put into place to improve receivable and inventory turnover.

Debt and Contractual Obligations. As a result of the DiverseyLever acquisition, we have a significant amount of indebtedness. On May 3, 2002, in connection with the acquisition, we issued senior subordinated notes and entered into $1.2 billion of senior secured credit facilities. We used the proceeds of the sale of the senior subordinated notes and initial borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities, together with other available funds, to finance the cash portion of the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business and the related fees and expenses and to refinance then-existing indebtedness.

The senior secured credit facilities were amended and restated in December 2005. The amended facilities, among other things, permit the global restructuring under the November 2005 Plan and modify the financial covenants contained in our previous credit facilities. The amended facilities consist of a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $175 million, including a letter of credit sub-limit of $50 million and a swingline loan sub-limit of $30 million, that matures on December 16, 2010, as well as a term loan facility that matures on December 16, 2011. In addition, the amended facilities include a committed delayed draw term facility of up to $100 million, which was fully drawn on July 14, 2006. The amended facilities also provide for an increase in the revolving credit facility of up to $25 million under specified circumstances. As of December 31, 2008, we had $5.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the revolving portion of the senior secured credit facilities and therefore had the ability to borrow $169.8 million under those revolving facilities.

The senior secured credit facilities were amended in June 2007. The amendment reduced the interest rate payable on the term loan B facility and the delayed draw term loan facility from LIBOR plus 250 basis points to LIBOR plus 200 basis points, thereby reducing borrowing costs over the remaining life of the credit facilities.

As of December 31, 2008, we had total indebtedness of approximately $1.1 billion, consisting of $614.6 million of senior subordinated notes, $429.8 million of borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities, $11.1 million of other long-term borrowings and $26.4 million in short-term credit lines. In addition, we had $196.8 million in operating lease commitments, $2.6 million in capital lease commitments and $5.2 million committed under letters of credit as of December 31, 2008.

Restricted Cash. In December 2008, we transferred $49.5 million to irrevocable trusts for the settlement of certain obligations associated with the November 2005 Restructuring Plan, a majority of which we expect to utilize during fiscal year 2009. At December 31, 2008, we classified the trust balances as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

41


Table of Contents
      Total    Payments Due by Period:
      2009    2010-2011    2012-2013    2014 and
Thereafter

Contractual Obligations

   (dollars in thousands)

Long-term debt obligations:

              

Term credit facilities

   $ 440,805    $ 19,805    $ 421,000    $ —      $ —  

Senior subordinated notes (1)

     821,607      59,153      118,305      644,149      —  

Operating leases

     196,844      55,851      69,984      31,034      39,975

Capital leases

     2,578      910      1,301      367      —  

Purchase commitments (2)

     18,810      6,790      12,020      —        —  
                                  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 1,480,644    $ 142,509    $ 622,610    $ 675,550    $ 39,975
                                  

 

(1) Includes scheduled annual interest payments at 9.625%.
(2) Represents maximum penalties that would be contractually binding if we do not meet any portion of our volume

commitments, primarily for the purchase of floor care related polymers.

As indicated in the table above and elsewhere in this report, a significant amount of our indebtedness matures over the next few years. We continue to evaluate opportunities to refinance our indebtedness to strengthen our financial position. However, as a result of the recent disruptions in the credit markets, we may be unable to obtain new financing on terms acceptable to us or in amounts sufficient to service or refinance our indebtedness as it matures. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors – We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. The ability to generate cash and/or refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control” for additional information.

We believe that the cash flows from continuing operations, including the effects of divestitures made as part of the November 2005 Plan, together with available cash, borrowings available under our senior secured credit facilities, and the proceeds from our receivables securitization facility will generate sufficient cash flow to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future, including those related to the November 2005 Plan. We do not expect the divestitures of the Polymer Business and other businesses, made as part of the November 2005 Plan and included as part of continuing and discontinued operations, to significantly impact our future liquidity or our ability to meet our debt service obligations. With regards to the divestitures of the DuBois and Auto-Chlor businesses, we anticipate that the operational expense savings from the disposition of these businesses and the use of the proceeds from the divestitures in further restructuring and cost savings initiatives will largely offset the cash flows that would have been generated by these businesses. Please refer to our forward-looking statements and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for potential risks associated with our restructuring programs.

We have obligations related to our pension and post-retirement plans that are discussed in detail in Notes 17 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements. As of the most recent actuarial estimation, we anticipate making $34.3 million of contributions to our defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2009. Post-retirement medical claims are paid as they are submitted and are anticipated to be $4.4 million in fiscal year 2009.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. We and certain of our subsidiaries entered into an agreement (the “Receivables Facility”) in March 2001, as amended, whereby we and each participating subsidiary sell, on a continuous basis, certain trade receivables to JWPR Corporation (“JWPRC”), our wholly owned, consolidated, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary. JWPRC was formed for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables generated by us and certain of our subsidiaries party to the Receivables Facility. JWPRC, in turn, sells an undivided interest in the accounts receivable to nonconsolidated financial institutions (the “Conduits”) for an amount equal to the value of all eligible receivables (as defined under the receivables sale agreement between JWPRC and the Conduits) less the applicable reserve. The accounts receivable securitization arrangement is accounted for as a sale under the provisions of SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities–A replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.”

 

42


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008, and December 28, 2007, our total potential for securitization of trade receivables was $75 million. In December 2008, the Receivables facility was amended and restated to include our Canadian subsidiary and to extend the maturity of the agreement to December 2009.

As of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, the Conduits held $43.7 million and $45.2 million, respectively, of accounts receivable that are not included in the accounts receivable balance reflected in our consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, we had a retained interest of $74.7 million and $80.0 million, respectively, in the receivables of JWPRC. The retained interest is included in the accounts receivable balance and is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at estimated fair value.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, JWPRC’s cost of borrowing under the Receivables Facility was at a weighted average rate of 4.54% per annum.

Under the terms of our senior secured credit facilities, we must use any net proceeds from the Receivables Facility first to prepay loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities. In addition, the net amount of trade receivables at any time outstanding under this and any other securitization facility that we may enter into may not exceed $200 million in the aggregate.

FIN No. 48 Liabilities. During fiscal year 2008, we increased liabilities relating to FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainties in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” (“FIN No. 48”) by $19.0 million, resulting in total FIN No. 48 liabilities of $70.6 million at December 31, 2008. Total FIN No. 48 liabilities for which payments are expected in less than one year are $6.2 million. We are not able to provide a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of future payments relating to non-current FIN No. 48 liabilities.

Financial Covenants under Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Under the amended terms of our senior secured credit facilities, we are subject to certain financial covenants. The financial covenants under our senior secured credit facilities require us to meet the following targets and ratios.

Maximum Leverage Ratio. We are required to maintain a leverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no more than the maximum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The maximum leverage ratio is the ratio of (1) our consolidated indebtedness (excluding up to $55 million of indebtedness incurred under our Receivables Facility and indebtedness relating to specified interest rate hedge agreements) less cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of a financial covenant period using a weighted-average exchange rate calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities to (2) our consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior secured credit facilities, for that same financial covenant period.

The senior secured credit facilities require that we maintain a leverage ratio of no more than the ratio set forth below for each of the financial covenant periods ending nearest the corresponding date set forth below:

 

     Maximum
Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2008

   4.25 to 1

March 31, 2009

   4.25 to 1

June 30, 2009

   4.25 to 1

September 30, 2009

   3.75 to 1

December 31, 2009

   3.75 to 1

March 31, 2010

   3.75 to 1

June 30, 2010

   3.75 to 1

September 30, 2010 and thereafter

   3.50 to 1

 

43


Table of Contents

Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. We are required to maintain an interest coverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no less than the minimum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The minimum interest coverage ratio is the ratio of (1) our consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior secured credit facilities, for a financial covenant period to (2) our cash interest expense for the same financial covenant period calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities.

The senior secured credit facilities require that we maintain an interest coverage ratio of no less than the ratio set forth below for each of the financial covenant periods ending nearest the corresponding date set forth below:

 

     Minimum Interest
Coverage Ratio

December 31, 2008

   2.50 to 1

March 31, 2009

   2.50 to 1

June 30, 2009

   2.50 to 1

September 30, 2009

   2.75 to 1

December 31, 2009

   2.75 to 1

March 31, 2010

   2.75 to 1

June 30, 2010

   2.75 to 1

September 30, 2010 and thereafter

   3.00 to 1

Compliance with Maximum Leverage Ratio and Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. For our financial covenant period ended on December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the maximum leverage ratio and minimum interest coverage ratio covenants contained in the senior secured credit facilities.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures are limited under the senior secured credit facilities to $150 million in fiscal year 2006 and to $130 million for subsequent fiscal years. To the extent that we make capital expenditures of less than the limit in any fiscal year, however, we may carry forward into the subsequent year the difference between the limit and the actual amount we expended, provided that the amounts we carry forward from the previous year will be allocated to capital expenditures in the current fiscal year only after the amount allocated to the current fiscal year is exhausted. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the limitation on capital expenditures for fiscal year 2008.

Restructuring Charges. The senior secured credit facilities generally limit the amount of cash payments (i) arising in connection with the November 2005 Plan at any time from fiscal year 2006 through the end of fiscal year 2009 to $355 million in the aggregate; (ii) arising in connection with costs associated with permitted divestitures at any time from fiscal year 2006 through the end of fiscal year 2008 to $45 million; and (iii) arising in connection with the proceeds associated with permitted divestitures from fiscal year 2006 through the end of fiscal year 2008 to the maximum of net cash proceeds provided. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the limitation on spending for restructuring and permitted divestiture-related activities.

The senior secured credit facilities contain additional covenants that restrict our ability to declare dividends and to redeem and repurchase capital stock. The senior secured credit facilities also limit our ability to incur additional liens, engage in sale-leaseback transactions, incur additional indebtedness and make investments.

Senior Discount Notes of Holdings

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, our parent, Holdings, issued senior discount notes with a principal amount at maturity of $406.3 million to Unilever. In addition, Unilever received a one-third equity interest in Holdings. Under the indenture for the Holdings senior discount notes, the principal amount of the senior discount notes accreted at a rate of 10.67% per annum through May 15, 2007. Effective May 15, 2007, interest accrues on the accreted value of the senior discount notes at this rate, but will be payable in cash semiannually in arrears to the extent that we can distribute to Holdings the cash necessary to make the payments in compliance with the restrictions contained in the indentures for our senior subordinated notes and our senior

 

44


Table of Contents

secured credit facilities. The failure by Holdings to make all or any portion of a semiannual interest payment on the senior discount notes will not constitute an event of default under the indenture for the senior discount notes if that failure results from our inability to distribute the cash necessary to make that payment in accordance with these restrictions. Instead, interest will continue to accrue on any unpaid interest at a rate of 10.67% per annum, and the unpaid interest will be payable on the next interest payment date on which we are able to distribute to Holdings the cash necessary to make the payment in accordance with the provisions contained in the indentures for the senior subordinated notes and the senior secured credit facilities. Holdings has no income from operations and no meaningful assets. Holdings receives all of its income from us and substantially all of its assets consist of its investment in us. The senior discount notes mature on May 15, 2013. In September 2003, Unilever sold the Holdings’ senior discount notes to certain institutional investors.

Related Party Transactions

Until 1999, we were part of SCJ. In connection with our spin-off from SCJ in November 1999, we entered into a number of agreements relating to the separation and our ongoing relationship with SCJ after the spin-off. A number of these agreements relate to our ordinary course of business, while others pertain to our historical relationship with SCJ and our former status as a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ.

We are also party to various agreements with Unilever entered into in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business. All of the agreements with Unilever were negotiated before Unilever acquired its equity interest in our parent, Holdings, and the senior discount notes of Holdings. These agreements with Unilever are on arms-length terms.

For further discussion of the related party transactions, see Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence,” included elsewhere in this annual report.

Acquisitions

In June 2008, we purchased certain intangible assets relating to a cleaning technology for an aggregate purchase price of $8.0 million. The purchase price includes a $1.0 million non-refundable deposit made in July 2007; $5.0 million paid at closing; and $2.0 million of future payments that are contingent upon, among other things, achieving commercial production. Assets acquired include primarily intangible assets, consisting of trademarks, patents, technological know-how, customer relationships and a non-compete agreement. We paid the sellers $1.0 million in both September 2008 and December 2008 having met certain contingent requirements.

In conjunction with the acquisition, we and the sellers entered into a consulting agreement, under which we are required to pay to the sellers $1.0 million in fiscal 2009 and $1.0 million in fiscal 2010, subject to certain conditions.

In addition to the purchase price discussed above, we previously maintained an intangible asset in our consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $4.7 million, representing a payment from us to the sellers in a previous period in exchange for an exclusive distribution license agreement relating to this technology. This distribution agreement was terminated as a result of the acquisition and the value of this asset is considered in the final allocation of purchase price.

 

45


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, our completed allocation of the purchase price is as follows (000’s):

 

     Fair Value    Useful Life

Trademarks

   $ 540    Indefinite

Patents

     40    18 years

Technological know-how

     11,490    20 years

Customer relationships

     50    10 years

Non-compete

     600    10 years

In March 2007, we purchased an additional 6% interest in a North American business that provides purchasing and category management tools to certain of our company’s end-users for $2.6 million. We previously held 9% of the outstanding shares. The transaction is not considered material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2006, we purchased the remaining 15% of the outstanding shares of Shanghai JohnsonDiversey, Ltd., our Chinese operating entity, for $3.5 million. We previously held 85% of the outstanding shares and included the holding in our consolidated financial results. Goodwill recorded with respect to the transaction was $2.6 million. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with step acquisition rules.

Divestitures

Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and Branch Operations

In December 2007, in conjunction with its November 2005 Plan, we executed a sales agreement for our Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and substantially all of our remaining Auto-Chlor branch operations in North America, a business that marketed and sold low-energy dishwashing systems, kitchen chemicals, laundry and housekeeping products and services to food service, lodging, healthcare, and institutional customers, for $69.8 million.

The sales agreement was subject to the approval of our Board of Directors and Unilever consent, both of which we considered necessary in order to meet “held for sale” criteria under SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for Asset Impairment.” Accordingly, these assets were classified as “held and used” as of December 28, 2007. We obtained approval from our Board of Directors and consent from Unilever in January 2008.

The transaction closed on February 29, 2008, resulting in a net book gain of approximately $1.3 million after taxes and related costs. The gain associated with these divestiture activities is included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The gain is subject to additional post-closing adjustments including evaluation of potential pension-related settlement changes.

As of the divestiture date, net assets were as follows (000’s):

 

Inventories

   $ 8,343

Property, plant and equipment, net

     11,439

Goodwill, allocated

     12,745

Other intangibles, net

     32,517
      

Net assets divested

   $ 65,044
      

Net sales associated with these businesses were approximately $9.9 million, $63.0 million and $50.7 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Auto-Chlor Branch Operations

In August 2007, in conjunction with our November 2005 Plan, we divested certain of our Auto-Chlor branch operations in the eastern United States for $2.5 million, resulting in a gain of $0.5 million after taxes and related costs. The gain is included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Net sales associated with this business were approximately $3.4 million and $5.5 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

 

46


Table of Contents

In October 2006, in conjunction with our November 2005 Plan, we divested our Auto-Chlor branch operation in the southern United States for $9.0 million, resulting in a net loss of $2.7 million ($1.8 million after tax). The net loss is included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Net sales associated with this business were approximately $16.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006.

Commercial Laundry Operations

In September 2005, we sold or agreed to sell our European commercial laundry operations in a two-phase transaction. In phase 1, which closed in September 2005, we sold our related operations in seven countries for $14.8 million, which includes a reduction of $1.0 million for certain pension-related purchase price adjustments, resulting in a realized gain of $1.2 million ($0.4 million after-tax loss). Net assets sold include an allocation of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets of $5.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively. In phase 2, we agreed to sell related operations in six additional countries for approximately $8.7 million, which includes a reduction of $0.5 million for certain pension-related purchase price adjustments. In December 2006, phase 2 was completed, and we received proceeds of $9.7 million, which includes a reduction of $0.2 million for certain pension-related and other purchase price adjustments, resulting in an additional net loss of $0.3 million ($0.1 million after tax).

These divestiture activities did not qualify for reporting as discontinued operations and therefore the related gains and losses are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Discontinued Operations

DuBois Chemicals

On September 26, 2008, we and JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company, sold substantially all of the assets of DuBois Chemicals (“DuBois”) to DuBois Chemicals, Inc. and DuBois Chemicals Canada, Inc., subsidiaries of The Riverside Company (collectively, “Riverside”), for approximately $69.7 million, of which, $5.0 million was escrowed subject to meeting certain fiscal year 2009 performance measures and $1.0 million was escrowed subject to resolution of certain environmental representations by us. The purchase price is also subject to certain post-closing adjustments that are based on net working capital targets. We and Riverside expect to finalize the performance related adjustments during the second quarter of 2010 and all other adjustments during the first quarter of 2009.

DuBois is a North American based manufacturer and marketer of specialty chemicals, control systems and related services primarily for use by industrial manufacturers. DuBois was a non-core asset of our company and a component of the North American business segment. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately $14.8 million ($10.7 million after tax), net of related costs.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the carrying amount of assets and liabilities of DuBois immediately preceding the divestiture (000’s):

 

     September 26,
2008

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $72

   $ 13,232

Inventories

     7,204

Other current assets

     139
      

Current assets

   $ 20,575
      

Non current assets:

  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 11,014

Goodwill

     9,749

Other intangibles, net

     9,906
      

Non current assets

   $ 30,669
      

LIABILITIES

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 2,464

Accrued expenses

     2,716
      

Current liabilities

   $ 5,180
      

Net sales from discontinued operations relating to DuBois were as follows (000’s):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
     December 31,
2008
   December 28,
2007
   December 29,
2006

Net sales 1

   $ 72,134    $ 121,729    $ 137,747
                    

 

1 Includes intercompany sales of $7,193, $33,421 and $48,762 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Income from discontinued operations relating to DuBois was comprised of the following (000’s):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
 

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ 6,630     $ 10,943     $ 15,242  

Taxes on discontinued operations

     (1,912 )     (4,191 )     (5,909 )

Gain on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     14,774       —         —    

Taxes on gain from sale of discontinued operations

     (4,078 )     —         —    
                        

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 15,414     $ 6,752     $ 9,333  
                        

The asset purchase agreement, relating to the DuBois disposition, refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a distribution agreement and supply agreement, each of which is not considered material to our consolidated financial results.

On December 19, 2008, in association with the divestiture, the Stockholders’ Agreement was amended and restated to, among other things, adjust the buyout formula relating to Marga B.V.’s shares in our company to require an incremental payment of $27.0 million (of which $6.4 million is interest bearing and payable from put execution date) at the time of Marga B.V.’s exit.

 

48


Table of Contents

Chemical Methods Associates (“CMA”)

On September 30, 2006, in connection with our November 2005 Plan, we sold our equity interest in CMA to Ali SpA, an Italy-based manufacturer of equipment for the food service industry, for $17.0 million. The purchase price was subject to various post-closing adjustments, principally with regard to changes in working capital. In December 2006, we recorded additional purchase price of approximately $0.3 million based on a preliminary assessment of closing working capital. The sale resulted in a gain of $2.3 million ($0.5 million after tax), net of related costs. CMA was a non-core asset of our company and a component of the North America business segment.

During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007, we finalized and collected the closing working capital adjustment and recorded additional closing costs, resulting in a reduction to the gain of $0.3 million ($0.3 million after tax).

Net sales from discontinued operations relating to CMA, excluding sales to us, were $16.9 million during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006.

Income from discontinued operations relating to CMA was comprised of the following (000’s):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
 

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ —       $ 2,826  

Taxes on income from discontinued operations

     —         (986 )

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     (262 )     2,322  

Taxes on gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations

     (38 )     (1,825 )
                

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (300 )   $ 2,337  
                

Polymer Business

On June 30, 2006, Johnson Polymer, LLC (“Johnson Polymer”) and JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. (“Holdings II”), an indirectly owned subsidiary of our company, completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of Johnson Polymer, certain of the equity interests in, or assets of, certain Johnson Polymer subsidiaries and all of the equity interests owned by Holdings II in Johnson Polymer B.V. (collectively, the “Polymer Business”) to BASF Aktiengesellschaft (“BASF”) for approximately $470.0 million plus an additional $8.1 million in connection with the parties’ estimate of purchase price adjustments that are based upon the closing net asset value of the Polymer Business. Further, BASF paid us $1.5 million for the option to extend the tolling agreement (described below) by up to six months. In December 2006, we finalized purchase price adjustments with BASF related to the net asset value and we received an additional $4.1 million.

The Polymer Business developed, manufactured, and sold specialty polymers for use in the industrial print and packaging industry, industrial paint and coatings industry, and industrial plastics industry. The Polymer Business was a non-core asset of our company and had been reported as a separate business segment. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately $352.9 million ($235.9 million after tax), net of related costs.

During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007, we finalized and paid certain pension related adjustments, adjusted net assets disposed and recorded additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $1.7 million ($0.2 million after-tax gain). We recorded additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $0.2 million ($0.2 million after-tax loss), during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

The asset and equity purchase agreement relating to the disposition of the Polymer Business refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a supply agreement and tolling agreement, each of which is not considered material to our consolidated financial results.

 

49


Table of Contents

Supply Agreement

A ten-year global agreement provides for the supply of polymer products to us by BASF. Unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew at least three years prior to the expiration of the ten-year term, the term of the agreement will extend for an additional five years. The agreement requires that we purchase a specified percentage of related product from BASF during the term of agreement. Subject to certain adjustments, we have a minimum volume commitment during each of the first five years of the agreement.

The Polymer Business sold $7.0 million of polymer product to us during the six months ended June 30, 2006.

Tolling Agreement

A three-year agreement provides for the toll manufacture of polymer products by us, at our manufacturing facility in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, for BASF. The agreement may be extended by up to six months by either party. The agreement specifies product pricing and provides BASF the right to purchase certain equipment retained by us.

In association with the tolling agreement, we agreed to pay $11.4 million in compensation to SCJ, a related party, primarily related to pre-payments and the right to extend terms on the lease agreement at the Sturtevant, Wisconsin manufacturing location. We are amortizing $9.2 million of the payment into the results of the tolling operation over the term of the tolling agreement, with the remainder recorded as a reduction of the gain on discontinued operations.

We considered our continuing involvement with the Polymer Business, including the supply agreement and tolling agreement, concluding that neither the related cash inflows nor cash outflows were direct, due to the relative insignificance of the continuing operations to the disposed business.

Net sales from discontinued operations relating to the Polymer Business, excluding sales to us and including net sales related to the tolling agreement with BASF, were $189.2 million during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006.

Income from discontinued operations relating to the Polymer Business was comprised of the following (000’s):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
 

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ —       $ —       $ 22,019  

Taxes on income from discontinued operations

     —         —         (7,464 )

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     (192 )     (1,742 )     352,907  

Taxes on gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations

     (34 )     1,958       (117,001 )

Income from tolling operations

     477       1,903       620  

Taxes on income from tolling operations

     (200 )     (694 )     (419 )
                        

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 51     $ 1,425     $ 250,662  
                        

In connection with the disposition of the Polymer Business, the Stockholders’ Agreement was amended to, among other things, adjust the buyout formula relating to Marga B.V.’s shares in Holdings to require an incremental payment of $30.0 million, plus interest (payable from put execution date) at the time of Marga B.V.’s exit. The Stockholders’ Agreement also provides for the issuance of equity of Holdings to Marga B.V. that would result in the incremental payment to Marga B.V., by Holdco, of up to $40.0 million, plus interest, at the time of Marga B.V.’s exit.

 

50


Table of Contents

Whitmire Micro-Gen Business

In June 2004, we completed the sale of Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc. (“Whitmire”) to Sorex Holdings, Ltd., a European pest-control manufacturer headquartered in the United Kingdom, for $46.0 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities.

The purchase agreement provided for additional earn-out provisions based on future Whitmire net sales, for which we recorded $0.1 million during the three month period ended March 31, 2006. The income is included as a component of income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk relating to our operations results primarily from our debt level as well as changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. In addition, risk exposures associated with raw materials price changes and customer credit have increased significantly relative to our historical experience due to the global economic slowdown, the ongoing credit crisis, and unprecedented volatility and unpredictability of raw materials prices. The following discussion does not consider the effects that an adverse change may have on the overall economy, and it also does not consider additional actions we may take to mitigate our exposure to these changes. We cannot guarantee that the actions we take to mitigate these exposures will be successful.

Debt Risk

As a result of our acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we have a significant amount of indebtedness. In May 2002 in connection with the acquisition, we issued senior subordinated notes and entered into $1.2 billion senior secured credit facilities. The senior secured credit facilities were amended and restated in December 2005, and were amended in June 2007 to reduce the interest rate payable on the term loan B facility and the delayed draw term loan facility. As our various debt instruments reach maturity, there is a risk that those instruments will not be able to be replaced, or will be replaced at less favorable terms.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2008, we had $429.8 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities. After giving effect to the interest rate swap transactions that we have entered into with respect to some of the borrowings under our credit facilities, $229.8 million of the debt outstanding remained subject to variable rates. In addition, as of December 31, 2008, we had $37.5 million of debt outstanding under foreign lines of credit, all of which were subject to variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flows are affected by changes in interest rates. At the above level of variable rate borrowings, we do not anticipate a significant impact on earnings in the event of a reasonable change in interest rates. In the event of an adverse change in interest rates, management may take actions to attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk; however, due to the uncertainty of the actions and their possible effects, this analysis assumes no such action. Further, this analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment.

Foreign Currency Risk

We conduct our business in various regions of the world and export and import products to and from many countries. Our operations may, therefore, be subject to volatility because of currency fluctuations, inflation changes and changes in political and economic conditions in these countries. Sales and expenses are frequently denominated in local currencies, and results of operations may be affected adversely as currency fluctuations affect product prices and operating costs. We engage in hedging operations, including forward foreign exchange contracts, to reduce the exposure of our cash flows to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. All hedging instruments are designated and effective as hedges, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are marked to market with changes recognized in current earnings. We do not engage in hedging for speculative investment reasons. There can be no assurance that our hedging operations will eliminate or substantially reduce risks associated with fluctuating currencies.

 

51


Table of Contents

Based on our overall foreign exchange exposure, we estimate that a 10% change in the exchange rates would not materially affect our financial position and liquidity. The effect on our results of operations would be substantially offset by the impact of the hedged items.

Raw Materials Price Risk

We utilize a variety of raw materials in the manufacture of our products, including surfactants, polymers and resins, fragrances, solvents, caustic soda, waxes, chelates and phosphates, which have experienced significant fluctuations in prices. In addition, our freight costs as well as raw material costs for certain of our floor care products have been unfavorably impacted by volatile energy prices (primarily oil and natural gas). Our profitability is sensitive to changes in the costs of these materials caused by changes in supply, demand, or other market conditions, over which we have little or no control. In response to inflationary pressures, we implement price increases to recover costs to the fullest extent possible and pursue cost reduction initiatives; however, we may not be able to pass on these increases in whole or in part to our customers or realize cost savings needed to offset these increases.

Customer Credit Risk

Customer credit risk is the possibility of loss from customers’ failure to make payments according to contract terms. Given the ongoing credit crisis and volatility of the financial markets, we believe customer credit risk will most likely increase in 2009. Through December 31, 2008, we have not experienced an increased level of bad debt relative to our historical bad debt experience, and we believe that we are fully reserved for this financial risk as of December 31, 2008. As a result of the global economic slowdown and the continued tightening of credit markets, our customers may be delayed in obtaining, or may not be able to obtain, necessary financing for their purchases of our products. A lack of liquidity in the capital markets or the continued global recession may cause our customers to increase the time they take to pay or default on their payment obligations, which would negatively affect our results. Continued weakness in the economy could cause some of our customers to become illiquid, delay payments or adversely affect our collection on their accounts, which could result in a higher level of bad debt expense. We have an active collections program in place to help mitigate this potential market risk to the fullest extent possible.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

During fiscal years 2008 and 2007 and through the date of this annual report, there were no disagreements with Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, on accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, audit scope or audit procedures.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of JohnsonDiversey’s Disclosure Controls and Internal Control over Financial Reporting. As of December 31, 2008, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (“Disclosure Controls”) and internal controls over financial reporting. The controls evaluation was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).

CEO & CFO Certifications. Attached as exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this annual report are certifications of the CEO and the CFO required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This portion of our annual report includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications and should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

 

52


Table of Contents

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this annual report, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (“Disclosure Controls”) as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our Disclosure Controls are effective in recording, processing, summarizing, and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, and that information is accumulated and communicated to the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely discussions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2008, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management team is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our management team, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management team has concluded that, as of the end of December 31, 2008, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. Its report appears in the consolidated financial statements on page F-3.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls. Our management team, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the designed control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

53


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The following is a list of our directors and executive officers, their ages as of March 6, 2009, and their positions and offices:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

S. Curtis Johnson III

   53    Director and Chairman

Edward F. Lonergan

   49    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Joseph F. Smorada

   62    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Gregory F. Clark

   55    Senior Vice President – Global Value Chain

Stephen A. Di Biase

   56    Senior Vice President – Chief Scientific Officer

James W. Larson

   56    Senior Vice President – Global Human Resources

John W. Matthews

   49    Senior Vice President – Corporate Affairs and Director, Office of the President

Scott D. Russell

   46    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Nabil Shabshab

   43    Senior Vice President – Chief Marketing Officer

John Alexander

   44    Regional President – Americas

Pedro Chidichimo

   50    Regional President – Europe, Middle East, Africa

Moreno Dezio

   48    Regional President – Greater Asia-Pacific

David S. Andersen

   48    Vice President – Global Business Development

P. Todd Herndon

   43    Vice President and Corporate Controller

Lori P. Marin

   47    Vice President and Corporate Treasurer

Clive A. Newman

   45    Vice President, Finance – Europe, Middle East, Africa

Matt Peterson

   45    Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Todd C. Brown

   59    Director

Irene M. Esteves

   50    Director

Robert M. Howe

   64    Director

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

   52    Director

Clifton D. Louis

   53    Director

Neal R. Nottleson

   71    Director

Reto Wittwer

   60    Director

S. Curtis Johnson III has been Chairman since February 1996. He also has been Chairman of Holdco since November 1999 and Chairman of Holdings since November 2001. Mr. Johnson joined SCJ in 1983 and became a general partner of Wind Point Partners, L.C., a $126 million venture capital partnership which he co-founded and in which SCJ was a major limited partner. He also served as Vice President—Global Business Development of SCJ from October 1994 to February 1996. Since joining SCJ in August 1983, Mr. Johnson has served in several other offices, including Vice President and Managing Director of Mexican Johnson, a subsidiary of SCJ, and Director—Worldwide Business Development. Mr. Johnson earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Cornell University in 1977 and a Master of Business Administration in Marketing/Finance from Northwestern University in 1983. Mr. Johnson also serves as a director of Cargill, Incorporated and the World Wildlife Fund. He is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, the brother of Helen Johnson-Leipold and cousin of Clifton Louis, both directors of our company.

Edward F. Lonergan has served as director and President and Chief Executive Officer since February 13, 2006. Mr. Lonergan has also served as a director of Holdco and as director and President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings since February 13, 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lonergan had over 25 years of experience in the consumer products industry, most recently serving as

 

54


Table of Contents

President of the European region for The Gillette Company from May 2002 until January 2006. He was employed from 1981 to April 2002 by The Procter & Gamble Company, where he held a variety of responsibilities including most recently Customer General Management assignments in Europe and the United States. Mr. Lonergan graduated from Union College of New York in 1981 with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science.

Joseph F. Smorada has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2004 and as a director of Holdco since July 2005. He has also served as Global Leader for our restructuring program since May 2005. Mr. Smorada has also been the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Holdings since November 2004. From 1992 until October 2004, Mr. Smorada served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and, most recently, as Executive Consultant, at Axel Johnson Inc., an international company with business interests, public and private, in manufacturing, energy and technology products and services. Mr. Smorada holds a Bachelor degree in Economics from California University of Pennsylvania and has also completed management development programs at Harvard University, the University of Pennsylvania, Cornell University and Columbia University.

Gregory F. Clark has served as Senior Vice President – Global Value Chain (formerly referred to as “Supply Chain”) since January 2004. He was our Senior Vice President – Global Development and Customer Solutions from May 2002 until January 2004 and was our Vice President – Global Manufacturing and Sourcing from May 1999 until May 2002. From 1978 through May 1999, Mr. Clark served at SCJ in a variety of manufacturing, operations and financial positions domestically and internationally. Mr. Clark holds a Bachelor degree in Chemical Engineering from Purdue University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

Stephen A. Di Biase has served as Senior Vice President – Chief Scientific Officer since September 2004. From 1978 to August 2004, Dr. Di Biase served in various management positions at Lubrizol Corporation, a global provider of specialty chemicals and materials, most recently as Vice President – Emulsified Products from January 2001 until August 2004 and Vice President of Research, Development and Engineering from 1993 to January 2001. Dr. Di Biase holds a Ph.D. in Chemistry from Pennsylvania State University and a Bachelor degree in Chemistry from St. John Fischer College.

James W. Larson has served as Senior Vice President – Global Human Resources since May 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Larson was the head of Global Human Resources for InterContinental Hotel Group from 2002 to 2006. He also held numerous Human Resource leadership positions in major companies, including American Express, Frito Lay/PepsiCo, Pfizer Pharmaceuticals and Kellogg’s, where he was the Global Executive Vice President of Human Resources. Mr. Larson holds a Bachelor degree in Management and Master of Business Administration from California Polytechnic State University.

John W. Matthews has served as Senior Vice President – Corporate Affairs and Director, Office of the President since January 2007. Mr. Matthews was Vice President – Corporate Affairs from May 2002 until January 2007. Mr. Matthews has more than 25 years of experience in strategic communications, regulatory and public affairs. Prior to joining us, Mr. Matthews led the national Public Affairs Practice Group for the Foley & Lardner law firm based in Milwaukee. Mr. Matthews began his career as a news reporter, and then moved into government, eventually becoming chief of staff to former Wisconsin Governor Tommy Thompson. Mr. Matthews holds a Bachelor degree in Journalism from the University of Wisconsin – Whitewater.

Scott D. Russell has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since January 2007. Mr. Russell has also served as the Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Holdings and as a director of Holdco since January 2007. He was our Senior Counsel from May 2006 through December 2006. From May 1993 until October 2005, Mr. Russell was at RR Donnelley, a global full-service provider of print and related services, including business process outsourcing, most recently as Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. From October 1988 to May 1993, he was an associate in the corporate practice group of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP & Affiliates. Mr. Russell holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and Political Science from Alma College and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Detroit School of Law.

 

55


Table of Contents

Nabil Shabshab has served as Senior Vice President – Chief Marketing Officer since January 2007 after joining us as Vice President of Global Marketing a couple of months earlier. Mr. Shabshab brings 21 years of experience in general management, sales and marketing strategy, brand management, and strategy consulting. Prior to joining us Mr. Shabshab served as Principal of Zyman Group, a leading international management consulting firm, from July 2004 until July 2006, as Vice President of Client Solutions & Consulting at Information Resources, Inc. from May 2002 until July 2004, and in various global sales and marketing positions with Fortune 100 companies such as Pfizer Pharmaceutical Company and the Coca-Cola Company. Mr. Shabshab holds a Bachelor of Science in Computer Science from the American Lebanese University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University in Chicago.

John Alexander has served as Regional President – Americas since October 2008. Prior to joining JohnsonDiversey, Mr. Alexander served as Vice President and General Manager, New Business and Innovation, North America with Whirlpool Corporation. Before that, he served as Whirlpool’s Vice President and General Manager-Brand Management, a position that included all U.S.-branded businesses. While with Whirlpool, Mr. Alexander also served in a number of other managerial positions in planning, merchandising and product development. Mr. Alexander holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Ohio Northern University and a master of business administration from Ohio State University.

Pedro Chidichimo has served as Regional President – Europe, Middle East, Africa since October 2006. Mr. Chidichimo, who joined us in 1994, has served as Regional President – Latin America from July 2005 until October 2006, Vice President of our Southern & Andina Latin America sub-region from 2002 until June 2005, and as managing director of our Argentina operations from 1997 until June 2005. Mr. Chidichimo holds a Bachelor degree in Chemical Engineering from Universidad de Buenos Aires and a Master of Business Administration from Universidad Austral in Argentina.

Moreno G. Dezio has served as Regional President – Greater Asia-Pacific since January 2009. Prior to that he served as Regional President – Latin America since January 2007. Mr. Dezio has also served as Vice President North Europe & Managing Director U.K. from November 2005 to December 2006. From November 1996 through October 2005, Mr. Dezio served in numerous senior management positions, most recently as Vice President for Africa & Middle East from June 2002 until October 2005, Group Managing Director for Italy, Greece and Central Eastern Europe from November 1996 to May 2002. From March 1993 to October 1996 he served as Marketing Manager Europe for our predecessor, Johnson Wax Professional (“JWP”) and prior to that he covered several sales and marketing positions at SCJ and JWP.

David S. Andersen has served as Vice President – Global Business Development since July 2003. From February 1997 through July 2003, Mr. Andersen served in numerous management positions, most recently as Vice President – Global Enterprise Development from May 2002 until July 2003, Vice President – eSolutions from October 2000 until May 2002, and Vice President – Global Enterprise Development Group from July 1999 until October 2000. From 1991 through February 1997, Mr. Andersen held numerous management positions at SCJ, most recently as Director of Worldwide Business Development. He is currently a Director of Virox Technologies Inc. and Chairman of KidsUganda. Mr. Andersen holds a Bachelor’s degree from Brown University and a Masters of Business Administration from Harvard University.

P. Todd Herndon has served as Vice President – Corporate Controller since September 2007. From March 2005 through August 2007, Mr. Herndon served as the Vice President of Finance for North America and from February 2003 through February 2005, he was the General Manager of the B,G&E business within North America. From 1988 through 2003, Mr. Herndon held various financial positions within Johnson Wax Professional and S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Mr. Herndon holds a Bachelor degree in Business from Indiana University and a Master of Business Administration from Marquette University.

Lori P. Marin has served as Vice President and Corporate Treasurer since May 2005. Prior to joining us, Ms. Marin served as Managing Director of the Risk Services Group for Aon Corporation from June 2003 until May 2005. From September 1996 until January 2003, Ms. Marin served as Vice President and Treasurer of Keebler Foods Co. Ms. Marin has over 16 years of global treasury experience having also served as Director of Finance for Dominick’s Finer Foods, and over 10 years of experience as a commercial banker, having commenced her career as a First Scholar at The First National Bank of Chicago. Ms. Marin is a Certified Cash Manager and holds a Bachelor of Science in Finance from Washington University in St. Louis and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

 

56


Table of Contents

Clive A. Newman has served as Vice President, Finance – EMA since September 2007. He was Vice President, Corporate Controller from May 2002 until 2007. From 1986 until May 2002, Mr. Newman held various positions at Unilever, most recently as Controller and Vice President—Finance Europe for DiverseyLever from May 2001 until May 2002 and Finance Manager—Beverages for Unilever from 2000 until April 2001. Mr. Newman has over 12 years of experience in the institutional and industrial cleaning and hygiene industry. Mr. Newman holds a Bachelor degree in Economics from Leicester University in the U.K. and is an Associate of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.

Matt Peterson has served as Vice President and Chief Information Officer since July, 2005. From 2000 until 2005, Mr. Peterson held several senior information technology related positions with us including serving as Program Manager for the eSolutions group in 2000 and 2001, Director of IT for the North American business unit from 2002 until 2004, and Vice President of Global Business Applications from 2004 until 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Peterson served as a management consultant for Ernst & Young and Diamond Management and Technology Consultants and as Chief Operating Officer for Nuesoft Technologies, a startup technology firm. Mr. Peterson holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Western Kentucky University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Emory University.

Todd C. Brown has served as a director since April 2001. Mr. Brown was a director of Holdco from April 2001- May 2003 and of Holdings since May 2002. Since August 2003, Mr. Brown has served as Vice Chairman of ShoreBank Corporation and Chairman of the Board of Directors for ShoreBank’s banking operations in Chicago, Detroit, and Cleveland. From 1985 through June 2003, Mr. Brown served in various positions at Kraft Foods, Inc., most recently as Executive Vice President and President of its e-Commerce Division from January 2001 until June 2003 and President of Kraft Foodservices Division from April 1998 until December 2000.

Irene M. Esteves has served as a director since June 1998. Ms. Esteves was a director of Holdco from November 1999 – May 2003 and of Holdings since May 2002. Ms. Esteves has served as the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Regions Financial Corporation since April 2008. Before that she was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Wachovia Corporation’s Capital Management Group since June 2006. Prior to this, she was the Chief Financial Officer of Putnam Investments, LLC, an asset management firm. Before joining Putnam, Ms. Esteves was with Miller Brewing Company for two years, first as the Corporate Controller & Director of International Finance, and then as Vice President – International Finance and Corporate Strategy. Prior to this, she spent thirteen years with SCJ in various finance and business development roles, last serving as Controller – North America Home Care. Ms. Esteves is also a director of The Timberland Company, a manufacturer of premium-quality footwear, apparel and accessories.

Robert M. Howe has served as a director since September 1997. He was a director of Holdco from November 1999 – May 2003 and of Holdings since May 2002. Since November 2002, Mr. Howe has been the Chairman of Montgomery Goodwin Investments, LLC, a private investment and consulting firm. From April 2000 to September 2002, Mr. Howe was the Chairman of Scient, Inc., a provider of integrated e-Business strategy and technology services, and previously served as its Chief Executive Officer. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. Howe was with International Business Machines Corporation, last serving as General Manager of its global banking, financial and securities services business. He has also been a director of Symphony Services, an information technology consulting firm, since July 2004.

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold has served as a director since December 1999. Ms. Johnson-Leipold was a director of Holdco from November 1999 – May 2003 and of Holdings since May 2002. Since 1999, Ms. Johnson-Leipold has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Johnson Outdoors Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of outdoor recreational equipment. In addition, since July 2004, she has been Chairman of Johnson Financial Group, a global financial services company. From 1995 through 1999, she was with SCJ in various executive positions, last serving as Vice President—North America Consumer Cleaning Products. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, the sister of S. Curtis Johnson III, our Chairman, and cousin of Clifton Louis, another director of our company.

 

57


Table of Contents

Clifton D. Louis has served as a director since December 1999. Mr. Louis was a director of Holdco from November 1999 – May 2003 and of Holdings since May 2002. Mr. Louis is the owner of The Vineyard, Inc., a retail wine store, and has been its President and Chief Executive Officer since 1985. Mr. Louis is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, a cousin of S. Curtis Johnson III, the Chairman of our company, and a cousin of Helen Johnson-Leipold, another director of our company.

Neal R. Nottleson has served as a director since September 1997. Mr. Nottleson has also been a director Holdings since September 1999 and of Holdco since November 1999. Mr. Nottleson was the Vice Chairman of SCJ from October 1996 until his retirement in June 1999.

Reto Wittwer has served as a director since July 2002. Mr. Wittwer has also been a director of Holdings since July 2002. Since 1995, Mr. Wittwer has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Kempinski Hotel Group, an international luxury hotel and resort company. From 1992 to 1995, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of CIGA Hotels, a European luxury hotel company.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of our board of directors appoints our independent registered public accounting firm, reviews the scope and results of the audits with the auditors and management, approves the scope and results of the audits, monitors the adequacy of our system of internal controls and reviews the annual report, auditors’ fees and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. The members of our Audit Committee are Irene Esteves, chairperson of the Audit Committee, Todd Brown, Robert Howe, and Reto Wittwer. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Esteves meets the definition of an audit committee financial expert, as set forth in Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation S-K, and has also determined that she meets the independence requirements of the SEC.

Code of Ethics

We and our employees operate under the values and principles defined in our “This We Believe” culture, which extends to our customers and users, the general public, our neighbors and the world community. We have adopted a Finance Officers Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. In addition and as a best practice, this code has been executed by all other key financial and accounting personnel. Furthermore, we have adopted a general code of business conduct for all of our directors, officers and employees, which is known as the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. The Finance Officers Code of Ethics, the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and other information regarding our corporate governance is available on our website (www.johnsondiversey.com), or free of charge by writing c/o Investor Relations at the address on the cover page of this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition to any reports required to be filed with the SEC, we intend to disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers from, the Finance Officers Code of Ethics or the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that are required to be disclosed pursuant to SEC rules. To date, there have been no waivers of the Finance Officers Code of Ethics or the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

 

58


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A)

Organization of Information

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) describes our executive compensation philosophy, programs and policies, and includes analysis on the compensation earned by our Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) as detailed in the accompanying executive compensation tables. The CD&A covers the following topics:

 

   

Overview of the Role of the Compensation and Management Succession Committee (“Compensation Committee”) in Executive Compensation

 

   

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

 

   

Compensation Elements and Pay Mix

 

   

Determining Compensation Levels

 

   

Executive Compensation Market Benchmarking and Peer Group

 

   

Total Target Compensation Relative to Market Compensation

 

   

Program Components and Policies:

 

   

Base Salary

 

   

Annual Incentives

 

   

Long-Term Incentives

 

   

Executive Severance

 

   

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

 

   

Tax, Regulatory and Accounting Implications

 

   

Executive Compensation Tables and Supplemental Narrative Disclosures

 

   

Executive Agreements

 

   

Compensation Committee Report

 

   

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation Decisions

 

   

Director Compensation

Overview of the Role of the Compensation Committee in Executive Compensation

Our Compensation Committee charter gives the Compensation Committee responsibility over executive compensation matters. Our Compensation Committee is appointed by our Board of Directors, and is charged with approving and overseeing all executive compensation programs and policies. The Compensation Committee approves all compensation actions with respect to our NEO compensation.

The Compensation Committee relies on management and outside advisors for staff work, contextual information and technical guidance in conducting its affairs. For the past several years, the Compensation Committee has retained W.T. Haigh & Company, a compensation consulting firm in Cambridge, Massachusetts, to provide independent advice on executive and director compensation and to conduct independent studies when needed.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain, and motivate high performing individuals through an integrated rewards package of compensation and benefits that is competitive with other companies in our marketplace and industry. We have adopted the following objectives as the foundation for our executive compensation philosophy:

 

   

Ensure that our total rewards program motivates and drives a pay for performance culture, including the successful execution of the company’s restructuring plan and the financial metrics established as part of the bank-approved financing plan.

 

59


Table of Contents
   

Reward executives appropriately based on their job responsibilities and performance, individual contribution to the business, overall business performance, and local market considerations.

 

   

Ensure total rewards are externally competitive and administered with internal equity in mind.

 

   

Align total rewards to support our strategic objectives and align with shareholder interests. Specifically, we structure the terms of incentive compensation to include performance hurdles that enable our company to meet debt obligations, with adequate cushion, before annual or long-term incentives are funded for executives. Our goal is to provide for a fair economic sharing between management and shareholders only when performance hurdle requirements have been met and our bank-approved financing plan goals have been achieved.

 

   

Comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

Compensation Elements and Pay Mix

Our executive compensation program includes the following elements, all of which are described in more detail below.

1. Direct Compensation, which includes:

 

   

Base salary

 

   

Annual incentives

 

   

Long-term incentives

We structure our executives’ direct compensation to deliver a substantial portion of value through variable, performance-based annual and long-term incentives. The allocation between annual and long-term incentives is determined based on market benchmarking against our peer group, with a higher proportion delivered through long-term incentives. The incentive components (both annual and long-term) are intended to motivate and reward sustained profitable growth, reinforce executive accountability and increase enterprise value for our shareholders. This is especially critical in light of our restructuring plan, the targeted goals and strategic priorities that we established for meeting our financial obligations and, ultimately, delivering long-term value to our shareholders. As a result of this emphasis on performance-based incentive pay, we expect direct compensation amounts to vary from year to year.

We currently award all of our long-term incentives in cash based on the achievement of our company’s profitability targets and aspects of our restructuring plan. However, we intend to implement equity-based incentives after we successfully complete our restructuring plan, as we believe that equity-based incentives best align the long-term interests of our executives with those of our shareholders.

2. Indirect Compensation, which includes:

 

   

Benefits

 

   

Perquisites

Our executives participate in benefit programs available broadly to all of our employees. We provide an annual flexible credit of $1,250 to all US-based employees, including our NEOs, to offset the cost of their medical and other optional benefits. In addition, we maintain certain executive benefit and perquisite programs that we believe are consistent with market practice. In keeping with our culture, the value of these programs do not make up a significant percentage of total executive compensation.

Determining Compensation Levels

The following are key factors we consider in determining compensation levels for our executives:

 

  1. Performance. We consider the performance of our company, as well as individual performance and contributions. Performance goals are defined annually, and we utilize a disciplined performance review process to ensure that our executives’ goals align with the achievement of our bank-approved financing plan and with our strategic priorities. Company goals require aggressive growth year over year and have only been attained in three of the last six years.

 

60


Table of Contents
  2. Market competitiveness. We benchmark compensation for our executive positions to comparable jobs in the marketplace to understand what we need to pay to stay competitive. The process for conducting market benchmarking and determining market competitiveness is described in more detail in the material that follows.

 

  3. Cost. We review the cost of our executive rewards program for reasonableness in light of our financial condition and relative to our performance. In addition, as mentioned above, we structure the incentive components of our program so that we meet our debt obligations and restructuring expenses before executives earn incentives.

 

  4. Internal equity. We assess the relative value of our executive positions using factors such as responsibilities and performance, scope and impact, problem solving and leadership. Our goal is to compensate executives fairly and equitably based on each executive’s role and potential impact on our company’s success.

Executive Compensation Market Benchmarking and Peer Group

We are a market leader in our industry with a broad, diversified line of products and related services. As a result, we seek to attract and retain highly qualified executives from companies with a similar business mix and profile, but which are not necessarily direct business competitors. We use the following criteria to assist with the selection of peer companies for purposes of market benchmarking compensation for our executives:

 

   

Manufacturing companies

 

   

Comparable revenues ($1–6 billion)

 

   

Global scope (measured by foreign sales as a percentage of total sales)

 

   

Growth orientation in terms of EBITDA and sales

 

   

Service, business-to-business and technology orientation

 

   

Source for executive talent

 

   

United States public companies (to access data)

Based on these factors, our current peer group consists of the following 20 companies:

 

Acuity Brands, Inc.

   Goodrich Corporation

Avery Dennison Corporation

   Lubrizol Corporation

Brunswick Corporation

   Nalco Holding Company

Cabot Corporation

   Olin Corporation

Clorox Company

   Sealed Air Corporation

Corn Products International, Inc.

   Sensient Technologies Corporation

Ecolab Inc.

   Sigma-Aldrich Company

EMCOR Group Inc.

   Snap-On Inc.

FMC Corporation

   Westlake Chemical Corporation

H.B. Fuller Company

   W.W. Grainger, Inc.

Our Compensation Committee last reviewed and approved our peer group in October 2007. At that time, we were in the mid-range of the peer group in terms of revenue. We intend to continue to review and refine our peer group periodically.

In December of each year we review executive market total compensation for our Compensation Committee. The Committee uses our independent compensation consultant, W.T. Haigh & Company, to compare our executive compensation levels against compensation levels for similar executive positions in the peer group. In addition, we participate in an executive compensation study conducted by Hewitt Associates that includes similar companies based on various factors, including certain of the same criteria used to define our peer group. We also validate these peer company findings with general industry compensation data for similar sized companies using Mercer and Hewitt surveys. We use the comparisons made in this process to develop competitive market ranges for our executives for purposes of assessing overall market competitiveness.

 

61


Table of Contents

Total Target Compensation Relative to Market Compensation

The total target compensation of our executives relative to market compensation varies based on performance. In general:

 

 

 

For attainment of business goals (target performance), we target direct compensation at the 50th percentile of the competitive market range, or slightly above.

 

 

 

For significant overachievement of business goals, we target direct compensation closer to the 75th percentile of the competitive market range, with a higher relative positioning to market for annual and long-term incentives than for base salary.

 

 

 

For underachievement of business goals, we target direct compensation below the 50th percentile of the competitive market range as our incentive components are structured to deliver below mid-market incentive levels for underperformance of goals.

The Compensation Committee retains the discretion to provide awards above or below these targets based on individual performance.

Program Components and Policies

Base Salary

Our goal is to pay base salaries in the mid-range of the competitive market. We review the base salaries of our executives annually with any salary increases taking effect April 1 of each year. Any salary increase is generally based on the executive’s performance within specific areas of accountability, as well as market competitiveness and budget considerations.

The company has made a decision that base salaries for corporate officers will not be increased in 2009, with the exception of Mr. Chidichimo who was granted a market adjustment effective January 1, 2009.

Annual Incentives

Our Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) is designed to recognize and reward outstanding performance, achievements and contributions to fiscal year results and focus attention on specific challenges and opportunities as defined by and aligned with our strategy. The Plan is a goal-based program for executives. Each year, performance goals are established and approved by our Compensation Committee which provides a basis for funding the overall AIP pool globally for all participants. The following were the performance categories and weightings applicable for 2008:

 

   

EBITDA before tangible and intangible asset impairment charges and other period costs associated with our restructuring activity (50% weighting)

 

   

Net Sales Growth (30% weighting)

 

   

Working Capital & Sarbanes Oxley (“SOX”) Compliance (20% weighting)

Our AIP incentive design includes threshold financial performance hurdles that must be met before any incentives can be earned under this plan. This ensures that adequate funds are available to satisfy outstanding debt and restructuring obligations and provides for a reasonable and fair distribution of incremental profit between management and shareholders.

Target awards and potential payouts are defined for each executive based on an evaluation of financial results and individual contributions. These amounts are reviewed and approved annually by our Compensation Committee. The following table presents the 2008 annual incentive opportunities for our NEOs:

AIP AWARD OPPORTUNITY (% OF BASE SALARY)

 

Name

   Minimum     Target     Maximum  

Ed Lonergan

   0 %   100 %   200 %

S. Curtis Johnson

   0 %   80 %   160 %

Joseph Smorada

   0 %   65 %   130 %

Pedro Chidichimo

   0 %   65 %   130 %

Moreno Dezio

   0 %   50 %   100 %

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

      

Ed Kennedy

   0 %   50 %   100 %

Thomas Gartland

   0 %   65 %   130 %

 

62


Table of Contents

Payments are made in cash in the first quarter of the fiscal year after approval by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines whether goals have been met under the AIP Plan.

Long-Term Incentives

In 2006, we discontinued our equity-based long-term incentive program and implemented a cash long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) to motivate and reward the attainment of global profitability targets. As discussed above, this was done to emphasize the successful attainment of our bank-approved financing plan, which is in place for a specified period of time. Upon successful completion of the restructuring plan, we intend to return to an equity-based long-term incentive program that will promote long-term stock ownership and further alignment of management interests with those of our shareholders.

The LTIP awards cash compensation based on specific performance goals during three-year performance cycles that begin each year. The first three-year performance cycle under the LTIP covers performance years 2006–2008, the second cycle covers performance years 2007–2009, and the third cycle covers performance years 2008–2010. Target awards are defined by position as a dollar amount with a potential payout of 0–200% based on attainment of the goals defined for each performance cycle. The 2006–2008 performance cycle award will be based on global EBITDA (88.9%) and global cash flow (11.1%) and the 2007–2009 and 2008–2010 cycle awards will be based 100% on global EBITDA. The following table provides the target award opportunities and range of potential payouts, under our LTIP for the 2008–2010 performance cycle:

LTI AWARD OPPORTUNITY

 

Name

   Minimum    Target    Maximum

Ed Lonergan

   $ 0    $ 2,700,000    5,400,000

S. Curtis Johnson

     0      2,100,000    4,200,000

Joseph Smorada 1

     350,000      1,000,000    2,000,000

Pedro Chidichimo

     0      900,000    1,800,000

Moreno Dezio

     0      450,000    900,000

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

        

Ed Kennedy 2

     0      400,000    800,000

Thomas Gartland

     N/A      N/A    N/A
 
  1. A special floor was established in December 2005 to support retention.
  2. Amount to be pro-rated by one-third based on December 2008 separation date.

Consistent with our AIP Plan, our LTIP includes a financial performance hurdle to ensure that our obligations from outstanding debt covenants are satisfied and all other financial obligations are met before long-term incentives are paid. For example with respect to the 2008–2010 cycle, there is no payout on any component of the plan if the cumulative three-year global EBITDA is less than 85% of target or our debt covenants are not met.

 

63


Table of Contents

Payment is made in cash in the first quarter after the end of the three-year performance period, upon approval by the Compensation Committee. For example, for the 2006–2008 performance cycle, any earned payments will be made in the first quarter of 2009. With limited exceptions (e.g., retirement, death, disability, job elimination), executives must be actively employed on the date the payment is made to receive an award. The Compensation Committee determines whether goals have been met under the LTIP.

Executive Severance

Our Compensation Committee has approved an executive severance policy for certain key employees including our NEOs (excluding Mr. Johnson). Key provisions of the executive severance policy are identified below:

 

   

Cash severance (salary continuation) of two times base salary for NEOs.

 

   

Pro rata AIP bonus for fiscal year in which termination occurs.

 

   

Performance bonus (AIP) at the target level for each year during the salary continuation period.

 

   

Pro rata performance for any outstanding LTIP awards.

The following table quantifies severance benefits that our NEOs would have been entitled to receive assuming termination had occurred as of December 31, 2008 (excluding pro rata AIP and LTIP awards based on actual performance):

 

Name

   Severance Payment

Ed Lonergan

   $ 3,300,000

S. Curtis Johnson

     Not Eligible

Joseph Smorada

     1,650,000

Pedro Chidichimo

     1,237,500

Moreno Dezio

     1,258,290

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

  

Ed Kennedy 1

     N/A

Thomas Gartland 2

     N/A

 

1

The actual severance payments made in 2008 are detailed in the footnotes of the Summary Compensation table. The terms of Mr. Kennedy’s separation agreement are included in Exhibit 10.36 of this 2008 Form 10-K.

2

The actual severance payments made in 2008 are detailed in the footnotes of the Summary Compensation table. The terms of Mr. Gartland’s separation agreement were filed with the SEC on May 8, 2008.

Severance payments resulting from termination events, as defined in the applicable severance agreements, are paid only if executives comply with all the provisions of the agreements, including Confidentiality Agreement, Trade Secret, Invention, and Copyright Agreement, Non-Competition Agreement and general release. Please refer to “Termination Scenarios for Executive Benefits” for additional details relating to benefits received upon termination from our company.

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

Our NEOs are eligible for company-sponsored benefits available broadly to our employees. Although benefit programs may vary by country, our objective is to have common benefit programs across all operating groups within a country and to provide equitable offerings across pay levels. Our benefit programs typically include healthcare and dental benefits, short-term and long-term disability, life insurance and 401(k) and other retirement plans.

Executive Flexible Spending Account:

Our NEOs are eligible for flexible spending accounts with annual limits to be used for such items as country club and health club dues, financial planning, tax advice and preparation, estate planning, legal fees associated with estate or property matters, automobile lease and automobile payments (monthly payments only).

 

64


Table of Contents

For 2008, the maximum annual amount available to Mr. Lonergan under his flexible spending account is $25,000 and the maximum amount available to each of the other NEOs currently employed by us is $15,000 ($10,000 for Mr. Dezio).

For 2009, the maximum annual amount available to Mr. Lonergan under his flexible spending account remains at $25,000 and the maximum amount available to each of the other NEOs currently employed by us is $15,000 ($10,000 for Mr. Dezio).

Use of Company Resorts:

Through a shared service agreement with SCJ (as defined in Item 13 of this Form 10-K) our executives, including our NEOs, are eligible to use certain SCJ-owned properties for personal use. Commencing in 2008, the only resort that is available for personal use is the SCJ-owned property in Aspen, Colorado. None of our NEOs used this resort in 2008.

Retirement Plans:

Our NEOs participate in company-sponsored retirement plans available broadly to our employees. These plans are described below in the narrative disclosure following the Pension Benefits table.

Deferred Compensation Plan:

We sponsor a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that allows employees to defer a portion of their base salary and annual performance bonus every year. None of our NEOs have elected to participate in the plan through December 31, 2008.

Tax, Regulatory and Accounting Implications

The Company believes it is operating its executive compensation programs in good faith compliance with respect to all tax, regulatory and accounting standards.

Executive Compensation Tables and Supplemental Narrative Disclosures

Overall, compensation levels for 2008 and actions taken in 2009 reflect continuing progress with our restructuring and strategic plans. Most notably, incentive levels reflect above-target awards for most NEOs for 2008 due to the following:

 

   

Attainment of pre-established 2008 financial performance hurdles

 

   

Our executive leadership’s strong contribution to the performance of our company. In 2008, we met or exceeded the performance goals for EBITDA, net sales growth and Working Capital and Sarbanes Oxley compliance, as established by our Board of Directors under our AIP Plan. Such goals were consistent with our internal operating budget, which was aligned with the performance metrics contained in our restructuring plan.

 

   

The continued strong leadership and oversight of our executives in implementing our restructuring plan. In 2008, we continued to effectively execute this program, significantly exceeding the EBITDA improvement targets set for the program, while containing one-time cost and capital expenditures within budgeted levels and financial covenants.

 

   

LTIP payouts for the 2006-2008 measurement period were above-target due to strong above-target EBITDA performance over the 3-year period.

The following tables and narrative disclosure provide additional information about the material components of our NEO compensation and the related actions taken by our Compensation Committee in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009.

 

65


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table (SCT)

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our NEOs including the CEO and President, the CFO and the other three most highly compensated executive officers, who served in such capacities during 2006, 2007 and 2008. This table also includes Messrs. Kennedy and Gartland who terminated employment during 2008.

2008 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary    Bonus     Stock
Awards
   Option
Awards
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings 1
   All Other
Compensation
    Total

Edward Lonergan

   2008    $ 811,038    $ 0           $ 3,952,500  2   $ 145,125    $ 29,973 3   $ 4,938,636
   2007      752,500      0             1,716,115 4     155,280      20,358 5     2,644,253
   2006      641,667      300,000  6           1,633,083 7     45,915      88,844 8     2,709,509

S. Curtis Johnson

   2008      650,000      0             3,413,520 9     49,104      13,807 10     4,126,431
   2007      662,500      0             1,148,540  11     150,490      20,107 12     1,981,637
   2006      693,750      0             1,583,124  13     221,188      17,445 14     2,515,507

Joseph Smorada

   2008      493,349      0             1,588,200  15     103,778      39,476 16     2,224,803
   2007      470,350      0             1,161,801  17     91,030      61,326 18     1,784,507
   2006      460,000      0             1,481,390  19     41,573      25,936 20     2,008,899

Pedro Chidichimo

   2008      348,584      0             1,077,500  21     0      424,586 22     1,850,671
   2007      335,156      0             835,175 23     0      350,458 24     1,520,789

Moreno Dezio

   2008      418,076      0             575,658 25     0      197,201 26     1,190,935

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

Ed Kennedy

   2008      314,562      0             522,500 27     61,348      1,011,904  28     1,910,314

Thomas Gartland

   2008      130,512      111,441  29           728,259 30     65,753      427,458 31     1,463,423
   2007      349,695      0             709,165 32     52,839      51,779 33     1,163,478
   2006      339,500      0             500,320 34     41,239      45,062 35     926,121

 

66


Table of Contents

 

1. Includes the annual change in pension value only. None of the NEOs participate in the Company’s Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Please refer to “Pension Benefits “ for the specific assumptions used in estimating present value.
2. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $1,072,500 and an LTIP payout of $2,880,000.
3. Consists of $25,000 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,723 of premiums for company provided life insurance, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
4. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2007 includes performance bonus of $1,116,115 and a restructuring incentive award of $600,000.
5. Consists of $17,500 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,608 of premiums for company provided life insurance.
6. Represents Signing Bonus.
7. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2006 includes performance bonus of $1,033,083 and a restructuring incentive award of $600,000.
8. Consists of $17,500 of flexible spending account, $1,146 of flexible credit for benefits, $2,102 of premiums for company provided life insurance, and $68,096 for actual relocation expenses paid for by the company.
9. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $533,520 and an LTIP payout of $2,880,000.
10. Consists of $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,357 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $9,200 of 401(k) company match, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
11. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2007 includes performance bonus of $748,540 and a restructuring incentive award of $400,000.
12. Consists of $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,357 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $15,500 of 401(k) company match, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
13. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2006 includes performance bonus of $1,113,000, provisional transition performance award of $70,124, and restructuring incentive award of $400,000.
14. Consists of $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $2,273 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $11,922 of 401(k) company match, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
15. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $465,000 and an LTIP payout of $1,123,200.
16. Consists of $15,000 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,044 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $9,200 of 401(k) company match, and $12,982 for a Restricted Stock SERP payment.
17. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2007 includes performance bonus of $561,801 and a restructuring incentive award of $600,000. The performance bonus includes a discretionary amount of $100,000 as approved by the Compensation Committee.
18. Consists of $10,000 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $990 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $14,925 of 401(k) company match, and $34,161 for the use of a Company-owned resort.
19. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2006 includes performance bonus of $481,390 and a restructuring incentive award of $1,000,000.
20. Consists of $10,000 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,507 of premiums for company provided life insurance, and $13,179 of 401(k) company match.
21. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $357,500 and an LTIP payout of $720,000.
22. Consists of $8,131 of flexible spending account, $31,701 of 401(k) company match, and $384,754 of expatriate allowances (including auto allowance).
23. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2007 includes performance bonus of $435,175 and a restructuring incentive award of $400,000. The performance bonus includes a discretionary amount of $99,546 as approved by the Compensation Committee.
24. Consists of $342,487 of expatriate allowances, and $7,971 for defined contribution pension.
25. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $251,658 and an LTIP payout of $324,000.
26. Consists of $10,000 of flexible spending account, $16,777 of 401(k) company match, and $170,424 of expatriate allowances (including auto allowance).
27. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $162,500 and an LTIP payout of $360,000.
28. Consists of $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $679 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $9,200 of 401(k) company match, $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match, $7,960 of flexible spending account, $550,000 of prepaid severance, and $440,815 of expatriate allowances (including auto).
29. Represents bonus in lieu of relocation expense.
30. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $56,258 and an LTIP payout of $672,000.
31. Consists of $5,000 of flexible spending account, $385 of flexible credit for benefits, $245 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $9,200 of 401(k) company match, $615 of retiree medical savings account company match, $394,307 of severance, and $17,706 of other allowances.
32. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2007 includes performance bonus of $309,165 and a restructuring incentive award of $400,000.
33. Consists of $9,338 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $737 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $12,810 for 401(k) company match, $21,828 for auto allowance, $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match, and $3,816 for the use of a Company-owned resort.
34. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2006 includes performance bonus of $280,320 and a restructuring incentive award of $220,000.
35. Consists of $8,860 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $21,828 for auto allowance, $1,112 of premiums for company provided life insurance, and $12,012 for 401(k) company match.

Additional Actions Taken in 2009 for our NEOs

On March 11, 2009 our Compensation Committee approved the following base salaries and long-term incentive award targets for our NEOs:

 

     Base Salary Rate    Long-Term
Incentive
Grant for
2009-2011
cycle

(target value)

Name

   2008    2009   

Edward Lonergan

   $ 825,000    $ 825,000    $ 3,000,000

S. Curtis Johnson

     650,000      650,000      2,100,000

Joseph Smorada

     500,000      500,000      1,000,000

Pedro Chidichimo

     375,000      415,000      900,000

Moreno Dezio

     419,430      419,430      450,000

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

        

Ed Kennedy

     325,000      N/A      N/A

Thomas Gartland

     352,260      N/A      N/A

 

67


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table sets forth information relating to plan-based awards granted in 2008, and outstanding awards granted in 2007 to our NEOs:

2008 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

 

Name

 

Description of Plan

 

Grant Date

  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
      Threshold1     Target   Maximum   Threshold   Target   Maximum      

Edward Lonergan

 

Long Term Incentive

  3/7/2007   675,000     2,700,000   5,400,000            
 

Long Term Incentive

  3/12/2008   675,000     2,700,000   5,400,000            

S. Curtis Johnson

 

Long Term Incentive

  3/7/2007   465,750     1,863,000   3,726,000            
 

Long Term Incentive

  3/12/2008   525,000     2,100,000   4,200,000            

Joseph Smorada

 

Long Term Incentive

  3/7/2007   350,000  2   780,000   1,560,000            
 

Long Term Incentive

  3/12/2008   350,000  2   1,000,000   2,000,000            

Pedro Chidichimo

 

Long Term Incentive

  3/7/2007   150,000     600,000   1,200,000            
 

Long Term Incentive

  3/12/2008   225,000     900,000   1,800,000            

Moreno Dezio

 

Long Term Incentive

  3/7/2007   62,500     250,000   500,000            
 

Long Term Incentive

  3/12/2008   112,500     450,000   900,000            

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

Ed Kennedy

 

Long Term Incentive

  3/7/2007   68,750     275,000   550,000            
 

Long Term Incentive

  3/12/2008   100,000     400,000   800,000            

Thomas Gartland

 

Long Term Incentive

  3/7/2007   150,000     600,000   1,200,000            

 

  1. For attainment of threshold goals established under the plan there is a 25% payout. For amounts above threshold, incentives are funded on a linear basis up to the target and maximum awards as defined in the table above.
  2. A special floor was established in December 2005 to support retention.

 

68


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information relating to exercisable and unexercisable stock options and unvested stock awards for our NEOs as of December 31, 2008:

2008 OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

 

Name

   Option Awards    Stock Awards
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
   Option
Exercise
Price
   Option
Expiration
Date
   Number
of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
   Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested

Edward Lonergan

   —      —       —        —      —      —         —       —      —  

S. Curtis Johnson

   25,416    —       —      $ 82.63    11/1/2009    —         —       —      —  
   27,000    —       —        114.16    11/1/2010    —         —       —      —  
   11,000    —       —        106.93    3/28/2010    —         —       —      —  
   12,000    —       —        115.07    9/26/2010    —         —       —      —  
   —      15,000  1   —        136.79    4/1/2011    —         —       —      —  
   —      17,100  1   —        143.06    4/1/2012    —         —       —      —  

Joseph Smorada

   —      —       —        —      —      3,584  2   $ 412,913  3   —      —  

Pedro Chidichimo

   —      —       —        —      —      —         —       —      —  

Moreno Dezio

   —      —       —        —      —      —         —       —      —  

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

Ed Kennedy

   —      —       —        —      —      —         —       —      —  

Thomas Gartland

   —      —       —        —      —      —         —       —      —  

 

  1. Options vest 36 months prior to option expiration date.
  2. Mr. Smorada’s remaining stock awards are scheduled to vest on October 31, 2009 (3,584).
  3. At December 31, 2008, an estimated market value of $115.21 per share of Class C common stock was used to determine their value.

Option Exercises & Stock Vested

2008 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

 

      Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

   Number
of Shares
Acquired
on
Exercise
   Value
Realized
on
Exercise
   Number
of Shares
Acquired
on
Vesting
   Value
Realized
on
Vesting

Edward Lonergan

   —      —      —      —  

S. Curtis Johnson

   —      —      —      —  

Joseph Smorada

   —      —      1,250    144,013

Pedro Chidichimo

   —      —      —      —  

Moreno Dezio

   —      —      —      —  

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

Ed Kennedy

   —      —      —      —  

Thomas Gartland

   —      —      —      —  

 

69


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

The following table sets forth the present value of the NEOs’ accumulated benefits under the specified retirement plans:

PENSION BENEFITS

 

Name

  

Plan

   Number of
Years
Credited of
Accumulated
Service (#)
   Present
Value
During Last
Benefit
   Payments
Fiscal
Year

Ed Lonergan

   Cash Balance Plan    2.9    $ 45,800    $ 0
   Supplemental Plan    2.9      300,520      0

S. Curtis Johnson

   Cash Balance Plan    25.4      760,660      0
   Supplemental Plan    25.4      1,825,729      0
   Separation Pay Plan    25.4      162,500      0

Joseph Smorada

   Cash Balance Plan    4.2      72,955      0
   Supplemental Plan    4.2      217,542      0

Pedro Chidichimo

   N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A

Moreno Dezio

   N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

Ed Kennedy

   Cash Balance Plan    3.2      58,122      0
   Supplemental Plan    3.2      61,744      0

Thomas Gartland

   Cash Balance Plan    4.3      N/A      81,203
   Supplemental Plan    4.3      N/A      142,200

The pension values included in the above analysis are the current or present value of the benefits expected to be paid in the future. The amount of each future payment is based on the current accrued pension benefit. The actuarial assumptions, with the exception of the expected retirement age, are the same as used for the company’s financial statements. The retirement age is the earliest unreduced retirement age as defined in each plan.

The results shown in this report have been developed based on actuarial assumptions that are considered to be reasonable. Other actuarial assumptions could also be considered to be reasonable and produce different results.

The amounts shown are based on the plan provisions applicable in each plan in which any of the NEOs participate.

The change in pension values shown in the Summary Compensation Table includes the effect of:

 

   

An additional 1.167 years of service from October 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 (measurement date change required by FAS 158)

 

   

The actual 2008 investment credit in the Cash Balance Plan and Supplemental Plan;

 

   

Changes in eligible pension pay;

 

   

Changes in pay cap limits; and

 

   

Changes in assumptions.

Specific Assumptions used in Estimating Present Values

Assumed Retirement Age:

 

   

Cash Balance Plan – The earlier of age 62 with 10 years of service or age 65 with 5 years of service

 

   

Supplemental Plan – Age 65 with 5 years of service

 

70


Table of Contents

Discount Rate: The applicable discount rate is 6.05% as of December 31, 2008 and 6.20% as of October 31, 2007.

Mortality Table: RP-2000, projected to 2007 with no collar adjustment (male and female tables).

Interest Credit Assumption: Cash balance amounts are projected to the Assumed Retirement Age assuming a crediting rate of 7.00% on pre-2004 account balances and 4.50% on post-2003 account balances.

Material Terms and Conditions of the Plans:

Cash Balance Plan – This tax-qualified defined benefit plan is generally available to all full-time salaried employees following the completion of one year of service. Benefits under the plan are determined based on a cash balance account (the “Cash Balance Account”) that defines the lump sum amount that is payable following a participant’s death, termination or retirement. The Cash Balance Account was established as of January 1, 1998 for then current employees as an amount equal to (1) the present value of the participant’s accrued benefit under the prior formula, plus (2) a special transition amount determined based on the participant’s age, service and compensation. Each year, a service credit and an interest credit are added to each participant’s Cash Balance Account.

The service credit equals 5% of a participant’s compensation up to the Social Security Wage Base ($102,000 for 2008 and $97,500 for 2007) plus 10% of a participant’s compensation in excess of the Social Security Wage Base.

Pension eligible compensation in the Cash Balance Plan includes base salary, commissions, shift differential, overtime, and bonuses under the AIP Plan and excludes amounts deferred in our nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Eligible compensation is also limited by the compensation limit ($230,000 for 2008 and $225,000 for 2007) imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”).

The interest credit is separately determined for the pre-2004 balance (initial account balance and service credits earned prior to 2004), and for the post-2003 balance (service credits earned after 2003). The interest credit for the pre-2004 balance equals the greater of 75% of the rate of return earned by the Cash Balance Plan trust during the year or 4%. The interest credit for the post-2003 balance equals the average yield on 10-year Treasury Constant Maturities during the preceding year.

All Cash Balance Plan benefit options are actuarially equivalent to the participant’s account balance.

The Cash Balance Plan also includes special benefits for employees who became participants in the Plan on or before June 1, 1998. At benefit commencement, these participants receive the greater of the benefit based on their Cash Balance Account or the benefit based on the Prior Plan Formula. The Prior Plan Formula is a monthly annuity benefit equal to:

 

   

1.75% times a five-year average of participant’s base pay times service, less

 

   

1.67% times the participant’s primary Social Security benefit times service (not to exceed 30 years)

Pension eligible compensation for the Prior Plan Formula benefit is equal to base wages, limited by IRC Section 401(a)(17).

The Prior Plan Formula benefit is payable unreduced at age 62 as a life annuity with 5 years guaranteed. Benefits are reduced 4% per year prior to age 62 for participants who have attained age 50 with 10 years of service. Benefits are actuarially reduced from age 65 for participants who have not attained age 50 with 10 years of service. Annual cost of living increases, limited to $180 per year, are also added to the Prior Plan Formula benefit.

Mr. Johnson is the only NEO eligible for the Prior Plan Formula.

Supplemental Plan – This is a nonqualified defined benefit plan that provides for the difference between the benefits under the Cash Balance Plan and the amounts that would have been paid under the Cash Balance Plan if benefits were determined without regard to Internal Revenue Service limitations on compensation and if the participant did not defer any compensation under our nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

 

71


Table of Contents

Benefits are generally determined using the same terms and provisions as used in the Cash Balance Plan except there is no Prior Plan Formula benefit and all amounts are paid as a lump sum immediately following termination.

Termination Scenarios for Executive Benefits

The following tables quantify the benefits that each NEO would have received upon the specified termination event, assuming a termination as of December 31, 2008.

 

72


Table of Contents

TERMINATION SCENARIOS

 

     Ed Lonergan

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death    Disability    Without
Cause
   Change in
Control

Retirement Benefits

                 

Cash Balance Plan

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Supplemental Plan

     434,530      434,530      434,530      434,530      434,530      434,530

Retiree Welfare Plan

     0      0      0      0      0      0

Total

   $ 434,530    $ 434,530    $ 434,530    $ 434,530    $ 434,530    $ 434,530
     S. Curtis Johnson

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death    Disability    Without
Cause
   Change in
Control

Retirement Benefits

                 

Cash Balance Plan

   $ 723,024    $ 723,024    $ 723,024    $ 723,024    $ 723,024    $ 723,024

Supplemental Plan

     1,801,934      1,801,934      1,801,934      1,801,934      1,801,934      1,801,934

Retiree Welfare Plan

     220,424      220,424      93,872      220,424      220,424      220,424

Total

   $ 2,745,382    $ 2,745,382    $ 2,618,830    $ 2,745,382    $ 2,745,382    $ 2,745,382
     Joseph Smorada

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death    Disability    Without
Cause
   Change in
Control

Retirement Benefits

                 

Cash Balance Plan

   $ 72,955    $ 72,955    $ 72,955    $ 72,955    $ 72,955    $ 72,955

Supplemental Plan

     227,032      227,032      227,032      227,032      227,032      227,032

Retiree Welfare Plan

     0      0      0      0      0      0

Total

   $ 299,987    $ 299,987    $ 299,987    $ 299,987    $ 299,987    $ 299,987
     Pedro Chidichimo

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death    Disability    Without
Cause
   Change in
Control

Retirement Benefits

                 

Cash Balance Plan

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Supplemental Plan

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Retiree Welfare Plan

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Total

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A
     Moreno Dezio

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death    Disability    Without
Cause
   Change in
Control

Retirement Benefits

                 

Cash Balance Plan

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Supplemental Plan

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Retiree Welfare Plan

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Total

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

 

73


Table of Contents

Cash Balance Plan – The benefit payable under all scenarios except death is equal to the greater of the vested Cash Balance Account as of December 31, 2008 and the present value of the vested Prior Plan Formula annuity payable on December 31, 2008.

The benefit payable following death is equal to the greater of the vested Cash Balance account as of December 31, 2008 and the present value of the vested Prior Plan annuity payable to the surviving spouse on December 31, 2008.

The present value calculations for the Cash Balance termination scenarios are based on a 6.05% discount rate and RP-2000 mortality, projected to 2008 with no collar adjustment (male and female tables).

Supplemental Plan – The benefit payable under all scenarios is equal to the vested Supplemental Plan account balance as of December 31, 2008.

Retiree Welfare – For employees who have a Retiree Medical Savings Account and are eligible to participate in our retiree healthcare plan with subsidized monthly premiums, the benefit payable under all scenarios except for death is equal to the present value of the employer provided subsidies assuming the participant retires as of December 31, 2008. The death benefit payable for these participants is equal to the present value of the employer provided surviving spouse payments assuming the participant dies on December 31, 2008.

For employees who have an enhanced Retiree Medical Savings Account and must pay for the full cost of retiree healthcare, the benefit payable under all scenarios except death is equal to the sum of the projected retiree and spouse Retiree Medical Savings Accounts as of December 31, 2008. For these participants, the benefit payable following death is equal to the projected spouse Retiree Medical Savings Account as of December 31, 2008.

The present value calculations for all retiree welfare benefits are based on a 6.10% discount rate and other assumptions used and disclosed in Note 20 to our financial statements within this Form 10-K.

Mr. Johnson is the only NEO eligible for the subsidized Retiree Welfare benefits.

Additional Notes Regarding the Termination Scenario Benefits:

Mr. Lonergan – Mr. Lonergan’s employment agreement with our company specifies that he will be vested in his Cash Balance and Supplemental Plan benefits in the event he is terminated without cause, becomes disabled or dies prior to becoming vested under the plans. The value of these benefits is reflected in his Supplemental Plan benefits under the various termination scenarios.

Mr. Smorada – Mr. Smorada’s employment agreement with our company specifies that he will be vested in his Cash Balance and Supplemental Plan benefits in the event he is terminated without cause, becomes disabled or dies prior to becoming vested under the plans. Since he is vested in his pension benefits as of December 31, 2008, the value of these benefits are reflected in his Qualified Plan and Supplemental Plan benefits under the various termination scenarios.

Mr. Chidichimo – Mr. Chidichimo does not participate in a defined benefit pension program. He participates in a defined contribution program in Argentina, which does not provide for any termination benefits over and above his account balance.

Mr. Dezio – Mr. Dezio does not participate in a defined benefit pension program. He participates in a defined contribution program in Italy, which does not provide for any termination benefits over and above his account balance.

 

74


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

2008 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
   Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
   Aggregate
Earnings
in Last
FY
   Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
   Aggregate
Balance
at Last
FYE

Edward Lonergan

   —      —      —      —      —  

S. Curtis Johnson

   —      —      —      —      —  

Joseph Smorada

   —      —      —      —      —  

Pedro Chidichimo

   —      —      —      —      —  

Moreno Dezio

   —      —      —      —      —  

2008 Additional Individuals that Qualify:

              

Ed Kennedy

   —      —      —      —      —  

Thomas Gartland

   —      —      —      —      —  

Compensation Committee Report

We have reviewed and discussed the CD&A required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on this review and discussions, we recommended to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Submitted by the Compensation Committee of the Board:

Neal R. Nottleson, Chair

Todd C. Brown

Irene M. Esteves

Robert M. Howe

Reto Wittwer

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Subject to the terms of the amended and restated Stockholders’ Agreement among Unilever, Holdco and Holdings, the Compensation Committee of our Board establishes our compensation policies and the compensation of our officers and establishes and administers our compensation programs. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.” The members of our Compensation Committee are Neal Nottleson, chairman, Irene Esteves, Todd Brown, Robert Howe and Reto Wittwer. None of these directors is, or has been, an officer or employee of the Company, Holdings or Holdco.

Director Compensation

The table below provides a summary of the Outside Director compensation arrangements for 2008. All Directors receive an annual cash retainer for their services and no meeting fees ($125,000 for 2008 with the exception of the Vice Chairman’s annual retainer which will continue at $200,000).

 

75


Table of Contents

2008 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Name

   Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
   Stock
Awards1
   Option
Awards2
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
   Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
   All Other
Compensation
   Total

Todd C. Brown

   $ 125,000    —      —      —      —      —      $ 125,000

Irene M. Esteves3

     135,000    —      —      —      —      —        135,000

Robert M. Howe4

     135,000    —      —      —      —      —        135,000

Neal R. Nottleson5

     200,000    —      —      —      —      —        200,000

Clifton D. Louis

     125,000    —      —      —      —      —        125,000

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

     125,000    —      —      —      —      —        125,000

Reto Wittwer

     125,000    —      —      —      —      —        125,000

 

  1. As of December 31, 2008, none of our Directors had any outstanding stock awards.
  2. As of December 31, 2008, Directors had the following aggregate number of stock options outstanding: Mr. Brown: 0, Ms. Esteves: 0, Mr. Howe: 2,260, Ms. Johnson-Leipold: 810, Mr. Louis: 810, Mr. Nottleson: 0, Mr. Wittwer: 560.
  3. Chair of Audit Committee (includes $10,000 Chair retainer).
  4. Chair of Holdings’ Planning Committee (includes $10,000 Chair retainer).
  5. Vice Chairman, Lead Director and Chair of Compensation Committee.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2008, with respect to compensation plans under which shares of class C common stock of Holdco are authorized for issuance under compensation plans previously approved and not previously approved by our stockholders.

 

     (a)    (b)    (c)  

Plan Category

   Number of
securities
to be issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
   Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
   Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans
(excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   113,251    $ 114.30    883,165 (1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —        N/A    —    

Total

   113,251    $ 114.30    883,165  

 

  (1) Excludes 3,584 shares of unvested restricted stock awards. Any such awards that do not vest will increase the number of shares available for issuance pursuant to future long-term equity incentive plan awards.

Except for one share owned by SCJ, Holdings owns all of our outstanding shares of common stock. Holdco owns two-thirds of the equity interests of Holdings and Marga B.V., which is 100% owned by Unilever, owns one-third of the equity interests of Holdings. The Stockholders’ Agreement among Unilever, Holdings and Holdco and the certificate of incorporation of Holdings generally require, with specified exceptions, the approval of stockholders holding more than 90% of the outstanding shares of Holdings to effect various transactions and actions by Holdings and its subsidiaries, including the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock. See “Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence – Relationships with Unilever – Stockholders’ Agreement.” In addition, two of the eleven members of the board of directors of Holdings are officers and/or directors of Unilever. Accordingly, Unilever and Holdco would be deemed to have shared investment power over all of the shares of our common stock owned by Holdings.

 

76


Table of Contents

None of our directors or officers owns shares of our common stock. However, several of our directors and officers own shares of the common stock of Holdco.

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of the common and preferred stock of Holdco as of March 6, 2009, held by;

 

   

Imogene P. Johnson, surviving spouse of Samuel C. Johnson;

 

   

our directors;

 

   

our Chairman, our Chief Executive Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

S. Curtis Johnson III has voting and investment power with respect to 252,467 shares of class A common stock of Holdco, or 56.8% of the voting power of Holdco. Because Holdco has a controlling interest in our direct parent, Holdings, and has shared investment power over all of the shares of our common stock owned by Holdings, S. Curtis Johnson III may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock owned by Holdings.

Beneficial ownership is calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Except as otherwise noted, we believe that each of the holders listed below has sole voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned by the holder.

 

77


Table of Contents

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

  

Title of Class (2)

   Amount
and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
(3)
    Percent of
Class
Outstanding
 

Five Percent Owners:

       

Imogene P. Johnson

555 North Main Street

Racine, Wisconsin 53402

  

Class B Common

Series A Preferred

   800,000

67,766

(4)

(5)

  28.9

28.8

%

%

Directors:

       

Todd C. Brown

   Class C Common    —       *  

Irene M. Esteves

   Class C Common    —       *  

Robert M. Howe

   Class C Common    3,631 (6)   3.5 %

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

   Class B Common    525,271 (7)   18.9 %
   Class C Common    1,735 (8)   1.7 %
   Series A Preferred    28,499 (9)   12.1 %

Clifton D. Louis

   Class B Common    40,523 (10)   1.5 %
   Class C Common    2,188 (11)   2.1 %

Neal R. Nottleson

   Class A Common    —       *  
   Class B Common    —       *  
   Class C Common    —       *  

Reto Wittwer

   Class C Common    270 (12)   *  

Named Executive Officers:

       

S. Curtis Johnson III

   Class A Common    252,467 (13)   56.8 %
   Class B Common    547,378 (14)   19.7 %
   Class C Common    94,358 (15)   90.5 %
   Series A Preferred    68,977 (16)   29.4 %

Edward F. Lonergan

   Class C Common    —       *  

Joseph F. Smorada

   Class C Common    710     *  

Pedro Chidichimo

   Class C Common    —       *  

Moreno Dezio

   Class C Common    —       *  

Ed Kennedy

   Class C Common    —       *  

Thomas M. Gartland

   Class C Common    —       *  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (24 persons)

   Class A Common    252,467     56.8 %
   Class B Common    655,754     23.7 %
   Class C Common    102,892 (17)   98.7 %
   Series A Preferred    71,067     30.2 %

 

* Indicates that the percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed 1% of the class.
(1) Except as otherwise indicated, the mailing address of each person shown is c/o JohnsonDiversey, Inc., 8310 16th Street, P.O. Box 902, Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177-0902.

 

78


Table of Contents
(2) The equity securities of Holdco consist of class A common stock, par value $1.00 per share, class B common stock, par value $1.00 per share, class C common stock, par value $1.00 per share and series A convertible preferred stock, par value $100.00 per share. The holders of class A common stock of Holdco are entitled to one vote on all matters submitted for a vote of the security holders of the company. The class B common stock are non-voting securities. The holders of class C common stock have no voting rights other than the right to elect one director who must be an officer of Holdco. The holders of series A convertible preferred stock have no voting rights other than the right to vote on the creation or issuance of any equity securities that would rank senior to the series A convertible preferred stock and the right to elect one director if the company fails to pay cash dividends in specified circumstances.
(3) For purposes of this table, shares are considered to be “beneficially” owned if the person directly or indirectly has the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting of the securities or the sole or shared power to dispose of or direct the disposition of the securities, and a person is considered to be the beneficial owner of shares if that person has the right to acquire the beneficial ownership of the shares within 60 days of March 6, 2009.
(4) Consists of 500,000 shares of class B common stock owned by H.F.J. Holding Co., Inc., 200,000 shares of class B common stock owned by Windpoint 1970 Holding Company and 100,000 shares owned by Nomad Investment Co. Inc. The H.F. Johnson Family Trust is the sole shareholder of each of these companies. Imogene P. Johnson is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Family Trust.
(5) Includes 36,254 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by H.F.J. Holding Co., Inc., 21,751 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Windpoint 1970 Holding Company and 9,761 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Samuel C. Johnson 1988 Trust No. 1. The H.F. Johnson Family Trust is the sole shareholder of H.F.J. Holding Co., Inc. and of Windpoint 1970 Holding Company. Imogene P. Johnson is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Family Trust and, along with Johnson Bank, is co-trustee of the Samuel C. Johnson 1988 Trust No. 1.
(6) Includes 1,970 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(7) Includes 129,000 shares of class B common stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 105,830 shares of class B common stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, and 110,868 shares of class B common stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The Helen Johnson-Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust, over which Ms. Johnson-Leipold has voting and investment power, is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 26,000 shares of class B common stock owned by S, F & H Partners, L.P., 41,775 shares of class B common stock owned by HELSA Associates II, L.P., 21,306 shares of class B common stock owned by Combined Partners L.P. and 78 shares of class B common stock owned by H.P.J.L. Corporation. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a general partner of HELSA Associates II, L.P., which is a general partner of both Combined Partners L.P. and S, F & H Partners, L.P. She is also an officer and director and the sole shareholder of H.P.J.L. Corporation. Finally, this number also includes 90,414 shares of class B common stock owned by C and H Investment Co., Inc. The Helen Johnson-Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of Curelle II L.P., which is a general partner of Curelle Associates L.P. Curelle Associates, L.P. owns all of the outstanding common stock of C and H Investment Co., Inc.
(8) Includes 395 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(9)

Includes 9,353 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 7,673 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, and 8,039 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The Helen Johnson-Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 1,885 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by S, F & H Partners, L.P., 1,544 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Combined Partners L.P. and 5 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by H.P.J.L. Corporation.

 

79


Table of Contents
 

Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a general partner of HELSA Associates II, L.P., which is a general partner of both Combined Partners L.P. and S, F & H Partners L.P. She is also an officer and director and the sole shareholder of H.P.J.L. Corporation.

(10) Includes 40,253 shares of class B common stock owned by All Blue But One, L.P.
(11) Includes 395 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(12) Represents 270 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(13) Consists of 242,136 shares of class A common stock owned by the Appointive Distributing Trust B, u/a Samuel C. Johnson 1988 Trust Number One, 10,254 shares of class A common stock owned by the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1 and 77 shares of class A common stock owned by the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Distributing Trust B and the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1, and the grantor of the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III has voting and investment power with respect to these shares.
(14) Includes 129,000 shares of class B common stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 105,830 shares of class B common stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, 21,306 shares of class B common stock owned by Combined Partners L.P. and 110,868 shares of class B common stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 90,414 shares of class B common stock owned by C and H Investment Co., Inc. and includes 47,651 shares of class B common stock owned by C&S Partners II L.P., of which S. Curtis Johnson III is a general partner and shares voting and investment power. S. Curtis Johnson III is a general partner of Curelle SCJ III, L.P., which is a general partner of Curelle Associate, L.P. Curelle Associate, L.P., owns all of the outstanding common stock of C and H Investment Co., Inc. Finally, this number also includes 30,000 shares of class B common stock owned by the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1, 2,014 shares of class B common stock owned by the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust and 10,295 shares of class B common stock owned by the S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of the S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust.
(15) These shares are owned by the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. Includes 90,416 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options. Includes 1,408 shares of class C common stock in the name of S. Curtis Johnson.
(16) Includes 17,557 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Appointive Distributing Trust B. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of the Appointive Distributing Trust B, u/a Samuel C. Johnson 1988 Trust Number One. Also includes 9,353 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 7,673 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, 1,544 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Combined Partners L.P. and 8,039 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 7,250 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1, 746 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust, 363 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by SCJ III Family Line Investments, Inc., 8,334 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust and 8,118 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Helen J. Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of each of S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust and SCJ III Family Line Investments, Inc. The trustee of the S, Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is the Johnson Trust Company, over which S. Curtis Johnson III has voting and investment power.

 

80


Table of Contents
(17) Includes 93,446 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The following summarizes the material terms of various agreements and arrangements that we have entered into with our directors, executive officers, affiliates, including SCJ and Unilever, and other beneficial owners of our company.

Relationships with S.C. Johnson & Son

Until 1999, we were a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ, a leading manufacturer and marketer of branded consumer products for air care, home cleaning, insect control, home food management and personal care that Samuel Curtis Johnson founded in 1886. In November 1999, we were separated from SCJ in a tax-free spin-off to descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson and the other stockholders of SCJ. In connection with the 1999 spin-off, we entered into a number of agreements relating to the separation from SCJ and the ongoing relationship of the two companies after the spin-off. A number of these agreements relate to our ordinary course of business, while others pertain to our historical relationship with SCJ and our former status as a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ. The material terms of these agreements, amendments to these agreements and other agreements and arrangements entered into since the 1999 spin-off are summarized below.

Leases. We have three operating leases with SCJ for space in SCJ’s Waxdale manufacturing facility: (1) two leases used in connection with our North American operating segment; and (2) a lease used in connection with the former Polymer business (“Polymer Lease”). Under the Polymer Lease, we lease approximately 144,000 square feet of manufacturing space for our former Polymer business. Under the other Waxdale leases, we lease about 184,822 square feet of manufacturing space; one for approximately 4,822 (the “Small North American Lease”) and the other for approximately 180,000 square feet (the “Large North American Lease”). The term of the Polymer Lease was fixed to expire on July 2, 2009 with an option to extend the term for an additional six months. We have exercised the option to extend the term of the Polymer Lease until December 31, 2009. The Polymer Lease term now coincides with the term of the toll manufacturing agreement we have with BASF which terminates on December 31, 2009 as a result of a six month extension. The Small North American Lease had an expiration date of July 2, 2006, but automatically renews for additional one-year terms, unless terminated. This lease has been automatically renewed for additional one-year terms through July 2, 2009. The Large North American Lease expires on July 2, 2009, and automatically renews for additional five-year terms, unless terminated under certain circumstances. Each lease may be terminated by SCJ as a result of an event of default under the lease, if the license agreements or technology disclosure and license agreement referred to below terminate, or upon prior notice by SCJ of 18 months in the case of the Large North American Lease, and six months in the case of the Small North American Lease. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, we paid SCJ an aggregate of $2.2 million (of which $1.0 million was related to the tolling agreement), $2.2 million (of which $1.0 million was related to the tolling agreement) and $2.5 million (of which $1.4 million was related to the former Polymer operation and the tolling agreement), respectively, under the Waxdale leases. In addition to the Waxdale leases, we lease facilities in Japan from SCJ under a local sublease agreement.

License Agreements. Under a license agreement, SCJ has granted us an exclusive license to sell certain SCJ products and to use specified trade names, housemarks and brand names incorporating “Johnson” (including “Johnson Wax Professional”) , including the right to use “Johnson” in combination with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in the institutional and industrial channels of trade and in specified channels of trade approved by SCJ in which both our business and SCJ’s consumer business operate, which we refer to as “cross-over” channels of trade. SCJ has the unilateral right to eliminate any existing, or to withhold approval of any proposed future, cross-over channels of trade (including cross-over channels of trade in which DiverseyLever products are sold by us). SCJ has also granted us a license to use specified SCJ brand names in connection with various products sold in institutional and industrial channels of trade and the cross-over channels of trade. We have the right to grant sublicenses under the license agreement to our subsidiaries.

 

81


Table of Contents

Under these license agreements, we agreed to pay SCJ a range of royalty fees approximating 6% of net sales starting in May 2007. Prior to this, the royalty rate ranged from 4% to 6% of net sales. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, we paid SCJ total royalty fees of $7.4 million, $6.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

The license agreement terminates on May 2, 2012. Thereafter, the license agreement can be renewed, with SCJ’s consent, for successive two-year terms. The license agreement automatically terminates if:

 

   

we, Holdings or Holdco undergo a change of control;

 

   

prior to the spin-off of any subsidiary, we fail to change the name of that subsidiary to a name that does not include “Johnson”;

 

   

we make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, a trustee or receiver is appointed to administer our business or we are in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy;

 

   

a country or governmental entity nationalizes or acquires any interest in us; or

 

   

if we, Holdings, Holdco or any of the sub licensees enters into a joint venture, co-marketing arrangement, or other strategic alliance with a competitor of SCJ, or 10% or more of the voting shares or other issued and outstanding equity interests of us, Holdings, Holdco or any of the sub licensees is acquired by a competitor of SCJ or if the license agreement is directly or indirectly assigned, assumed or in any way transferred to a competitor of SCJ.

SCJ may terminate the license agreement in whole or in part:

 

   

if we or any of our sub licensees are in material breach of the license agreement;

 

   

for any actions by us or our sub licensees that are detrimental to the best interests of SCJ or the goodwill of any trade name, housemark or trademark, as determined by the board of directors of SCJ;

 

   

if Unilever transfers any of its ownership interest in us or Holdings to a third party;

 

   

if any rights under the license agreement are assigned or transferred;

 

   

if any of the following has occurred or is continuing with respect to indebtedness under any agreement or arrangement under which indebtedness of at least $25 million is outstanding: (1) we, Holdings or any subsidiary fail to make any payment in respect of indebtedness when due, (2) any event occurs that results in acceleration of indebtedness, or (3) any event or condition occurs that permits the lenders under the senior secured credit agreement for our senior secured credit facilities or that permits a holder of the senior subordinated notes or of the senior discount notes of Holdings to accelerate the indebtedness thereunder; or

 

   

if we or any of our affiliates promote, market, sell or distribute, directly or indirectly, including through a joint venture, co-marketing arrangement or other strategic alliance, outside of the industrial channels of trade and the cross-over channels of trade, any product that competes with SCJ’s consumer branded products (unless permitted by SCJ).

In some circumstances, however, instead of terminating, the license agreement will convert into a license to use only the trade names and housemarks involving combinations of “Johnson” and “Diversey” until May 2, 2012.

In the event any dispute arising under the license agreement cannot be resolved through negotiation, the dispute will either be referred to the board of directors or chairman of the board of SCJ, depending on the nature of the dispute. In either case, the chairman or the board of directors has ultimate authority to resolve the dispute, and we cannot challenge that decision.

Under a technology disclosure and license agreement with SCJ, each party has granted to the other party a license, with the right to grant sublicenses to their subsidiaries, to use the technology being used by that party in connection with products sold by that party under its own brand names and in its own channels of trade. The technology disclosure and license agreement also provides guidelines pursuant to which the parties may voluntarily disclose and sublicense to each other new technologies that they develop

 

82


Table of Contents

internally, acquire or license from third parties. The technology disclosure and license agreement terminates on May 2, 2012. Thereafter, the license agreement can be renewed, with SCJ’s consent, for successive two-year terms. The licenses granted to us terminate upon the occurrence of specified bankruptcy or insolvency-related events involving us or upon thirty days’ notice of an uncured material breach by us. No fees are paid under the technology disclosure and license agreement.

After our 1999 separation from SCJ, SCJ continued to operate institutional and industrial businesses in various countries in which we did not have operations. Under a territorial license agreement, we license the intellectual property rights to SCJ to allow it to manufacture and sell our products in those countries. Under this agreement, SCJ pays a royalty fee based on its and its sub licensees’ net sales of products bearing our brand names. This agreement had an expiration date of July 2, 2010, but automatically renews for additional two-year terms. Since the separation, we have established operations in several countries and have purchased the inventory and other assets relating to the institutional and industrial businesses in those countries from SCJ. The amount paid by SCJ to us under the territorial license agreement during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 was $0.3 million, and the amounts paid for the years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 were not material.

Administrative Services and Shared Services Agreements. We have entered into several administrative services agreements with SCJ. Under these agreements, SCJ provides us with a range of central support services. These services include various property administration, medical center nursing, facilities maintenance and other services. In addition, the agreements provide for the use by us of several administrative and other properties owned by SCJ. Generally, these agreements are for a one-year term but automatically renew for additional one-year terms, unless terminated earlier. SCJ may terminate each agreement under specified circumstances or for any reason by providing prior written notice to us. In addition, SCJ provides us with various business support services pursuant to shared services agreements. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, we paid to SCJ an aggregate of $10.8 million, $12.1 million and $10.3 million, respectively, under all of the administrative services and shared services agreements.

Joint Operating Agreement. Holdco, our indirect parent, was party to a joint operating agreement with SCJ, dated June 17, 1999, governing the use of several airplanes. This agreement terminated as of December 28, 2007 and Holdco sold its 15.3% ownership interest in those airplanes to SCJ for $4.9 million. Consequently, in 2008, except for minor miscellaneous charges, no material amounts were paid to SCJ relating to this agreement. For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, we paid an aggregate of $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, for operating costs and $0.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for capital charges, in connection with the joint operating agreement.

Environmental Agreement. Under an environmental agreement with SCJ, SCJ has agreed to bear financial responsibility for, and indemnify us against, specified environmental liabilities existing on June 28, 1997, for sites used in our institutional and industrial businesses and for which liability may have been incurred prior to our separation from SCJ. Under the agreement, we are financially responsible for all other environmental liabilities that arise from or are related to the historic, current and future operation of our business and must indemnify SCJ for any losses associated with these liabilities. In connection with the sale of the Polymer Business, we assumed all environmental liabilities of Johnson Polymer, LLC under this agreement. Under the agreement, SCJ has the authority to manage any environmental projects as to which circumstances make it appropriate for SCJ to manage the project. Amounts paid by us to SCJ under the environmental agreement during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 were not material.

Supply Agreements. We have entered into numerous supply and manufacturing agreements with SCJ. Under some of these agreements, we manufacture and supply raw materials and products to SCJ in several countries, including Japan, the Netherlands and the United States. Under other supply and manufacturing agreements, SCJ manufactures and supplies raw materials and products to us in several countries, including Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, Italy, Mexico, Morocco, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Philippines, South Africa, Spain, U.K. and the United States. The terms of the agreements ranged between two to five years, with rights to renew the agreements for additional one-year terms. Each of the agreements is currently subject to a one-year term. In general, the agreements terminate for breach or default under the agreements, if a specified insolvency-related event involving either party is commenced or occurs or by mutual agreement. For the fiscal years ended

 

83


Table of Contents

December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, we paid to SCJ an aggregate of $27.7 million, $25.3 million and $29.0 million, respectively, under these supply and manufacturing agreements for inventory purchases, and SCJ paid us an aggregate of $1.9 million, $2.2 million and $14.8 million, respectively, under the agreements for inventory purchases.

In June 2006, in connection with the divestiture of the Polymer Business, we entered into a new toll manufacturing agreement with SCJ, which will expire on December 31, 2009. In addition, we separately entered into a toll manufacturing agreement with SCJ covering our current business, which will expire on June 30, 2011. Under both agreements, SCJ has agreed to support and perform certain manufacturing functions at its Waxdale operation in the United States. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, we paid SCJ $6.1 million, $5.9 million, and $2.4 million, respectively, under these tolling agreements.

Relationships with Other Johnson Family Businesses

We leased office space in Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin from Willow Holdings, LLC, which is controlled by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. We entered into this lease on July 1, 2002, with the original term expiring on June 30, 2007, and continuing thereafter on a month to month basis.

On December 20, 2007, we purchased the land and building that was the subject of this lease from Willow Holdings, LLC for a purchase price of $5.8 million. As part of the purchase, the parties terminated the lease arrangements. We also granted Willow Holdings, LLC a right of first offer which provides Willow Holdings, LLC the opportunity to purchase the property in the event we desire to sell the property.

For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, we paid $0.7 million, and $0.8 million, respectively, under this lease.

We have a banking relationship with the Johnson Financial Group, which is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. We paid service fees to the Johnson Financial Group totaling $0.1 million in each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006. We had no loans outstanding with Johnson Financial Group for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006.

Relationships with Unilever

Prior to our acquisition of the DiverseyLever business in May 2002, DiverseyLever was a division of Unilever and consequently relied on Unilever for various services, including administration, research and development, treasury, legal, tax planning and compliance, and other support services. In addition, DiverseyLever was party to a number of transactions with Unilever, including the sale of products to and the purchase of products from Unilever.

Simultaneously with the closing of the acquisition, we, Holdings, Unilever and some of our affiliates entered into agreements which replaced a number of these prior agreements with Unilever, as well as agreements relating to our governance and the governance of Holdings, commercial relationships and matters arising out of the acquisition. These agreements included a sales agency agreement, various intellectual property agreements, a transitional services agreement, two supply agreements, a Stockholders’ Agreement, a non-competition agreement and a registration rights agreement relating to the senior discount notes of Holdings. We believe that all of the agreements with Unilever, are on arms-length terms. We, Holdings and Unilever are also parties to an acquisition agreement that imposes certain on going obligations on the parties, including indemnity obligations.

Acquisition Agreement.

Initial Acquisition Agreement. At the closing of the acquisition, Unilever transferred the DiverseyLever business to us, Holdings and several of our subsidiaries. All of the assets and operations of the DiverseyLever business acquired by Holdings in the acquisition were subsequently contributed by Holdings to us. In consideration for the DiverseyLever business, Unilever received:

 

   

a net cash payment in various currencies equivalent to about $1 billion;

 

84


Table of Contents
   

a one-third equity interest in Holdings; and

 

   

the senior discount notes of Holdings, which had a principal amount at issuance of about $241 million and are recorded on Holdings’ financial statements.

Post-Closing Adjustments to Consideration. The acquisition agreement provides for various adjustments to the consideration for the DiverseyLever business paid by us and Holdings to Unilever if, at closing, (1) the net debt of the DiverseyLever business or (2) the working capital of the DiverseyLever business, was less or more than the amounts estimated by the parties. In addition, the amount paid by Unilever as its subscription price for its equity interest in Holdings is subject to adjustment if, at closing, (1) our net debt or (2) our working capital was less or more than the amounts estimated by the parties. The acquisition agreement provides that any adjustments to the consideration or subscription price resulting from differences in net debt or working capital of us or the DiverseyLever business at the closing of the acquisition from the estimated amounts will be paid:

 

   

in the case of an excess or shortfall of the net debt or working capital of the DiverseyLever business, subject to a $1 million deductible in the case of any working capital adjustment, 100% in cash to us if net debt was more or working capital was less at closing than the estimated amounts and 100% in cash to Unilever if net debt was less or working capital was greater at closing than the estimated amounts, each payable together with interest from and including the closing date at an agreed rate within five business days following final determination of the adjustment amount; and

 

   

in the case of an excess or shortfall of the net debt or working capital of us, in an amount equal to the product of (1) the amount of that excess or shortfall (subject to a $1 million deductible in the case of any working capital adjustment), together with interest from and including the closing date at an agreed rate, and, (2) 1.5, which amount is payable on the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings.

In July 2002, we and Unilever determined the net debt adjustments to (1) the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business and (2) the subscription price Unilever paid for its one-third equity interest in Holdings. We and Unilever agreed that DiverseyLever’s net debt at closing was less than estimated amounts, resulting in an adjustment to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business equal to 100% of such amount, plus interest, in cash to Unilever. The adjustment was determined to be about $15.3 million, of which about $5.6 million was paid by us to Unilever in July 2002 and the balance was paid in February 2003. In addition, we and Unilever agreed that our net debt at closing exceeded estimated amounts by about $23.5 million. This will result in a reduction to Unilever’s subscription price for its equity interest in Holdings of about $11.8 million according to the formula described above. Under the acquisition agreement, we will pay this amount on behalf of Holdings, together with interest from and including the closing date (in accordance with the formula described above), to Unilever on the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings. See “—Stockholders’ Agreement—Put and Call Options.”

In November 2002, we agreed with Unilever that we would pay to Unilever about $33.6 million, representing the working capital adjustment to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business. We paid this amount to Unilever during the fourth quarter of 2002. Also, based on our final pre-closing balance sheet, a comparison was made of the final working capital amount to a predetermined working capital amount set forth in the acquisition agreement. Because our final working capital amount exceeded the predetermined amount, we anticipate that Unilever will be required to pay to us about $30.9 million, representing an adjustment to the subscription price for Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings. However, Unilever would not be required to pay us the final agreed amount, together with interest from and including the closing date (in accordance with the formula described above), until the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings.

 

85


Table of Contents

At the closing of the acquisition, post-employment benefit liabilities for pre-closing service of DiverseyLever business employees and, in some cases, former employees, under most employee benefit plans maintained by Unilever were transferred to us or our employee benefit plans. To the extent that the value of any employee benefit plan assets transferred differed from the value of the transferred liabilities, in each case calculated as provided in the acquisition agreement and using actuarial methods and assumptions specified therein, the excess or shortfall, as the case may be, adjusted in some cases by a tax adjustment factor, is to be paid as an adjustment to purchase price for the DiverseyLever business (1) by us to Unilever in the case of any excess or (2) to us by Unilever in the case of any shortfall. Unilever may defer and pay to us with interest up to the time Unilever ceases to own any equity interest in Holdings, up to 75% of any shortfall attributable to transferred liabilities under unfunded post-employment benefit plans.

Based on a determination of the transferred pension assets and liabilities relating to specified plans we assumed in the acquisition, Unilever agreed to pay to us an aggregate of about $115 million, representing an adjustment to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business. The majority of this adjustment is to be paid by Unilever once the amounts are agreed in respect of a plan, with the remainder to be paid, together with interest from and including the closing date, on the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings. As of December 30, 2005, we had received about $88.7 million, representing a portion of Unilever’s payment of the transferred pension adjustment. The transferred pension adjustment represents the shortfall of transferred pension assets relative to liabilities, adjusted for tax, if applicable. Under the acquisition agreement, if the transferred assets are less than 90% of the value of the transferred liabilities of specified DiverseyLever pension plans, we are required to use the amounts received from Unilever in connection with the transferred pension adjustment to fund those plans up to 90% of the value of the transferred liabilities. Any amount received from Unilever over the required funding level may be used by us for other purposes. As of December 30, 2005, we had contributed an aggregate of about $43.5 million, including interest to the pension plans, fulfilling the funding obligations under the acquisition agreement.

The purchase price of the DiverseyLever business is also subject to adjustment relating to pension expenses of DiverseyLever’s employee benefit plans for the twelve months ended June 29, 2001. We have received $9.9 million in cash from Unilever relating to the finalization of this adjustment during the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005.

We recognized interest income of $2.7 million, $2.6 million and $2.5 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively, related to certain long-term acquisition related receivables from Unilever. We received $4.8 million during the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005 in partial settlement of the interest due.

Warranty Indemnity. In connection with the acquisition, Unilever made representations and warranties to us in respect of the DiverseyLever business. In addition, in connection with the issuance to Unilever of the one-third equity interest in Holdings and the senior discount notes of Holdings, we made representations and warranties to Unilever, which are customary in this kind of transaction.

Subject to the limitations on indemnity described below, the parties will generally be liable for damages in the event of a breach of any warranty, other than damages less than $250,000 per occurrence, as well as for some specific losses and claims. Most claims for breaches of warranty must have been brought on or prior to May 2, 2004, while claims under some warranties are subject to longer time limits.

Unilever generally will not be liable for any damages in respect of breaches of its warranties, excluding environmental warranties, unless (1) the amount of damages in respect of any individual breach of its warranties exceeds $250,000 per occurrence and (2) the aggregate amount of damages in respect of breaches of its warranties, excluding environmental warranties, exceeds $30 million. Once the $30 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $250,000 or for the first $15 million of damages that exceed the $250,000 per occurrence threshold. In any event, Unilever will not be liable for any damages, excluding environmental claims, which exceed $500 million in the aggregate.

 

86


Table of Contents

We generally will not be liable for any damages in respect of our breaches of warranty, excluding environmental warranties, unless (1) the amount of damages in respect of any individual breach of our warranties exceeds $250,000 per occurrence and (2) the aggregate amount of damages in respect of breaches of our warranties exceeds $7 million. Once the $7 million threshold is reached, we will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $250,000 or for the first $3.5 million of damages that exceed the $250,000 per occurrence threshold. In any event, we will not be liable for any damages, excluding environmental claims, which exceed $120 million in the aggregate.

Other Indemnities. Unilever will also indemnify us for, among other things, damages arising out of or resulting from:

 

   

liabilities expressly retained by Unilever and its affiliates, including some of their discontinued businesses and some ongoing litigation of the DiverseyLever business;

 

   

specified liabilities with respect to the operation of the DiverseyLever business prior to closing relating to Unilever’s failure to comply with environmental laws and pre-closing discharges or contaminations at, of or relating to DiverseyLever facilities or waste disposal sites;

 

   

specified liabilities relating to pre-closing taxes; and

 

   

specified liabilities relating to employee benefits, including Unilever’s failure to comply with certain legal and regulatory requirements with respect to those employee benefits.

With respect to environmental matters, including environmental warranties, Unilever will not be liable for any damages (1) in the case of known environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate. In the case of clause (1) above, we will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will Unilever be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $250 million in the aggregate. We have submitted indemnification notices to Unilever regarding a number of DiverseyLever locations and expect to provide additional requests for reimbursement in the future for sites we have submitted indemnification notices. Although Unilever has acknowledged receipt of the indemnification notice, it has not yet completed its assessment and has not yet indicated its agreement with our request for indemnification.

We will also indemnify Unilever for, among other things, damages arising out of or resulting from:

 

   

liabilities we assumed in connection with the acquisition;

 

   

liabilities relating to some of our discontinued businesses;

 

   

specified liabilities with respect to our operation prior to the closing of the acquisition relating to our failure to comply with environmental laws and pre-closing discharges or contaminations at, of or relating to our facilities or waste disposal sites;

 

   

specified liabilities relating to post-closing taxes; and

 

   

specified liabilities relating to employee benefits, including our failure to comply with certain legal and regulatory requirements with respect to these employee benefits.

With respect to environmental matters, including environmental warranties, we will not be liable for any damages (1) in the case of known matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate. In the case of clause (1) above, Unilever will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, we will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will we be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $60 million in the aggregate.

 

87


Table of Contents

Indemnification Payments. Any damages for which we indemnify Unilever will be paid in cash at the time the damages are finally determined until the aggregate of the damages equals $17 million. Thereafter, any damages for which we indemnify Unilever will, with limited exceptions, be deferred and paid in cash on the date Unilever and its affiliates cease to own any equity interest in Holdings.

Prior to the date on which Unilever ceases to own any equity interest in Holdings, any damages for which Unilever indemnifies us will be paid two-thirds in cash at the time the damages are finally determined and one-third in cash on the date on which Unilever ceases to own any equity interest in Holdings.

In calculating the amount of damages for which we will indemnify Unilever, the provisions of the acquisition agreement operate to make Unilever whole, but not more than whole, taking into account Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings, as it may decrease or cease to exist over time, and whether the price paid by Holdings to Unilever for any of its equity has been reduced to reflect any damages for which we are liable. This is accomplished by means of a gross-up to the amount of damages suffered and, in the case of damages suffered directly by us, by allocating one-third, or such lower number as represents Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings from time to time, of damages to Unilever. Accordingly, the following rules apply in calculating the amount of damages:

 

   

if Unilever or another indemnified party actually pays, suffers or incurs damages, the damages will be paid dollar-for-dollar by us and Holdings on a grossed-up basis; and

 

   

if we or Holdings pay, suffer or incur damages, one-third, or such lower number as represents Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings from time to time, of the damages will be paid by us and Holdings on a grossed-up basis.

After the date on which Unilever and its affiliates cease to own any equity interest in Holdings, any damages for which we indemnify Unilever will be paid 100% in cash at the time those damages are finally determined.

Stockholders’ Agreement. In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, Holdings and its stockholders, Holdco and Marga B.V., entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement, which relates to, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of Holdings’ shares held by the stockholders;

 

   

Holdings’ corporate governance, including board and committee representation and stockholder approval provisions;

 

   

the put and call options described under the caption “—Put and Call Options;”

 

   

the payments described under the caption “—Contingent Payments;” and

 

   

various other rights and obligations of Holdings and its stockholders, such as provisions relating to delivery of and access to financial and other information, payment of dividends and indemnification of directors, officers and stockholders.

Marga B.V.’s obligations under the Stockholders’ Agreement are guaranteed by Unilever N.V. Marga B.V. and Unilever N.V. are referred to collectively in this discussion as “Unilever”.

In December 2005, Unilever approved and Holdings declared and paid a special dividend payment of $35.2 million to Holdco in order to facilitate the cash requirements of a tender offer by Holdco of its common stock. In consideration of the special dividend, Holdings, Holdco and Unilever agreed to amend the Stockholders’ Agreement. The amendment effectively increases the amount of the purchase price to be paid to Unilever at the time Unilever ceases to own any equity interest in Holdings by approximately $13.1 million plus applicable interest from the date the special dividend was paid to Holdco.

 

88


Table of Contents

In May 2006, in connection with the divestiture of the Polymer Business, the Stockholders’ Agreement was amended to, among other things, adjust the buyout formula related to Marga B.V.’s shares in Holdings to require an incremental payment of $30.0 million, plus interest (payable from put execution date) at the time of Marga B.V.’s exit. The amendment also provided for the issuance of options to Marga B.V. for the purchase of Holdings at exit, which would result in the incremental payment to Marga B.V., by Holdco, of up to $40.0 million, plus interest. In addition, in connection with the sale of the DuBois Industrial Chemical business by us in September 2008, the buyout formula in the Stockholders’ Agreement was further adjusted to provide for additional incremental payments of up to $19.1 million at the time of Marga B. V.’s exit.

Put and Call Options. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, at any time after May 3, 2008, Unilever has the right to require Holdings to purchase the shares then beneficially owned by Unilever. Holdings has the option to purchase the shares beneficially owned by Unilever at any time after May 3, 2010. Any exercise by Holdings of its call option must be for at least 50% of each of the shares beneficially owned by Unilever. Any exercise by Unilever of its put option must be for all of its shares.

Before May 3, 2010, Holdings’ obligations in connection with a put by Unilever are conditioned on a refinancing of our and Holdings’ indebtedness, including indebtedness under our senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facilities. In connection with the put, Holdings must use its reasonable best efforts prior to May 3, 2009, and its best efforts after that date, to consummate a refinancing and may be required to purchase less than all of the shares subject to the put under some circumstances. If Holdings purchases less than all of the shares subject to a put, Unilever may again put its remaining shares after a specified suspension period.

Following the exercise by Unilever of its put rights, if Holdings fails to purchase all of Unilever’s shares for cash on or after May 3, 2010, it must offer to issue to Unilever a promissory note in exchange for the remaining shares. The maturity date of the promissory note will be either 90 days or one year after its issuance, depending on the level of Unilever’s ownership interest in Holdings at that time. The terms of the promissory note will provide Unilever with rights similar to its rights as a stockholder under the Stockholders’ Agreement, including board representation, veto and access and informational rights. The promissory note will contain various subordination provisions in relation to our and Holdings’ indebtedness.

If, after May 3, 2010, Unilever has not been paid cash with respect to its put option, Unilever may also:

 

   

require Holdings to privately sell Unilever’s shares or other shares of Holdings’ capital stock to a third party; and

 

   

require Holdings to sell its Japan businesses or any other business or businesses that may be identified for sale by a special committee of Holdings’ board of directors. If Unilever exercises its put right, the special committee would be required to identify such other business or businesses after May 3, 2009 and prior to May 3, 2010 and to engage an investment banking firm to assist it with such identification and evaluation.

The exercise of these remedies, other than sales of Unilever’s shares, is subject to compliance with the agreements relating to our and Holdings’ indebtedness.

The price for Holdings’ shares subject to a put or call option will be based on Holdings’ enterprise value at the time the relevant option is exercised, plus its cash and minus its indebtedness.

Holdings’ enterprise value cannot be less than eight times the EBITDA of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the preceding four fiscal quarters, as calculated in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. If Holdings, Unilever and their respective financial advisors cannot agree on an enterprise value, the issue will be submitted to an independent third-party for determination.

If Holdings purchases less than all of the shares beneficially owned by Unilever in connection with the exercise of the put or call option, Unilever may elect to fix the price for its remaining shares not purchased. If Unilever does not elect to fix the price, the price will float and a new price will be determined based on the enterprise value the next time a put or call option is exercised.

 

89


Table of Contents

Contingent Payments. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Holdings may be required to make payments to Unilever in each year from 2007 through 2010 so long as Unilever continues to beneficially own 5% or more of Holdings’ outstanding shares. The amount of each payment will be equal to 25% of the amount by which the cumulative cash flows of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the period from May 3, 2002, through the end of the fiscal year preceding the payment (not including any cash flow with respect to which Unilever received a payment in a prior year), exceeds:

 

   

$727 million in 2006;

 

   

$975 million in 2007;

 

   

$1,200 million in 2008; and

 

   

$1,425 million in 2009.

The aggregate amount of all these payments cannot exceed $100 million. Payment of these amounts is subject to compliance with the agreements relating to Holdings’ and our senior indebtedness including, without limitation, the senior discount notes of Holdings, our senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facilities.

Holdings did not meet the cumulative cash flow requirement for the measurement periods ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006 and was not be required to make a contingent payment for these periods.

Transfer of Shares. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, a stockholder controlled by Unilever may transfer its shares of Holdings to another entity of which Unilever owns at least an 80% interest, and a stockholder controlled by Holdco may transfer its shares of Holdings to another entity of which Holdco owns at least an 80% interest.

Purchase of Additional Shares from Holdco. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, on the earlier of May 3, 2010 and the date on which Unilever sells all of its shares of Holdings to Holdings or a third party in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, Unilever will have the right to buy from Holdco that number of class A common shares of Holdings (the “Additional Shares”) equal to the lesser of (i) 1.5% of the total outstanding shares of Holdings and (ii) the largest whole number of class A common shares, the aggregate value (as determined pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement) of which does not exceed $40.0 million. The purchase price to be paid by Unilever to Holdco for such Additional Shares would be $.01 per share. Unilever may then require the immediate repurchase by Holdco of the Additional Shares at a price determined in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement. The obligations to transfer the Additional Shares and repurchase those shares are obligations solely of Holdco.

Corporate Governance. Holdings’ board of directors consists of eleven directors, including five independent directors appointed by Holdco. So long as Unilever beneficially owns at least 20% of Holdings’ outstanding shares, it is entitled to nominate two directors to Holdings’ board of directors. If Unilever beneficially owns less than 20% but at least 5% of Holdings’ outstanding shares, it will be entitled to nominate one director. Holdco has agreed to vote its shares of Holdings to cause the board of directors to include the directors nominated by Unilever if Unilever satisfies the conditions above. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, a Unilever director representative will continue to sit on the Compensation Committee of Holdings’ board of directors. Unilever has also designated one of its director representatives to be an observer to attend, but not vote at, meetings of the Audit Committee. In addition, the authority of Holdings’ board of directors with respect to specified formal bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings will be exercised by a special bankruptcy committee constituted in accordance with the terms of Holdings’ bylaws and the Stockholders’ Agreement. The Stockholders’ Agreement and Holdings’ certificate of incorporation generally require, with specified exceptions, the approval of stockholders holding more than 90% of Holdings’ outstanding shares before Holdings or its subsidiaries can affect various transactions, including, among others, transactions relating to:

 

   

any acquisition or disposition or any joint venture, alliance or capital project having an aggregate fair market value or which will result in aggregate expenditures or payments in excess of (1) $50 million individually, or (2) $100 million collectively (and $10 million individually for aggregation purposes) with other transactions entered into in the immediately preceding twelve months;

 

90


Table of Contents
   

the issuance of any additional shares of capital stock, common stock equivalents, or other equity or equity-related interests;

 

   

any merger, consolidation or similar business combination or any sale of all or substantially all of the assets or equity or any reorganization or recapitalization having a similar effect;

 

   

a liquidation or dissolution;

 

   

the purchase or investment of a minority equity investment or investment in the nature of indebtedness with a fair market value or resulting in payments that exceed $10 million;

 

   

the entering into of any material line of business unrelated to the business of Holdings and its subsidiaries as of May 3, 2002;

 

   

the closing, winding-up, discontinuation or other exiting or termination of any line of business, if such line of business generated more than $5 million of annualized EBITDA;

 

   

the modification of the policies governing dividends or distributions to Holdings’ stockholders or the declaration by Holdings of dividends or distributions in violation of that policy;

 

   

the incurrence of specified types of additional indebtedness;

 

   

the settlement of any legal proceedings that would impose any material restrictions on the operations of Holdings and its subsidiaries or involve amounts in excess of $10 million, except for proceedings covered by insurance;

 

   

any change in independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

specified transactions with affiliates of Holdco, including SCJ;

 

   

the redemption or retirement of any of Holdings’ common stock or other equity securities or common stock equivalents;

 

   

any amendment of Holdings’ certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Audit or Compensation Committee charters, with specified exceptions;

 

   

the adoption of any stock option or employee stock ownership plan or the issuance of any equity securities under any stock plan; and

 

   

the adoption of any new, or amendment of existing, employee benefit plans that would result in increases above specified levels in annual costs of benefits, with specified exceptions.

The Stockholders’ Agreement also requires that agreements, contracts, arrangements or transactions relating to the compensation of our officers and directors be approved by the Compensation Committee of Holdings’ board of directors. The Stockholders’ Agreement requires that Holdings’ board of directors review, consider and approve annual capital and operating budgets, and strategic plans prepared from time to time. The Stockholders’ Agreement also requires that Holdings’ board of directors approve the initiation of various material legal proceedings by or on behalf of us or Holdings and any subsidiary.

Stockholder Indemnification. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Holdings will indemnify Unilever and its affiliates, officers, directors and employees against all costs arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in specified documents filed with the SEC or provided to prospective investors or the omission or alleged omission from those documents of a material fact required to be stated in the documents or necessary to make the statements in the documents, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if, and only to the extent that, those costs arise from Unilever or its affiliate, officer, director or employee being determined to be a person who controls Holdings within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This indemnification does not apply to any costs to

 

91


Table of Contents

the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Holdings for inclusion in any document described above by Unilever or any of its affiliates (other than Holdings), including any financial statements required to be delivered under the acquisition agreement.

Unilever will indemnify and hold Holdings harmless from and against any and all costs arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in specified documents filed by Holdings with the SEC or provided to prospective investors, or the omission or alleged omission from a document of a material fact required to be stated in that document or necessary to make the statements in that document, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if and only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in that document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Holdings for inclusion in any document described above by Unilever or any of its affiliates (other than Holdings), including any financial statements required to be delivered under the acquisition.

Term. The Stockholders’ Agreement terminates, with respect to a stockholder, after its affiliates no longer own any shares of Holdings, and with respect to Unilever (or its assignee), after Unilever (or its assignee) no longer beneficially owns any of the shares of Holdings or, if issued, the promissory note of Holdings in exchange for shares put by Unilever (or its assignee).

Sales Agency Agreement (the “Prior Agency Agreement”)

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we and various of our subsidiaries entered into a sales agency agreement (the “Prior Agency Agreement”) with Unilever whereby, subject to limited exceptions, we and various of our subsidiaries act as Unilever’s sales agents in the sale of certain of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users in most countries where DiverseyLever conducted its business prior to the closing of the acquisition. The original term of the Prior Agency Agreement was extended until December 31, 2007. On October 11, 2007 we and Unilever executed the Umbrella Agreement pursuant to which the parties agreed to the terms of (i) a new agency agreement (the “New Agency Agreement”) that is substantially similar to the Prior Agency Agreement and that applies to Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil and (ii) a master sub-license agreement (the “License Agreement” and collectively with the Umbrella Agreement and the New Agency Agreement, the “Replacement Agreements”) under which Unilever agreed to grant us and our affiliates a license to produce and sell professional packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products in 31 other countries that were subject to the Prior Agency Agreement. Under the Umbrella Agreement, we and our affiliates also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute consumer packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products in the same 31 countries as the License Agreement. The New Agency Agreement, the License Agreement and the consumer pack distribution arrangements took effect on January 1, 2008.

For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, we received an aggregate of $91.9 million and $85.5 million, respectively, in agency fees from Unilever under the Prior Agency Agreement.

Under the Replacement Agreements, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, we received an aggregate amount of $35.0 million in agency fees (New Agency Agreement) and an aggregate amount of $5.1 million in license fees (License Agreement).

Due to pre-existing contractual obligations with SCJ, we and our subsidiaries may not sell any Unilever products, whether directly or as an agent for Unilever, in some channels of trade that are not exclusively institutional and industrial, and we and our subsidiaries may not sell some Unilever products, such as general cleaning products, whether directly or as an agent for Unilever, in any channels of trade that are not exclusively institutional and industrial. The Replacement Agreements carve out these restricted channels of trade and products and allow Unilever to make sales associated with these channels of trade and products directly or indirectly. Our agreements with SCJ do not affect its ability to sell products on behalf of Unilever in exclusively institutional and industrial channels of trade.

 

92


Table of Contents

Unless extended, each of the Replacement Agreements will expire on December 31, 2017. A termination of any Replacement Agreement will result in the termination of each of the other Replacement Agreements. With one year notice, Unilever can terminate the Replacement Agreements without cause, effective December 31, 2013. In addition, Unilever can terminate the Replacement Agreements by region if sales drop below 75% of targeted sales for such region for a given year. Unilever may also terminate the Replacement Agreements for specified other reasons, including breach, insolvency and change of control.

Upon the expiration of the Prior Agency Agreement, we and our affiliates would have been entitled to receive an additional fee of approximately $117 million (the “Termination Fee”). After approximately $11 million in adjustments for various items in accordance with the Umbrella Agreement, the Termination Fee will be carried forward under the Replacement Agreements and will be amortized over a ten-year period. The amortized Termination Fee will be available to us in the event of a sale or discontinuation of brands subject to the Replacement Agreements or in the event of a “no cause” termination of the Replacement Agreements.

The individual Replacement Agreements are described in further detail below.

New Agency Agreement

Under the New Agency Agreement, subject to limited exceptions, various of our subsidiaries are continuing to act as Unilever’s exclusive sales agents in the sale of professional packs of certain of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users in Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil. We and our subsidiaries have agreed not to act on behalf of any other third parties in the sale or promotion of those parties’ products in these markets if the products are similar to products we sell on behalf of Unilever as its agent, except with respect to sales of products for SCJ and its affiliates or under other arrangements with third parties existing on January 1, 2008.

In exchange for the sales agency services of our subsidiaries in those countries, which include sales, order processing and delivery, collection and after-sales technical support and customer care, Unilever will pay an agency fee to those subsidiaries. The agency fee will be determined separately for each territory. The agency fee, expressed as a percentage of the net proceeds of sales, covers specified pre-determined costs for that territory (based on historical data), plus a nominal markup. Pursuant to the Umbrella Agreement, if, in any given year, the markup for a territory is less than a specified percentage of EBITDA for such territory, then Unilever will pay JohnsonDiversey an additional bonus payment in an amount necessary to increase the markup to such percentage.

While the agency fee contemplates historical levels and rates of enforcement and collection of bad debts, we will be responsible for 100% of all bad debts, if any, in excess of these historical levels until the bad debt rate rises to twice as high as those historical levels, at which time the parties will begin to share equally the costs of those bad debts.

License Agreement

Under the License Agreement, subject to limited exceptions, we and various of our subsidiaries will act as Unilever’s exclusive licensee in the manufacture and sale of professional packs of certain of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users in 31 countries. The size of the products that we and our subsidiaries may manufacture and sell is limited to certain pack sizes that are targeted to professional end-users. Unilever may modify the pack sizes to reflect changing market conditions. In exchange for the license, we and our subsidiaries will pay Unilever an initial royalty of 4% of the net proceeds of sales of the distributed products. Pursuant to the Umbrella Agreement, if, after the royalty payment, EBITDA for any territory in a given year is not allocated between us and Unilever in specified percentages, we or Unilever will make a profit sharing payment in the amount necessary to achieve such allocation. If the profit sharing payment exceeds a specified amount, the royalty rate will be adjusted prospectively to achieve the specified allocation of EBITDA in future years. The Umbrella Agreement also establishes caps and floors for the royalty rate and the profit sharing payments.

 

93


Table of Contents

Umbrella Agreement

Under the Umbrella Agreement, we and various of our subsidiaries have entered into distribution agreements with Unilever under which we and various of our subsidiaries will act as distributors of consumer packs of certain of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users in 31 countries. The terms of such distribution agreements are set forth in the Umbrella Agreement and are based, in part, on Unilever’s distribution arrangements outside of institutional and industrial channels of trade.

In addition, the Umbrella Agreement provides a framework, including compensation levels, for the New Agency Agreement and the License Agreement, and governs the transition between the Prior Agency Agreement and the Replacement Agreements, including the repayment of funds advanced by Unilever under the Prior Agency Agreement.

Intellectual Property Agreements

Retained Technology License Agreement. In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we entered into a retained technology license agreement with Unilever under which Unilever has granted us a license of the patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how used in the DiverseyLever business, during the period from July 1, 2000, through May 3, 2002, but that were retained by Unilever. The patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how that were retained by Unilever are those patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how that were either used in Unilever’s businesses, in addition to the DiverseyLever business, or are those specified patents that are the subject of retained litigation or license agreements that restrict assignments. In this annual report, these specified patents are referred to as the “restricted patents.” Under the retained technology license agreement, Unilever has granted us:

 

   

a nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license (with a right to freely sublicense) of the proprietary know-how, trade secrets, unregistered design rights and copyrights used in the DiverseyLever business at any time during the period from July 1, 2000, through May 3, 2002, and owned by Unilever on May 3, 2002;

 

   

a nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license of specified Unilever patents in the professional market (with rights to sublicense to our subsidiaries and affiliates and to the extent sublicenses were in effect in the DiverseyLever business on May 3, 2002); and

 

   

a nonexclusive, royalty-free, perpetual license of the restricted patents for all purposes, with a right to freely sublicense, in all jurisdictions in which the restricted patents are in effect.

The licenses to use Unilever’s intellectual property described above are irrevocable, subject to various exceptions described in the retained technology license agreement. Unilever’s ability to grant any further licenses of the patents in the professional market prior to May 2, 2005 was subject to specified conditions in the retained technology license agreement, and Unilever has agreed not to grant any further licenses of the restricted patents for any purpose, except to the extent necessary to resolve litigation or a dispute. Unilever has also agreed not to engage in any acts that would infringe on the restricted patents.

With respect to each licensed patent, the license granted will terminate with the expiration of the particular patent, unless the patent is terminated or held invalid sooner. The license granted with respect to know-how, unregistered design rights and copyrights will exist until the expiry of the relevant right unless terminated earlier by us. We may terminate the retained technology license agreement at any time by providing written notice to Unilever. Unilever may terminate the patent licenses granted to us if we challenged the validity of, or Unilever’s ownership of, any of its patents licensed under the retained technology license agreement or if we are in material or persistent breach of any provision of the retained technology license agreement and, if the breach is curable, have not cured the breach within ten business days after receipt of notice of the breach.

Transferred Technology License Agreement. On May 3, 2002, we entered into a transferred technology license agreement with Unilever under which we have granted a license to Unilever to use specified intellectual property rights (other than patents and registered designs) and specified patents and registered designs that were transferred to us as part of the acquisition. Under the transferred technology license agreement, we have granted to Unilever:

 

   

a nonexclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license of the transferred technology (with a right to freely sublicense), provided that Unilever may use the trademarks included in the transferred technology only in relation to goods and services in respect of, and only in countries in, which the trademarks were used on May 3, 2002; and

 

94


Table of Contents
   

a nonexclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license of the transferred patents in the consumer brands business of Unilever and for developing, manufacturing, marketing, distributing, keeping, importing and selling specified products permitted under the transferred technology license agreement, in all jurisdictions in which the transferred patents are in effect.

With respect to each licensed patent, the license will terminate upon the expiration of the particular patent, unless the patent is terminated or held invalid sooner. The license granted with respect to copyrights, unregistered design rights and know-how will exist until expiry of the relevant rights unless terminated earlier by Unilever. Unilever may terminate the transferred technology license agreement at any time upon providing written notice to us. We may terminate the license of the transferred patents if:

 

   

Unilever challenges the validity of our ownership of any of the transferred patents;

 

   

Unilever is in material or persistent breach of a provision of the transferred technology license agreement and, if the breach is curable, has not cured the breach within ten business days after receipt of notice of the breach; or

 

   

a specified insolvency-related event involving Unilever is commenced or occurs.

Dispensed Products License Agreement. On May 3, 2002, we entered into a dispensed products license agreement with Unilever under which Unilever has granted us a license to use the trademarks, patents and know-how relating to the products we and our subsidiaries sell for use in our cleaner dispensing systems. Under the dispensed products license agreement, Unilever has granted us:

 

   

a nonexclusive license (with the right to sublicense only to our subsidiaries and affiliates) to use in specified countries (in accordance with Unilever’s guidelines on use) the relevant trademarks on the corresponding dispensed products manufactured and packed in accordance with Unilever’s technical specifications;

 

   

a nonexclusive license (with right to sublicense only to our subsidiaries and affiliates) of the patents and know-how relevant to the dispensed products in specified countries to use, keep, produce for sale, make, offer and import for sale and sell the corresponding dispensed products manufactured and packed in accordance with Unilever’s technical specifications and under its trademarks.

Under the dispensed products license agreement, we pay to Unilever a royalty of 4% of the net sales of the dispensed products. We may not use the trademarks or formulation rights other than in the same manner and for the same purposes as they were used in the DiverseyLever business prior to May 3, 2002. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, we paid an aggregate of $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively, to Unilever under the dispensed products license agreement.

The initial term of the dispensed products license agreement terminated on May 2, 2007 but the agreement automatically renews for successive one year periods. Either party may terminate the dispensed products license agreement or the licenses granted under the agreement by providing six months’ written notice prior to any anniversary of the dispensed products license agreement. The dispensed products license agreement has been extended to May 2, 2009. In addition, Unilever may terminate the dispensed products license agreement if:

 

   

We and/or any of our subsidiaries sells a product for use in (or by means of) any dispensing system similar to a specified dispensing system in the dispensed products license agreement, which product is branded with a trademark that is neither licensed under the dispensed products license agreement, owned by us or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates, nor owned by the professional end-user of that product; and

 

95


Table of Contents
   

Unilever notifies us of those sales, and we do not cease those sales within twenty business days after the notice.

Unilever may also terminate the dispensed products license agreement if:

 

   

We challenge the validity of or Unilever’s ownership of any rights or registrations in or in relation to any of the licensed rights;

 

   

We are in breach of the provisions of the dispensed products license agreement that relate to the use of the trademarks and formulation rights and quality control;

 

   

We are in material or persistent breach of a provision of the dispensed products license agreement and, if the breach is curable, have not cured the breach within fifteen business days after receipt of notice of the breach;

 

   

We have a change of control; or

 

   

A specified insolvency-related event involving us is commenced or occurs.

Transitional Services Agreement

On May 3, 2002, we entered into a transitional services agreement with Unilever relating to a wide range of support services from Unilever and intended to ensure the smooth transition of the DiverseyLever business from Unilever to us. These services included various human resources, information technology, intellectual property administration, analytical, warehousing and transportation, administrative, provision of office space and other services. In addition, Unilever agreed to allow our affiliates access to its computer network under a network access arrangement. The level and manner in which Unilever provides these services generally must be consistent with the level and manner in which they were provided to the DiverseyLever business immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition.

Unilever provided each service for the period agreed upon by the parties, but did not provide any service longer than 24 months, except for redirecting internet traffic to the appropriate new domain name or address, which Unilever provided for up to 30 months. Under the transitional services agreement, Unilever provided most services until May 2, 2003, and as of December 30, 2005, all the services under the transitional services agreement have been terminated. The price for each service was at cost, and generally was determined in a manner consistent with Unilever’s existing cost allocation methodology. Unilever adjusted the prices from time to time in the ordinary course of business, provided the adjustments reflected the cost for the relevant service. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 we paid an aggregate of $1.9 million to Unilever under the transitional services agreement.

In association with the continuation of various support services and reimbursement of benefit-related costs not covered by the transitional services agreement, we paid Unilever $0.1 million, $0, and $0.8 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 30, 2006, respectively.

Supply Agreements

We entered into two supply agreements with Unilever in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business. Under these agreements, we and Unilever, through the members of our respective groups, manufacture, pack, store and ship products for each other. Under one of the supply agreements, we act as the supplier and Unilever serves as the customer, and under the other agreement the roles are reversed. With the exception of this role reversal and the factories involved, the products that are supplied and some other less significant differences included in the supply agreement under which we act as supplier based on the integration of the DiverseyLever business with us, the two supply agreements are identical.

 

96


Table of Contents

The supply agreements provide for the supply of all products that Unilever and the DiverseyLever business supplied to one another during the period immediately preceding the closing date of the acquisition. Prices are based on the provisions relating to pricing and terms of payment that existed between Unilever and the DiverseyLever business prior to closing, subject to revision by agreement of the parties.

Each supply agreement remains in effect as to a particular product until that product will not be supplied any longer. We and Unilever may terminate either supply agreement in part or in its entirety in the event of an unremedied serious or persistent breach by the other party, upon a change in control or for any reason on the giving of six months’ written notice. Further, we or Unilever may terminate a particular order upon a breach of the terms of the order that remains uncured for a specified period. Finally, the customer under either supply agreement may terminate the agreement as to products supplied at a particular factory if the supplier does not implement reasonable suggestions that the customer makes, taking into account standards used in the supply of the products in the period immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition, after visiting that factory. With effect from January 1, 2008, the two supply agreements were amended to take into account the transition from Prior Agency Agreement, under which we and our subsidiaries arranged for the sale by Unilever affiliates of Unilever branded products, to the License Agreement, under which we and our subsidiaries would sell such products for our own account. In addition, with respect to our European operations, among other things, these amendments imposed certain restrictions on the rights of Unilever and us to terminate Unilever’s supply of such products for three years. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, we paid Unilever an aggregate of $65.0 million, $20.5 million and $16.3 million, respectively (excluding inventories associated with the sales agency agreement), and Unilever paid us an aggregate of $26.2 million, $46.9 million and $48.2 million, respectively, under these supply agreements.

Director Independence

Because Holdings is the owner of all of our common equity interests, except for one share held by SCJ, if our company were a listed issuer it would be a “controlled company” as that term is used in the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and therefore not required to have a majority of independent directors. Our board has determined, however, that with the exception of Messrs. Johnson and Lonergan and Ms. Johnson-Leipold, all of our directors are independent within the meaning of, and applying, the NYSE standards. Mr. Johnson is our Chairman, an executive officer position of our company, and therefore is not independent under the NYSE standards. Mr. Lonergan is the President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and is therefore not independent under the NYSE standards. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a sibling of Mr. Johnson, our Chairman, and is therefore not independent under the NYSE standards. In addition, as discussed under “— Interests of Our Officers and Directors,” Messrs. Johnson and Louis and Ms. Johnson-Leipold may have interests in our transactions with SCJ and other Johnson family businesses. Our board has affirmatively determined, however, that Mr. Louis’ interests in those transactions do not constitute a “material relationship” with our company for purposes of, and applying, the NYSE standards.

In assessing the independence of our directors for purposes of, and applying, the NYSE standards, our board considered the relationships disclosed under “— Interests of Our Officers and Directors.” Except with respect to Messrs. Johnson and Lonergan and Ms. Johnson-Leipold, our board has determined that these relationships do not impair the independence of the interested directors for purposes of, and applying, the NYSE standards.

In addition, the terms of our Stockholders’ Agreement require the parties to the agreement to vote their shares and take other necessary action to cause the Holdings board to include the categories of directors described therein. The Stockholders’ Agreement permits Holdco to nominate up to five individuals who meet the definition of “Independent Director” set forth therein. While not required under the Stockholders’ Agreement, we also voluntarily apply the definition of “Independent Director” in the Stockholders’ Agreement in determining whether our directors are independent. Messrs. Brown, Howe, Nottleson and Wittwer and Ms. Esteves meet the definition of “Independent Director” set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

97


Table of Contents

Interests of Our Officers and Directors

Mr. Johnson, our Chairman, and Ms. Johnson-Leipold, and Mr. Louis, and some members of their respective immediate families, are descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson and shareholders of SCJ and Willow Holdings, LLC. Messrs. Johnson and Louis and Ms. Johnson-Leipold, and members of their respective immediate families, also beneficially own shares of Holdco, our indirect parent. See “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.” As a result of these relationships, these individuals may have an interest in our transactions with SCJ and other Johnson family businesses, including Willow Holdings, LLC.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

On an annual basis, each director and executive officer is obligated to complete a director and officer questionnaire that requires disclosure of any transactions with our company in which the director or executive officer, or any member of his or her immediate family, has a direct or indirect material interest. Our Board of Directors reviews such transactions to identify impairments to director independence and in connection with disclosure obligations under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. The Company has adopted a Policy for Review of Transactions between the Company and its Directors, Executive Officers and Other Related Persons (the “Policy”) for review of transactions between us (including our subsidiaries) and our directors, executive officers and other related persons. The transactions subject to the Policy include any transaction, arrangement or relationship (including charitable contributions and including any series of similar transaction, arrangements or relationships) with us in which any director, executive officer or other related person has a direct or indirect material interest except:

 

   

transactions available to all employees generally;

 

   

transactions involving less than $100,000 individually or when aggregated with all similar transactions;

 

   

transaction involving compensation or indemnification of executive officers and directors duly authorized by the appropriate Board committee;

 

   

transactions involving reimbursement for routine expenses in accordance with Company policy; and

 

   

purchases of any products on the same terms available to all employees generally.

Our General Counsel performs the initial review of all transactions subject to the Policy. Factors to be considered by the General Counsel in reviewing the transaction include:

 

   

whether the transaction is in conformity with the our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and is in the best interests of the company;

 

   

whether the transaction would be in the ordinary course of our business;

 

   

whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party;

 

   

the disclosure standards set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act or any similar provision; and

 

   

the effect, if any, on the status of any independent director.

After reviewing the terms of the proposed transaction and taking into account the factors set forth above, the General Counsel will either:

 

   

approve the transaction if it is to be entered into in the ordinary course of our business, is for an aggregate amount of $120,000 or less, does not involve a director or a shareholder owning in excess of 5 percent of our voting securities or a member of their immediate family, and is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party;

 

   

disallow the transaction if it is not in the best interests of the company; or

 

   

submit the transaction to the Audit Committee for its review and prior approval.

 

98


Table of Contents

At each regularly scheduled Audit Committee meeting, the General Counsel reports each known transaction to be entered into by us and to be considered by the Audit Committee, including the proposed aggregate value of each transaction and any other relevant information. After review, the Audit Committee determines whether to approve, ratify or disallow each such transaction in accordance with the Policy.

For purposes of the Policy, a “related person” is:

 

   

an executive officer, director or director nominee of the company;

 

   

a person who is an immediate family member (including a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, fathers and mothers-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, brothers and sisters-in-law, and anyone (other than members) who share such person’s home) of an executive officer, director or director nominee;

 

   

a shareholder owning in excess of 5 percent of our voting securities or an immediate family member of such 5 percent shareholder; or

 

   

an entity which is owned or controlled by a related person or an entity in which a related person has a substantial ownership interest.

On May 31, 2002, we loaned $97,500 to Clive Newman, our Vice President and Corporate Controller from May 2002 up to September 2007, in connection with the purchase of his home. The interest rate on the loan was 5.16% per annum, payable semi-monthly. The loan had a term of five years and matured on May 31, 2007, with no payments against principal due until that date. On October 26, 2007, Mr. Newman paid in full the outstanding principal amount and interest on the loan in the amount of $98,468.

Holdco is a party to buy-sell agreements with some of our employees, consultants or directors who also own shares of class A or class B common stock of Holdco. These buy-sell agreements were entered into in connection with our separation from SCJ in 1999. Under these buy-sell agreements, the holder has the right to sell to Holdco, and Holdco is required to purchase, shares of the holder’s class A or class B common stock at a formula price set forth in the agreements. This right may be exercised annually during the months of April, May, October and November. Under the agreements, Holdco has the option to purchase the holder’s shares upon termination of the holder’s employer-employee, director or consultant relationship with us. In addition, subject to specified exceptions, the holder has agreed that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of its shares without first offering those shares to Holdco. If Holdco does not exercise its right to purchase those shares within a 60-day period, the holder may transfer its shares to the proposed transferee on the same terms and price as set forth in its offer.

On December 20, 2007, we acquired a 50,000 square foot office building located on 12.80 acres of property from Willow Holdings, LLC for a purchase price of $5.8 million. The property, located at 1326 Willow Road, Mount Pleasant, Wisconsin, is adjacent to the Company’s headquarters and was formerly leased by us for use as the head office for our North America Region. Willow Holdings, LLC is a Wisconsin limited liability company with membership interests directly and indirectly controlled by Imogene P. Johnson. Imogene P. Johnson is the mother of the Company’s Chairman, Mr. Johnson.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, served as our principal accountants for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007. During those periods, we incurred the following fees for services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP:

Audit Fees. Audit fees represent fees for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and reviews of our quarterly financial statements, advice on accounting matters that arose during the audit and audit services provided in connection with other global statutory or regulatory filings. Audit fees and expenses were $7.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $4.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 28, 2007. The audit fees for 2008 includes $0.2 million of fees related to additional audit services performed relating to audits of 2007 and 2006 that were incurred and paid in 2008. The increase in audit fees in 2008 from 2007 is due to additional procedures performed related to the external audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

99


Table of Contents

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees represent fees for professional services rendered in connection with certain accounting consultations, employee benefit plan audits, and other accounting certifications. Audit-related fees were $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $0.4 million for the year ended December 28, 2007.

Tax Fees. Tax fees include fees for professional services rendered in connection with general tax advice, tax planning and tax compliance. Tax fees were $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $1.3 million for the year ended December 28, 2007.

All Other Fees. These fees include fees for all other professional services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP. All other fees were $7,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $6,000 for the year ended December 28, 2007.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has determined that the provision by Ernst & Young LLP of non-audit services to us in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, is compatible with maintaining the independence of Ernst & Young LLP. In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee approves in advance all audit and non-audit services to be rendered by Ernst & Young LLP. In determining whether to approve such services, the Audit Committee considers the following:

 

   

whether the services are performed principally for the Audit Committee;

 

   

the effect of the service, if any, on audit effectiveness or on the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting process;

 

   

whether the service would be performed by a specialist (e.g., technology specialist) who also provides audit support and whether that would hinder independence;

 

   

whether the service would be performed by audit personnel and, if so, whether it will enhance the knowledge of our business;

 

   

whether the role of those performing the service would be inconsistent with the auditor’s role (e.g., a role where neutrality, impartiality and auditor skepticism are likely to be subverted);

 

   

whether the audit firm’s personnel would be assuming a management role or creating a mutuality of interest with management;

 

   

whether the auditors would be in effect auditing their own numbers;

 

   

whether the audit firm has unique expertise in the service; and

 

   

the size of the fee(s) for the non-audit service(s).

During fiscal years 2008 and 2007, all professional services provided by Ernst & Young LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with our policies.

 

100


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K:

 

  (1) Financial Statements:

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1.

 

  (2) Financial Statement Schedules:

See Item 15(c) of this report.

 

  (3) Exhibits:

The exhibits required by Item 15 are listed in the Exhibit Index on page E-1.

INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PUSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT.

Other than this annual report filed on Form 10-K, no other annual reports or proxy soliciting materials have been or will be sent to our security holders.

 

101


Table of Contents
Item 15 (c) Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

JohnsonDiversey, Inc.

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Year
   Charges
to Costs
and
Expenses
   Charges
to Other
Accounts
(1)
    Deductions
(2)
    Balance at
End of
Year

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

            

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

   $ 25,646    $ 7,388    $ (4,570 )   $ (7,977 )   $ 20,487

Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2007

     30,648      4,642      3,123       (12,767 )     25,646

Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2006

     26,767      7,051      6,116       (9,286 )     30,648

Tax Valuation Allowance

            

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

     250,043      40,153      15,741       (32,307 )     273,630

Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2007

     204,668      70,020      (7,027 )     (17,618 )     250,043

Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2006

     251,831      37,839      (7,566 )     (77,436 )     204,668

 

(1) Includes the effects of changes in currency translation and business acquisitions
(2) Represents amounts written off from the allowance for doubtful accounts, net of recoveries, or the release of tax valuation allowances in jurisdictions where a change in facts and circumstances lead to the usage or a change in judgment relating to the usage of net operating loss or tax credit carryforwards.

 

102


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 27, 2009.

 

JohnsonDiversey, Inc.
By    

/s/ Joseph F. Smorada

  Joseph F. Smorada, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 27, 2009 by the following persons on the behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

     Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Edward F. Lonergan

     (Principal Executive Officer)
Edward F. Lonergan     
     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Joseph F. Smorada

     (Principal Financial Officer)
Joseph F. Smorada     
     Vice President, Corporate Controller

/s/ P. Todd Herndon

     (Principal Accounting Officer)
P. Todd Herndon     

/s/ S. Curtis Johnson III*

     Director and Chairman
S. Curtis Johnson III     

/s/ Todd C. Brown*

     Director
Todd C. Brown     

/s/ Irene M. Esteves*

     Director
Irene M. Esteves     

/s/ Robert M. Howe*

     Director
Robert M. Howe     

/s/ Helen Johnson-Leipold*

     Director
Helen Johnson-Leipold     

/s/ Clifton D. Louis*

     Director
Clifton D. Louis     

/s/ Neal R. Nottleson*

     Director
Neal R. Nottleson     

/s/ Reto Wittwer*

     Director
Reto Wittwer     

 

 

* Joseph F. Smorada, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this Form 10-K on behalf of each of the above-named officers and directors of JohnsonDiversey, Inc., pursuant to a power of attorney executed on behalf of each such officer and director.

 

By    

/s/ Joseph F. Smorada

  Joseph F. Smorada, Attorney-in-fact

 

103


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on July 31, 2002 (Reg. No. 333-97427)(the “JDI Form S-4”))
  3.2   Bylaws of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.20 to the JDI Form S-4)
  4.1   Indenture between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and each of the guarantors named therein and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee, dated as of May 3, 2002, relating to the $300,000,000 9.625% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the JDI Form S-4)
  4.2   Indenture between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and each of the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as of May 3, 2002, relating to the €225,000,000 9.625% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.2 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.1   Asset and Equity Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 1, 2006, by and among Johnson Polymer, LLC, JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. and BASF Aktiengesellschaft (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 11, 2006)
10.2   Purchase Agreement among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of November 20, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.3   First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of February 11, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.4   Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of April 5, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.5   Third Amendment to the Purchase Agreement by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of May 3, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.6   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2005, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., as borrower, JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., the lenders and issuers party thereto, as lenders, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., General Electric Capital Corporation and National City Bank of the Midwest, each as a co-documentation agent, and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., as sole arranger and book runner (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on December 19, 2005)
10.7   Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2007 among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., as borrower, JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, on behalf each Lender executing a Lender Consent (amends the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2005) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on August 9, 2007)*
10.8   Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2005, by JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a/, Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.) and each of the other entities on the signature pages thereof in favor of Citicorp, USA, Inc. as administrative agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on December 19, 2005)

 

E-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

10.9   Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002, by JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.) and the other loan parties signatories thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.10   Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and JohnsonDiversey, Inc., dated as of May 3, 2002, with respect to, among other things, the housemarks (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.11   Technology Disclosure and License Agreement among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.) dated as of May 3, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.12   Omnibus Amendment of Leases among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.) and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.), dated November 20, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.13   Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) for Waxdale Building 65, 8311 16th Street, Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin, dated July 3, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.14   Real Estate and Equipment Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) for Waxdale Buildings 59 and 63, 8311 16th Street, Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin, dated July 3, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.15   Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.) for Waxdale Buildings 52, 53, 54, 66, 66A, 71 & 72, 8311 16th Street, Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin, dated July 3, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.16 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.16   Lease Amendment, Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of May 1, 2006 by and among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 11, 2006)
10.17   Lease Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of May 1, 2006 by and among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 11, 2006)
10.18   Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of December 10, 2008 between JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., as Originator and JWPR Corporation, as Buyer
10.19   Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of December 10, 2008 between JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., as Originator and JWPR Corporation, as Buyer
10.20   Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10, 2008 among JWPR Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, the Commercial Paper Conduits From Time To Time Party Hereto, as Conduits, Certain Financial Institutions Party Hereto, and The Bank Of Nova Scotia, as a Managing Agent and as the Agent
10.21   Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 10, 2008, to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 3, 2002, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (f/k/a S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.), Johnson Polymer, LLC, The Butcher Company, JohnsonDiversey UK Limited, JohnsonDiversey SpA, JWPR Corporation, JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., The Bank of Nova Scotia, as the Receivables Agent, each of the Purchasers, and Citicorp USA, Inc. as the Senior Credit Agent
10.22   Receivables Offer Deed, dated as of 24 October, 2003 between JohnsonDiversey UK Ltd., as originator, and JWPR Corporation, as buyer (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.29 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)
10.23   Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Offer Deed, dated as of 24 October, 2003, between JohnsonDiversey UK Ltd, as originator, and JWPR Corporation, as buyer (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)

 

E-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

10.24   Deed of Trust and Charge, dated as of 19 January, 2007 between JohnsonDiversey UK Ltd., as originator, JWPR Corporation, as buyer, and Bank of Nova Scotia, as financial institution and agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)
10.25   Stock Purchase Agreement by and among JWP Investments, Inc., Sorex Holdings, Ltd. and Whitmire Holdings Inc. dated as of June 9, 2004 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on June 25, 2004)
10.26   Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment No. 2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 21, 2002 (Reg. No. 333-97247))**
10.27   Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and S. Curtis Johnson, dated December 6, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.30 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.28   Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Edward F. Lonergan, dated September 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2008)**
10.29   Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Joseph F. Smorada, dated September 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2008)**
10.30   Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Scott D. Russell, dated September15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2008)**
10.31   Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Pedro Chidichimo, dated September15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2008)**
10.32   Form of Level I Employment Agreement provided to certain executive officers of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 6, 2008)**
10.33   Form of Level II Employment Agreement provided to certain officers of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 6, 2008)**
10.34   Form of Level III Employment Agreement provided to certain officers of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 6, 2008)**
10.35   Separation and Release Agreements between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Thomas Gartland, dated April 1, 2008, and April 30, 2008, respectively. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 8, 2008)**
10.36   Separation and Release Agreements between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Edward J. Kennedy, both dated November 17, 2008**
10.37   Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and David S. Andersen, dated November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.36 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.38   Retirement Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and JoAnne Brandes, dated as of January 25, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.47 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)**

 

E-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

10.39   Termination Agreement dated as of May 1, 2006 by and between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 11, 2006)
10.40   Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of May 1, 2006 by and among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 11, 2006)
10.41   First Amendment to Asset and Equity Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, by and among Johnson Polymer, LLC, JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. and BASF Aktiengesellschaft (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2006, File No. 333-97427)
10.42   Amended and Restated Performance Bonus Opportunity Plan for Key Executives and Officers (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.54 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)**
10.43   Restructuring Incentive Plan, Effective as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.55 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)**
10.44   Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan, Effective as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.56 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)**
10.45   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.32 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.46   Profit Sharing Plan, Effective as of January 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.57 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007)**
10.47   Separation Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Sanjib Choudhuri, dated May 4, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on August 9, 2007)**
10.48   Umbrella Agreement in Respect of Professional Products among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. dated as of October 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007)*
10.49   Form of Amended and Restated Master Sales Agency Agreement among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and JohnsonDiversey, Inc (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007)*
10.50   Form of Master Sub-License Agreement in Respect of Professional Products among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and JohnsonDiversey, Inc (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007)*
10.51   Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. and Marga B.V., dated as of December 19, 2008
14.1   JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Finance Officers Ethics Policy (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on April 3, 2003)
21.1   Subsidiaries of JohnsonDiversey, Inc.
24.1   Power of Attorney
31.1   Principal Executive Officer’s Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2   Principal Financial Officer’s Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2

 

* Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted material has been filed separately with the SEC.
** Management contract or compensatory plan.

 

E-4


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December  28, 2007 and December 29, 2006

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December  28, 2007 and December 29, 2006

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December  28, 2007 and December 29, 2006

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – December 31, 2008

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of JohnsonDiversey, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(c). These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 17 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the measurement provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) in 2008 and the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 in 2007. As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes in 2007.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Chicago, Illinois

March 27, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of JohnsonDiversey, Inc.

We have audited JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). JohnsonDiversey, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, JohnsonDiversey, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 27, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Chicago, Illinois

March 27, 2009

 

F-3


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107,818     $ 97,071  

Restricted cash

     49,463       —    

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $20,487 and $25,646, respectively

     553,170       604,755  

Accounts receivable – related parties

     17,920       32,078  

Inventories

     255,330       279,175  

Deferred income taxes

     29,114       24,597  

Other current assets

     136,062       135,699  

Current assets of discontinued operations

     1,746       15,344  
                

Total current assets

     1,150,623       1,188,719  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     412,022       442,434  

Capitalized software, net

     43,864       36,556  

Goodwill

     1,208,686       1,269,830  

Other intangibles, net

     231,590       291,112  

Long-term receivables – related parties

     79,808       78,954  

Other assets

     64,918       89,074  

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

     5,681       39,850  
                

Total assets

   $ 3,197,192     $ 3,436,529  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Short-term borrowings

   $ 26,448     $ 18,898  

Current portion of long-term debt

     19,805       13,181  

Accounts payable

     359,036       353,435  

Accounts payable – related parties

     28,491       51,927  

Accrued expenses

     454,828       479,085  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     3,746       14,760  
                

Total current liabilities

     892,354       931,286  

Pension and other post-retirement benefits

     294,086       233,677  

Long-term borrowings

     1,035,573       1,069,451  

Long-term payables – related parties

     28,870       31,101  

Deferred income taxes

     86,489       92,176  

Other liabilities

     139,127       118,655  

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

     6,197       1,916  
                

Total liabilities

     2,482,696       2,478,262  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock – $1.00 par value; 200,000 shares authorized; 24,422 shares issued and outstanding

     24       24  

Class A 8% cumulative preferred stock – $100.00 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Class B 8% cumulative preferred stock – $100.00 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Capital in excess of par value

     744,098       743,698  

Retained deficit

     (138,372 )     (80,933 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     108,746       295,478  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     714,496       958,267  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,197,192     $ 3,436,529  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Net sales:

      

Net product and service sales

   $ 3,280,857     $ 2,949,812     $ 2,753,752  

Sales agency fee income

     35,020       91,928       85,516  
                        
     3,315,877       3,041,740       2,839,268  

Cost of sales

     1,990,082       1,764,224       1,666,817  
                        

Gross profit

     1,325,795       1,277,516       1,172,451  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,067,732       1,117,702       1,123,880  

Research and development expenses

     67,077       65,539       58,112  

Restructuring expenses

     57,291       27,165       114,787  
                        

Operating profit (loss)

     133,695       67,110       (124,328 )

Other (income) expense :

      

Interest expense

     105,400       106,602       120,578  

Interest income

     (7,680 )     (10,043 )     (12,995 )

Other (income) expense, net

     5,671       (787 )     5,232  
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     30,304       (28,662 )     (237,143 )

Income tax (benefit) provision

     57,531       65,846       (92,994 )
                        

Loss from continuing operations before minority interests

     (27,227 )     (94,508 )     (144,149 )

Minority interests in net income of subsidiaries

     —         —         25  
                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (27,227 )     (94,508 )     (144,174 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $6,224, $2,965 and $133,604

     15,465       7,877       262,456  
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (11,762 )   $ (86,631 )   $ 118,282  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(dollars in thousands)

 

    Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
    Common
Stock
  Capital
in
Excess
of Par
Value
  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
    Notes
Receivable
from
Management
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance, December 30, 2005

    $ 24   $ 742,790   $ (91,551 )   $ 77,775     $ (860 )   $ 728,178  

Comprehensive income (loss) –

             

Net income

  $ 118,282       —       —       118,282       —         —         118,282  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    77,844       —       —       —         77,844       —         77,844  

Unrealized losses on derivatives, net of tax

    (212 )     —       —       —         (212 )     —         (212 )

Adjustment to minimum pension liability, net of tax

    19,447       —       —       —         19,447       —         19,447  
                   

Total comprehensive income

  $ 215,361              
                   

Capital contributions

      —       393     —         —         —         393  

Dividends declared

      —       —       (121 )     —         —         (121 )

Principal payments on notes receivable from management

      —       —       —         —         860       860  
                                             

Balance, December 29, 2006

    $ 24   $ 743,183   $ 26,610     $ 174,854     $ —       $ 944,671  

Comprehensive income (loss) –

             

Net loss

  $ (86,631 )     —       —       (86,631 )     —         —         (86,631 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    132,248       —       —       —         132,248       —         132,248  

Unrealized losses on derivatives, net of tax

    (1,924 )     —       —       —         (1,924 )     —         (1,924 )

Adjustment to minimum pension liability, net of tax

    36,400       —       —       —         36,400       —         36,400  
                   

Total comprehensive income

  $ 80,093              
                   

Capital contributions

      —       515     —         —         —         515  

Dividends declared

      —       —       (21,754 )     —         —         (21,754 )

FIN 48 opening balance sheet adjustment

      —       —       842       —         —         842  

Adjustment to adopt SFAS No. 158, net of tax of ($1,270)

      —       —       —         (46,100 )     —         (46,100 )
                                             

Balance, December 28, 2007

    $ 24   $ 743,698   $ (80,933 )   $ 295,478     $ —       $ 958,267  

Comprehensive income (loss) –

             

Net loss

  $ (11,762 )     —       —       (11,762 )     —         —         (11,762 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    (107,062 )     —       —       —         (107,062 )     —         (107,062 )

Unrealized losses on derivatives, net of tax

    (2,554 )     —       —       —         (2,554 )     —         (2,554 )

Adjustment to reflect funded status of pension plans, net of tax

    (75,172 )     —       —       —         (75,172 )     —         (75,172 )
                   

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (196,550 )            
                   

Capital contributions

      —       400     —         —         —         400  

Dividends declared

      —       —       (43,435 )     —         —         (43,435 )

Adjustment for SFAS No. 158 – remeasurement date

      —       —       (2,242 )     (1,944 )     —         (4,186 )
                                             

Balance, December 31, 2008

    $ 24   $ 744,098   $ (138,372 )   $ 108,746     $ —       $ 714,496  
                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (11,762 )   $ (86,631 )   $ 118,282  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities –

      

Depreciation and amortization

     104,277       128,981       148,016  

Amortization of intangibles

     23,959       27,765       50,394  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     4,984       4,747       5,848  

Interest accrued on long-term receivables- related parties

     (2,749 )     (2,583 )     (2,464 )

Deferred income taxes

     (6,058 )     41,618       (10,395 )

(Gain) loss on disposal of discontinued operations

     (10,471 )     84       (236,527 )

(Gain) loss from divestitures

     (1,282 )     454       1,553  

(Gain) loss on property, plant and equipment disposals

     736       (4,218 )     581  

Compensation costs associated with a former long-term incentive plan

     400       515       393  

Other

     6,030       15,825       12,896  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures of businesses

      

Restricted cash

     (49,463 )     —         —    

Accounts receivable securitization

     (10,200 )     (10,400 )     (47,000 )

Accounts receivable

     21,875       (38,687 )     (21,955 )

Inventories

     (2,430 )     (7,118 )     (9,056 )

Other current assets

     (13,364 )     (5,727 )     19,839  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (13,208 )     (4,697 )     (23,974 )

Other assets

     13,689       (18,540 )     13,415  

Other liabilities

     (5,766 )     (8,092 )     (26,338 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     49,197       33,296       (6,492 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

     (98,015 )     (103,075 )     (85,581 )

Expenditures for capitalized computer software

     (23,196 )     (8,084 )     (7,800 )

Proceeds from property, plant and equipment disposals

     3,048       11,083       6,207  

Acquisitions of businesses and other intangibles

     (7,584 )     (4,081 )     (11,600 )

Net proceeds from divestiture of businesses

     127,564       1,795       489,602  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,817       (102,362 )     390,828  

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     10,985       (20,702 )     (9,858 )

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     —         —         100,000  

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (13,820 )     (13,016 )     (433,564 )

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (123 )     (500 )     —    

Dividends paid

     (43,352 )     (21,754 )     (49 )
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (46,310 )     (55,972 )     (343,471 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     6,043       13,796       5,434  
                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     10,747       (111,242 )     46,299  

Beginning balance

     97,071       208,313       162,014  
                        

Ending balance

   $ 107,818     $ 97,071     $ 208,313  
                        

Supplemental cash flows information

      

Cash paid during the year:

      

Interest

   $ 92,912     $ 93,415     $ 109,960  

Income taxes

     39,568       30,321       41,722  

Non-cash financing activities:

      

Contribution from JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. associated with a former long-term incentive plan

   $ 400     $ 515     $ 393  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

(currencies in thousands)

 

(1) Description of the Company

JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading global marketer and manufacturer of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency and appearance enhancing products and equipment, and related services for the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market.

Prior to November 5, 1999, the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (“SCJ”). On November 5, 1999, ownership of the Company, including all of its assets and liabilities, was spun-off in a tax-free reorganization. In connection with the spin-off, Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. (“Holdco”) obtained substantially all of the shares of the Company from SCJ.

Prior to May 3, 2002, Holdco contributed its shares in the Company to Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco.

On May 3, 2002, the Company acquired the DiverseyLever business from Conopco, Inc., a subsidiary of Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC (together, “Unilever”). At the closing of the acquisition, the Company changed its name to JohnsonDiversey, Inc., and Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc. changed its name to JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”). In connection with the acquisition, Unilever acquired a 33 1/3% interest in Holdings, with the remaining 66 2/3% continuing to be held by Holdco.

The Company’s financial results for 2006 include the discontinued operations of the former Polymer Business segment; a global marketer and manufacturer of polymer intermediates, which was divested on June 30, 2006 (see Note 6).

Except where noted, the consolidated financial statements and related notes, excluding the consolidated statements of cash flows, reflect the results of continuing operations, which exclude the divestiture of DuBois Chemicals (“DuBois”), the Chemical Methods Associates subsidiary (“CMA”), the former Polymer Business segment and Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc. (“Whitmire”) (see Note 6).

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its majority owned and controlled subsidiaries and are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Year-End

Beginning with fiscal year 2008, the Company changed its fiscal year end date from the Friday nearest December 31 to December 31.

Operations included 52 weeks and five days in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and 52 weeks in the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when all the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or ownership has transferred to the customer; the price to the customer is fixed and determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations net of taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

In arriving at net sales, we estimate the amounts of sales deductions likely to be earned by customers in conjunction with incentive programs such as volume rebates and other discounts. Such estimates are based on written agreements and historical trends and are reviewed periodically for possible revision based on changes in facts and circumstances.

On May 3, 2002, the Company acquired the DiverseyLever business. The Company did not acquire the Unilever consumer branded business of DiverseyLever. Prior to the acquisition, Unilever’s consumer brand products were sold, directly or indirectly, by DiverseyLever to institutional and industrial end users. In connection with the acquisition, the Company entered into a sales agency agreement with Unilever relating to these products. In October 2007, the Company and Unilever agreed on a new arrangement, replacing the previous sales agency agreement (see Note 3).

Customer Rebates and Discounts

Rebates and discounts granted to customers are accounted for on an accrual basis as a reduction in net sales in the period in which the related sales are recognized.

Volume rebates are generally supported by customer contracts, which typically extend from one- to five-year periods. In the case where rebate rates are not contractually fixed, the rates used in the calculation of accruals are estimated based on forecasted annual volumes.

Accrued customer rebates and discounts, which are included within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets, were $106,057 and $122,466 at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes material costs, packaging costs, production costs, distribution costs, including shipping and handling costs, and other factory overhead costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling expenses include advertising and promotion costs, marketing and sales overhead costs. General and administrative expenses include other administrative and general overhead costs.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expense was $2,412, $1,687 and $1,640 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. The cost of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investments.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents cash transferred to separate irrevocable trusts for the settlement of certain obligations associated with the November 2005 Restructuring Program (see Note 14).

Accounts Receivable

The Company does not require collateral on sales and evaluates the collectibility of its accounts receivable based on a number of factors. For accounts substantially past due, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on a customer’s ability and

 

F-9


Table of Contents

likelihood to pay based on management’s review of the facts. In addition, the Company considers the need for allowance based on the length of time receivables are past due compared to its historical experience. The Company writes off accounts receivable when the Company determines that the accounts receivable are uncollectible, typically upon customer bankruptcy or the customer’s non-response to continuous collection efforts.

Inventories

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. As of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, the cost of certain domestic inventories determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method was $23,861 and $27,658, respectively. This represented 9.2% and 9.8% of total inventories, respectively. For the balance of the Company’s inventories, cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. If the FIFO method of accounting had been used for all inventories, they would have been $3,681 and $4,043 higher than reported at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively. The components of inventory are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007

Raw materials and containers

   $ 57,832    $ 69,810

Finished goods

     197,498      209,365
             

Total inventories

   $ 255,330    $ 279,175
             

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Major replacements and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which typically range from 20-40 years for buildings, 5-10 years for machinery and equipment, and 5-20 years for improvements.

When properties are disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss on disposition is typically reflected in selling, general and administrative expense.

Capitalized Software

The Company capitalizes both internal and external costs to develop computer software for internal use. These costs are accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” SOP 98-1 permits the capitalization of certain costs, including internal payroll costs, incurred in connection with the development or acquisition of software for internal use. Accordingly, certain costs of this internal-use software are capitalized beginning at the software application development phase.

Capitalized software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over fair value of identifiable net assets acquired from business acquisitions. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances. The Company conducts its annual impairment test for goodwill at the beginning of the fourth quarter. Based on the Company’s business approach to decision-making, planning and resource allocation, the Company has determined that it has five reporting units for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment, which is aligned with its five geographic segments. Goodwill balances are typically recorded at the reporting unit level; however, where applicable, balances may be allocated in proportion to the goodwill balances recorded at the reporting unit level.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company uses a two-step process to test goodwill for impairment. First, the reporting unit’s fair value is compared to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. If a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired, and the second step of the impairment test would be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is used to measure the amount of the potential impairment loss. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference if the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill.

The Company performed the required annual impairment test for fiscal years 2008 and 2007 and found no impairment of goodwill. There can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

Other Intangibles

SFAS No. 142 requires purchased intangible assets other than goodwill to be amortized over their useful lives unless those lives are determined to be indefinite. Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Definite-lived intangible assets, which primarily include customer lists, contractual arrangements, trademarks, patents and licenses, have been assigned an estimated finite life and are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 1 to 37 years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, which primarily include trademarks, are evaluated annually for impairment and between annual tests in certain circumstances.

The Company tests the carrying value of other intangible assets with indefinite lives by comparing the fair value of the intangible assets to the carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a relief of royalty approach, a discounted cash flow methodology.

The Company conducts its annual impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets at the beginning of the fourth quarter. The Company performed required impairment tests for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, recording charges $0, $179 and $183, respectively, to selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. None of the charges related to restructuring activities. There can be no assurance that future indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment. In fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded impairment charges of $6,347, $12,774 and $41,772, respectively, which are recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. In fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, all impairment charges were associated with the Company’s restructuring activities and are summarized as follows:

 

Impaired Asset Type

   Amount
of loss
   Business segment    Method for determing fair value

Fiscal Year 2008

        

Land and building

   $ 2,617    Japan    Market price

Land, building and fixed assets

     2,521    Europe    Market price

Other long-lived assets

     1,209      
            
   $ 6,347      
            

Fiscal Year 2007

        

Manufacturing facility and equipment

   $ 3,454    Europe    Market price

Capitalized software

     2,745    Corporate    Market price

Fixed assets

     1,603    Corporate    Market price

Manufacturing facility and equipment

     1,462    Japan    Market price

Customer list and non-compete intangible

     1,308    North America    Market price

Land and building

     1,128    North America    Market price

Other long-lived assets

     1,074      
            
   $ 12,774      
            

Fiscal Year 2006

        

Customer list intangible

   $ 20,563    North America    Discounted cash flows

Dosing equipment

     7,703    North America    Market price

Manufacturing facility

     5,927    North America    Market price

Manufacturing facility

     3,814    Europe    Discounted cash flows

Other long-lived assets

     3,765      
            
   $ 41,772      
            

Accrued Employee-Related Expenses

The Company accrues employee costs relating to payroll, payroll taxes, vacation, bonuses and incentives when earned. Such accruals were $157,487 and $177,065 as of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively.

Environmental Remediation Costs

The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable. The accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available or circumstances change.

Foreign Currency Translations and Transactions

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Accordingly, balance sheet accounts are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the respective balance sheet dates and income statement amounts are translated using the monthly weighted-average exchange rates for the periods presented. The aggregate effects of the resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (see Note 24).

Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are generally recorded as a component of other (income) expense, net (see Note 15).

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payments” (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R replaces SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends FASB Statement No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows” (“SFAS No. 95”). Generally, the approach under SFAS No. 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123R using the modified prospective transition method and recorded additional compensation expense of $628 during the year ended December 29, 2006. Compensation expense relating to share options is calculated using a binomial lattice methodology over a four-year vesting period.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage foreign currency exposures. Derivative financial instruments are entered into for periods consistent with the related underlying exposures and do not represent positions independent of those exposures. The Company does not enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for speculative purposes. The contracts are entered into with major financial institutions with no credit loss anticipated for the failure of counterparties to perform.

The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in the consolidated statements of operations or in stockholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income or loss depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations along with the portions of the changes in the fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risks. Changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in other comprehensive income or loss, net of deferred taxes. Hedge ineffectiveness to the extent that elements of the hedges are ineffective will be reported in the consolidated statement of operations. Hedge ineffectiveness was insignificant for all periods reported. Changes in fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in the consolidated statements of operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets, as an amendment to SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), to require additional disclosures about assets held in an employer’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans. FSP 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the effects that FSP 132(R)-1 may have on its financial statements.

In November 2008, the SEC issued a proposed roadmap regarding the potential use of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) for the preparation of financial statements by U.S. registrants. IFRS are standards and interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board. Under the proposed roadmap, the Company would be required to prepare financial statements in accordance with IFRS in fiscal 2016, including comparative information also prepared under IFRS for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015. The SEC is expected to make a determination in 2011 regarding the mandatory adoption of IFRS. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of IFRS on its financial statements, including early adoption of IFRS, and will continue to review developments with respect to the proposed roadmap.

In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“the FASB”) issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 provides a framework for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP for nongovernmental entities. SFAS No. 162 will be effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The adoption of SFAS No. 162 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 142-3, “Determining the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP No. 142-3”). FSP No. 142-3 amends the factors to be considered in determining the useful life of intangible assets. Its intent is to improve the consistency between the useful life of an intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure its fair value by allowing an entity to consider its own historical experience in renewing or extending the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. FSP No. 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, which for the Company is its fiscal year 2009. The adoption of FSP No. 142-3 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 requires companies to provide enhanced disclosures about the objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative data about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative contracts, and details of credit-risk-related contingent features in their hedged positions. The statement also requires companies to disclose more information about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in financial statements, how derivatives and related hedges are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and how the hedges affect the entity’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, which for the Company is its fiscal year 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”), which replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS No. 141(R) retains the underlying concepts of SFAS No. 141 in that all business combinations are still required to be accounted for at fair value under the acquisition method of accounting, but SFAS No. 141(R) changed the method of applying the acquisition method in a number of significant aspects. Acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred; noncontrolling interests will be valued at fair value at the acquisition date; in-process research and development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date; restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect income tax expense. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. SFAS No. 141(R) amends SFAS No. 109 such that adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 141(R) would also apply the provisions of SFAS No. 141(R). Early adoption is not permitted. The provisions of SFAS No. 141(R) are effective for the fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which for the Company is fiscal year 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“SFAS No. 160”), an amendment of ARB No. 51. SFAS No. 160 requires that ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, and the amount of consolidated net income, be clearly identified, labeled, and presented in the consolidated financial statements within equity, but separate from the parent’s equity. It also requires once a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary be initially measured at fair value. Sufficient disclosures are required to clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. The provisions of SFAS No. 160 are effective for the fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which for the Company is fiscal year 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 is intended to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. It also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements

 

F-14


Table of Contents

designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The statement does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value, and it does not establish requirements for recognizing dividend income, interest income or interest expense. It also does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards. The Company adopted SFAS No. 159 at the beginning fiscal year of 2008; however, the Company has not elected to change the measurement attributes for any of the permitted items to fair value upon adoption. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 has not had a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Relative to SFAS No. 157, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-2, which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one year for certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. As required, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008 for financial assets and liabilities and for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are remeasured at least annually, the provisions of which have not had a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 as it pertains to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in fiscal 2009 (see Note 20).

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132 (R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its consolidated balance sheets and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. SFAS No. 158 does not change the amount of net periodic benefit cost included in net earnings. The Company adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS No. 158 effective December 28, 2007.

SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement of defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end consolidated balance sheets (with limited exceptions). The Company adopted such provisions at the beginning of fiscal year 2008, resulting in a net increase in pension and other post-employment liabilities of $4,090, of which, $2,146 was offset to retained earnings and $1,944 was offset to accumulated other comprehensive income.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return (see Note 16).

 

(3) Master Sales Agency Terminations and Umbrella Agreement

In connection with the May 2002 acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company entered into a master sales agency agreement (the “Sales Agency Agreement”) with Unilever, whereby the Company acts as an exclusive sales agent in the sale of Unilever’s consumer brand products to various institutional and industrial end-users. At acquisition, the Company assigned an intangible value to the Sales Agency Agreement of $13,000, which was fully amortized at May 2007.

An agency fee is paid by Unilever to the Company in exchange for its sales agency services. An additional fee was payable by Unilever to the Company in the event that conditions for full or partial termination of the Sales Agency Agreement were met. At various times during the life of the Sales Agency Agreement, the Company elected, and Unilever agreed, to partially terminate the Sales Agency Agreement in several territories resulting in payment by Unilever to the Company of additional fees, which were recognized in the consolidated statement of operations over the life of the Sales Agency Agreement. In association with the partial terminations, the Company recognized sales agency fee income of $743, $3,239 and $1,101 during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

In October 2007, the Company and Unilever agreed on the Umbrella Agreement (the “Umbrella Agreement”), to replace the previous Sales Agency Agreement, which includes; (i) a new agency agreement with terms similar to the previous Sales Agency Agreement, covering Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil, and (ii) a Master Sub-License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) under which Unilever has agreed to grant 31 of the Company’s subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. The entities covered by the License Agreement have also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute Unilever’s consumer branded products. Except for some transitional arrangements in certain countries, the Umbrella Agreement became effective January 1, 2008, and, unless otherwise terminated or extended, will expire on December 31, 2017.

Under the License Agreement, the Company recorded net product and service sales of $151,335 during fiscal year 2008.

 

(4) Acquisitions

In June 2008, the Company purchased certain intangible assets relating to a cleaning technology for an aggregate purchase price of $8,020. The purchase price includes a $1,000 non-refundable deposit made in July 2007; $5,020 paid at closing; and $2,000 of future payments that are contingent upon, among other things, achieving commercial production. Assets acquired include primarily intangible assets, consisting of trademarks, patents, technological know-how, customer relationships and a non-compete agreement. The Company paid the sellers $1,000 in both September 2008 and December 2008 having met certain contingent requirements.

In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company and the sellers entered into a consulting agreement, under which the Company is required to pay to the sellers $1,000 in fiscal 2009 and $1,000 in fiscal 2010, subject to certain conditions.

In addition to the purchase price discussed above, the Company previously maintained an intangible asset in its consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $4,700, representing a payment from the Company to the sellers in a previous period in exchange for an exclusive distribution license agreement relating to this technology. This distribution agreement was terminated as a result of the acquisition and the value of this asset is considered in the final allocation of purchase price.

At December 31, 2008, the Company’s completed allocation of purchase price is as follows:

 

     Fair Value    Useful Life

Trademarks

   $ 540    Indefinite

Patents

     40    18 years

Technological know-how

     11,490    20 years

Customer relationships

     50    10 years

Non-compete

     600    10 years

In March 2007, the Company purchased an additional 6% interest in a North American business that provides purchasing and category management tools to certain of the Company’s end-users for $2,550. The Company previously held 9% of the outstanding shares. The transaction is not considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2006, the Company purchased the remaining 15% of the outstanding shares of Shanghai JohnsonDiversey, Ltd., the Company’s Chinese operating entity, for $3,516. The Company previously held 85% of the outstanding shares and included the holding in its consolidated financial results. Goodwill recorded with respect to the transaction was $2,572. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with step acquisition rules.

 

(5) Divestitures

Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and Branch Operations

In December 2007, in conjunction with its November 2005 Plan (see Note 14), the Company executed a sales agreement for its Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and substantially all of its remaining Auto-Chlor branch operations in North America, a business that marketed and sold low-energy dishwashing systems, kitchen chemicals, laundry and housekeeping products and services to foodservice, lodging, healthcare, and institutional customers, for $69,800.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The sales agreement was subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors and Unilever consent, both of which the Company considered necessary in order to meet “held for sale” criteria under SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for Asset Impairment.” Accordingly, these assets were classified as “held and used” as of December 28, 2007. The Company obtained approval from its Board of Directors and consent from Unilever in January 2008.

The transaction closed on February 29, 2008, resulting in a net book gain of approximately $1,292 after taxes and related costs. The gain associated with these divestiture activities is included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The gain is subject to additional post-closing adjustments including evaluation of potential pension-related settlement changes.

As of the divestiture date, net assets were as follows:

 

Inventories

   $ 8,343

Property, plant and equipment, net

     11,439

Goodwill, allocated

     12,745

Other intangibles, net

     32,517
      

Net assets divested

   $ 65,044
      

Net sales associated with these businesses were approximately $9,882, $62,977 and $50,702 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Auto-Chlor Branch Operations

In August 2007, in conjunction with its November 2005 Plan, the Company divested certain of its Auto-Chlor branch operations in the eastern United States for $2,450, resulting in a gain of $549 after taxes and related costs. The gain is included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Net sales associated with this business were approximately $3,370 and $5,451 for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

In October 2006, in conjunction with its November 2005 Plan, the Company divested its Auto-Chlor branch operation in the southern United States for $8,987, resulting in a net loss of $2,723 ($1,770 after tax). The net loss is included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Net sales associated with this business were approximately $16,700 for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006.

Commercial Laundry Operations

In September 2005, the Company sold or agreed to sell its European commercial laundry operations in a two-phase transaction. In phase 1, which closed in September 2005, the Company sold its related operations in seven countries for $14,758, which includes a reduction of $1,043 for certain pension-related purchase price adjustments, resulting in a realized gain of $1,181 ($426 after tax loss). Net assets sold include an allocation of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets of $5,725 and $1,838, respectively. In phase 2, the Company agreed to sell related operations in six additional countries for approximately $8,651, which includes a reduction of $465 for certain pension-related purchase price adjustments. In December 2006, phase 2 was completed, with the Company receiving proceeds of $9,670 which includes a reduction of $191 for certain pension-related and other purchase price adjustments, resulting in an additional net loss of $276 ($100 after tax).

These divestiture activities did not qualify for reporting as discontinued operations and therefore the related gains and losses are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
(6) Discontinued Operations

DuBois Chemicals

On September 26, 2008, the Company and JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, sold substantially all of the assets of DuBois Chemicals (“DuBois”) to DuBois Chemicals, Inc. and DuBois Chemicals Canada, Inc., subsidiaries of The Riverside Company (collectively, “Riverside”), for approximately $69,700, of which, $5,000 was escrowed subject to meeting certain fiscal year 2009 performance measures and $1,000 was escrowed subject to resolution of certain environmental representations by the Company. The purchase price is also subject to certain post-closing adjustments that are based on net working capital targets. The Company and Riverside are expected to finalize the performance related adjustments during the second quarter of 2010 and all other adjustments during the first quarter of 2009.

DuBois is a North American-based manufacturer and marketer of specialty chemicals, control systems and related services primarily for use by industrial manufacturers. DuBois was a non-core asset of the Company and a component of the North American business segment. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately $14,774 ($10,696 after tax), net of related costs.

The following summarizes the carrying amount of assets and liabilities of DuBois immediately preceding divestiture:

 

     September 26, 2008

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $72

   $ 13,232

Inventories

     7,204

Other current assets

     139
      

Current assets

   $ 20,575
      

Non current assets:

  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 11,014

Goodwill

     9,749

Other intangibles, net

     9,906
      

Non current assets

   $ 30,669
      

LIABILITIES

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 2,464

Accrued expenses

     2,716
      

Current liabilities

   $ 5,180
      

Net sales from discontinued operations relating to DuBois were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
     December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007    December 29, 2006

Net sales 1

   $ 72,134    $ 121,729    $ 137,747
                    
 
 

1

Includes intercompany sales of $7,193, $33,421 and $48,762 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Income from discontinued operations relating to DuBois was comprised of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ 6,630     $ 10,943     $ 15,242  

Taxes on discontinued operations

     (1,912 )     (4,191 )     (5,909 )

Gain on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     14,774       —         —    

Taxes on gain from sale of discontinued operations

     (4,078 )     —         —    
                        

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 15,414     $ 6,752     $ 9,333  
                        

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The asset purchase agreement, relating to the DuBois disposition, refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a distribution agreement and supply agreement, each of which is not considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial results.

On December 19, 2008, in association with the divestiture, the Stockholders’ Agreement was amended and restated to, among other things, adjust the buyout formula relating to Marga B.V.’s shares in the Company to require an incremental payment of $27,033 (of which $6,367 is interest bearing and payable from put execution date) at the time of Marga B.V.’s exit.

Chemical Methods Associates

On September 30, 2006, in connection with the November 2005 Plan (see Note 14), the Company sold its equity interest in Chemical Methods Associates (“CMA”) to Ali SpA, an Italy-based manufacturer of equipment for the food service industry, for $17,000. The purchase price was subject to various post-closing adjustments, principally with regard to changes in working capital. In December 2006, the Company recorded additional purchase price of approximately $300 based on its preliminary assessment of closing working capital. The sale resulted in a gain of $2,322 ($497 after tax), net of related costs. CMA was a non-core asset of the Company and a component of the North America business segment.

During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007, the Company finalized and collected the closing working capital adjustment and recorded additional closing costs, resulting in a reduction to the gain of $262 ($300 after tax).

Net sales from discontinued operations relating to CMA, excluding sales to the Company, were $16,905 during the twelve months ended December 29, 2006.

Income from discontinued operations relating relating to CMA was comprised of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ —       $ 2,826  

Taxes on income from discontinued operations

     —         (986 )

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     (262 )     2,322  

Taxes on gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations

     (38 )     (1,825 )
                

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (300 )   $ 2,337  
                

Polymer Business

On June 30, 2006, Johnson Polymer, LLC (“Johnson Polymer”) and JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. (“Holdings II”), an indirectly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of Johnson Polymer, certain of the equity interests in, or assets of, certain Johnson Polymer subsidiaries and all of the equity interests owned by Holdings II in Johnson Polymer B.V. (collectively, the “Polymer Business”) to BASF Aktiengesellschaft (“BASF”) for approximately $470,000 plus an additional $8,119 in connection with the parties’ estimate of purchase price adjustments that are based upon the closing net asset value of the Polymer Business. Further, BASF paid the Company $1,500 for the option to extend the tolling agreement (described below) by up to six months. In December 2006, the Company and BASF finalized purchase price adjustments related to the net asset value and the Company received an additional $4,062.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The Polymer Business developed, manufactured, and sold specialty polymers for use in the industrial print and packaging industry, industrial paint and coatings industry, and industrial plastics industry. The Polymer Business was a non-core asset of the Company and had been reported as a separate business segment. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately $352,907 ($235,906 after tax), net of related costs.

During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007, the Company finalized and paid certain pension related adjustments, adjusted net assets disposed and recorded additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $1,742 ($216 after-tax gain). The Company recorded additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $192 ($226 after-tax loss), during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

The asset and equity purchase agreement relating to the disposition of the Polymer Business refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a supply agreement and tolling agreement, each of which is not considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial results.

Supply Agreement

A ten-year global agreement provides for the supply of polymer products to the Company by BASF. Unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew at least three years prior to the expiration of the ten-year term, the term of the agreement will extend for an additional five years. The agreement requires that the Company purchase a specified percentage of related products from BASF during the term of agreement. Subject to certain adjustments, the Company has a minimum volume commitment during each of the first five years of the agreement.

The Polymer Business sold $7,003 of polymer product to the Company during the six months ended June 30, 2006.

Tolling Agreement

A three-year agreement provides for the toll manufacture of polymer products by the Company, at its manufacturing facility in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, for BASF. The agreement may be extended by up to six months by either party. The agreement specifies product pricing and provides BASF the right to purchase certain equipment retained by the Company.

In association with the tolling agreement, the Company agreed to pay $11,400 in compensation to SCJ, a related party, primarily related to pre-payments and the right to extend terms on the lease agreement at the Sturtevant, Wisconsin manufacturing location. The Company is amortizing $9,200 of the payment into the results of the tolling operation over the term of the tolling agreement, with the remainder recorded as a reduction of the gain on discontinued operations.

The Company considered its continuing involvement with the Polymer Business, including the supply agreement and tolling agreement, concluding that neither the related cash inflows nor cash outflows were direct, due to the relative insignificance of the continuing operations to the disposed business.

Net sales from discontinued operations relating to the Polymer Business, excluding sales to the Company and including net sales related to the tolling agreement with BASF, were $189,232 during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006.

Income from discontinued operations relating to the Polymer Business was comprised of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
 

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ —       $ —       $ 22,019  

Taxes on income from discontinued operations

     —         —         (7,464 )

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     (192 )     (1,742 )     352,907  

Taxes on gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations

     (34 )     1,958       (117,001 )

Income from tolling operations

     477       1,903       620  

Taxes on income from tolling operations

     (200 )     (694 )     (419 )
                        

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 51     $ 1,425     $ 250,662  
                        

 

F-20


Table of Contents

In connection with the disposition of the Polymer Business, the Stockholders’ Agreement was amended to, among other things, adjust the buyout formula relating to Marga B.V.’s shares in Holdings to require an incremental payment of $30,000, plus interest (payable from put execution date) at the time of Marga B.V.’s exit. The Stockholders’ Agreement also provides for the issuance of equity of Holdings to Marga B.V. that would result in the incremental payment to Marga B.V., by Holdco, of up to $40,000, plus interest, at the time of Marga B.V.’s exit.

Whitmire Micro-Gen Business

In June 2004, the Company completed the sale of Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc. (“Whitmire”) to Sorex Holdings, Ltd., a European pest-control manufacturer headquartered in the United Kingdom, for $46,000 in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities.

The purchase agreement provided for additional earn-out provisions based on future Whitmire net sales, for which the Company recorded $124 during the three month period ended March 31, 2006. The income is included as a component of income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

(7) Accounts Receivable Securitization

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an agreement (the “Receivables Facility”) whereby they sell, on a continuous basis, certain trade receivables to JWPR Corporation (“JWPRC”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of the Company. JWPRC was formed for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables generated by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries party to the Receivables Facility. JWPRC, in turn, sells an undivided interest in the accounts receivable to a nonconsolidated financial institution (the “Conduit”) for an amount equal to the value of all eligible receivables (as defined under the receivables sale agreement between JWPRC and the Conduit) less the applicable reserve.

The total potential for securitization of trade receivables under this program at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007 was $75,000. In December 2008, the Receivables facility was amended and restated to include the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and to extend the maturity of the agreement to December 2009.

As of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, the Conduit held $43,700 and $45,200, respectively, of accounts receivable that are not included in the accounts receivable balance reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, the Company had a retained interest of $74,712 and $79,958, respectively, in the receivables of JWPRC. The retained interest is included in the accounts receivable balance and is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at estimated fair value.

Costs associated with the sale of beneficial interests in the receivables vary on a monthly basis and are generally related to the commercial paper rate and administrative fees associated with the overall program facility. Such costs were $2,195, $3,546, and $5,447 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively, and are included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
(8) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  

Land and improvements

   $ 57,260     $ 68,875  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     203,340       192,518  

Equipment

     620,739       640,852  

Capital leases

     3,611       4,029  

Construction in progress

     28,382       44,236  
                
     913,332       950,510  

Less–Accumulated depreciation

     (501,310 )     (508,076 )
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 412,022     $ 442,434  
                

 

(9) Capitalized Software

Capitalized software, net, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  

Capitalized software

   $ 231,442     $ 205,763  

Less–Accumulated amortization

     (187,578 )     (169,207 )
                
   $ 43,864     $ 36,556  
                

Amortization expense related to capitalized software was $15,736, $32,868 and $38,422 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. Included in these amounts are impairment charges of $0, $2,745 (which relates to the November 2005 Plan – see Notes 2 and 14) and $365 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively. The Company recorded additional impairment charges of $25, $3 and $0 directly to selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, the Company capitalized $70, $115 and $78, respectively, of interest in connection with its ongoing software projects.

 

(10) Goodwill

Changes in the balance of the goodwill account were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,269,830     $ 1,169,027

Divestitures

     (12,745 )     —  

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     (48,399 )     100,803
              

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,208,686     $ 1,269,830
              

 

F-22


Table of Contents
(11) Other Intangibles

Other intangibles consisted of the following:

 

     Weighted-Average
Useful Lives
   December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  

Definite-lived intangible assets:

       

Trademarks and patents

   10 years    $ 51,766     $ 52,831  

Customer lists, contracts, licenses and other intangibles

   14 years      192,663       249,523  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

       

Trademarks and patents

     —        131,438       151,686  

Licenses and other intangibles

     —        2,441       2,441  
                   
        378,308       456,481  

Less–Accumulated amortization

        (146,718 )     (165,369 )
                   

Other intangibles, net

      $ 231,590     $ 291,112  
                   

Amortization expense for other intangibles was $22,901, $26,355 and $48,984 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. Included in these amounts are impairment charges of $0, $1,308 and $20,563, respectively, relating to the November 2005 Plan – see Notes 2 and 14.

The aggregate amounts of anticipated amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year

    

2009

   $ 18,423

2010

     17,722

2011

     12,623

2012

     6,814

2013

     5,433

Thereafter

     36,696
      
   $ 97,711
      

 

(12) Indebtedness and Credit Arrangements

The Company’s indebtedness and credit arrangements consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007

Short-term borrowings:

     

Lines of credit

   $ 26,448    $ 18,898
             

Long-term borrowings:

     

Term loan B

   $ 429,750    $ 438,500

Japan loan

     11,055      13,292

Senior subordinated notes

     614,573      630,840
             
     1,055,378      1,082,632

Less: Current portion

     19,805      13,181
             
   $ 1,035,573    $ 1,069,451
             

In December 2005, the Company amended its senior secured credit facilities. The amended facilities consisted of a $775,000 term loan B facility maturing December 16, 2011; a $100,000 delayed draw term loan facility maturing December 16, 2010; and a $175,000 dollar/euro revolving credit facility maturing December 16, 2010.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

In June 2007, the Company amended its senior secured credit facilities to reduce the interest rate payable on the term loan B facility and the delayed draw term loan facility from LIBOR plus 250 basis points to LIBOR plus 200 basis points, thereby reducing borrowing costs over the remaining life of the credit facilities. The Company incurred costs of $500 in relation to this amendment, which have been capitalized and are being amortized over the remaining term of the facilities.

The term loan B facility and the delayed draw term loan facility bear interest based on LIBOR plus 200 basis points (5.19% at December 31, 2008 and 6.88% at December 28, 2007). The term loan B facility and the delayed draw term loan facility have scheduled principal reductions semiannually. All obligations under the credit facilities are secured by all the assets of Holdings, the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (but limited to the extent necessary to avoid materially adverse tax consequences to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole and by restrictions imposed by applicable law).

At December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, there were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. The revolving facility bears interest at floating rates based on Prime or LIBOR, plus a variable, leverage ratio-based spread of 225 basis points at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively.

In December 2005, the Company’s Japanese subsidiary entered into a ¥2,500,000 term loan. The interest rate on the loan is based on TIBOR plus 102.5 basis points (1.83% at December 31, 2008). The loan matures on December 29, 2009, with scheduled principal reductions semiannually.

In May 2002, the Company issued $300,000 and €225,000 of 9.625% senior subordinated notes due 2012 to finance a portion of the cash purchase price of the DiverseyLever business. In January 2003, the series A senior subordinated notes were exchanged for series B senior subordinated notes (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) with the same interest rates and maturity dates.

Scheduled Maturities of Long-term Borrowings

Aggregate scheduled maturities of long-term borrowings in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year

    

2009

   $ 19,805

2010

     104,750

2011

     316,250

2012

     614,573

Thereafter

     —  
      
   $ 1,055,378
      

Financial Covenants

Under the terms of its amended and restated senior secured credit facilities, the Company is subject to specified financial covenants and other limitations that require the Company to meet the following targets and ratios:

Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Company is required to maintain a leverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no more than the maximum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The maximum leverage ratio is the ratio of: (i) the Company’s consolidated indebtedness (excluding up to $55,000 of indebtedness incurred under the Company’s Receivables Facility and indebtedness relating to specified interest rate hedge agreements) less cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of a financial covenant period using the weighted-average exchange rate calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities to (ii) the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities) for the same financial covenant period. EBITDA is generally defined in the senior secured credit facilities as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus the addback of specified expenses. The senior secured credit facilities require that the Company’s maximum leverage ratio not exceed a declining range from 4.25 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest December 31, 2008, to 3.50 to 1 for the financial covenant periods ending nearest September 30, 2010 and thereafter.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company is required to maintain an interest coverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no less than the minimum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The minimum interest coverage ratio is the ratio of: (i) the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities) for a financial covenant period to (ii) the Company’s cash interest expense for that same financial covenant period calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities. The senior secured credit facilities require that the Company’s minimum interest coverage ratio not exceed an increasing range from 2.50 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest December 31, 2008, to 3.00 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest September 30, 2010 and thereafter.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures are generally limited under the senior secured credit facilities to $150,000 in fiscal year 2006 and to $130,000 for subsequent fiscal years. To the extent that the Company makes capital expenditures of less than the limit in any fiscal year, however, it may carry forward into the subsequent year the difference between the limit and the actual amount expended, provided that the amounts carried forward from the previous year will be allocated to capital expenditures in the current fiscal year only after the amount allocated to the current fiscal year is exhausted. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the limitation on capital expenditures for fiscal year 2008.

Restructuring Charges. The senior secured credit facilities generally limit the amount of cash payments; (i) arising in connection with the November 2005 Plan at any time from fiscal year 2006 through the end of fiscal year 2009 to $355,000 in the aggregate; (ii) arising in connection with costs associated with permitted divestitures at any time from fiscal year 2006 through the end of fiscal year 2008 to $45,000; and (iii) arising in connection with the proceeds associated with permitted divestitures from fiscal year 2006 through the end of fiscal year 2008 to the maximum of net cash proceeds provided.

The senior secured credit facilities contain additional covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to declare dividends and to redeem and repurchase capital stock. The senior secured credit facilities also limit the Company’s ability to incur additional liens, engage in sale-leaseback transactions, incur additional indebtedness and make investments.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the senior secured credit facilities.

Indentures for the Notes

The indentures for the senior subordinated notes of the Company restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock; issue or allow any person to own preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries; in the case of non-guarantor subsidiaries, guarantee indebtedness without also guaranteeing the notes; in the case of restricted subsidiaries, create or permit to exist dividend or payment restrictions with respect to the Company; make investments; incur or permit to exist liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; merge, consolidate or amalgamate with another company; and transfer or sell assets.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the indentures for the senior subordinated notes.

Cross Defaults

The Company’s failure to comply with the terms of in its senior secured credit facilities or its indentures for the senior subordinated notes or the Company’s inability to comply with financial ratio tests or other restrictions could result in an event of default under the indentures for the senior subordinated notes or the senior secured credit facilities. Additionally, a payment default or default that permits or results in the acceleration of indebtedness aggregating $25,000 or more, including, without limitation, indebtedness under the senior secured credit facilities, the indentures for the senior subordinated notes and indebtedness under the Company’s Receivables Facility and foreign lines of credit, is also an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities, the indentures for the senior subordinated notes and the indenture for Holdings’ senior discount notes. Further, specified defaults under the credit facilities and the indentures for the senior subordinated notes constitute defaults under the Company’s Receivables Facility, some of the Company’s foreign lines of credit and the Company’s license agreements with SCJ. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of the Company’s indebtedness or result in a termination of its license agreements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swaps

In connection with the senior secured credit facilities, the Company is party to four interest rate swaps, as described in Note 13.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with the acquisition of DiverseyLever, Holdings entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement with its stockholders–Holdco and Marga B.V. The Stockholders’ Agreement was amended and restated on December 19, 2008. The Stockholders’ Agreement limits Holdings’ and the Company’s ability to effect various transactions, including among others, entering into certain transactions with affiliates, issuing additional shares of capital stock or other equity or equity-related interests, incurring certain types of indebtedness and making certain investments.

If Unilever exercises its put option under the Stockholders’ Agreement to require Holdings to purchase the shares then beneficially owned by Unilever and Holdings fails to purchase all of Unilever’s shares for cash on or after May 3, 2010, Holdings may be required to issue to Unilever a subordinated promissory note in exchange for the remainder of Unilever’s shares in the principal amount equal to the then-fair market value of the shares. The maturity date of the promissory note would be either 90 days or one year after its issuance, depending on the level of Unilever’s ownership in Holdings at that time. The promissory note would bear interest at the average British Banker’s Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits with a term of 180 days plus 25 basis points. The terms of the promissory note would provide Unilever with rights similar to its rights as a shareholder under the Stockholder’s Agreement, including board representation, veto and access and information rights.

 

(13) Financial Instruments

The Company sells its products in more than 160 countries and approximately 80% of the Company’s revenues are generated outside North America. The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. These financial risks are monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its overall risk management program.

The Company maintains a foreign currency risk management strategy that uses derivative instruments (foreign currency forward contracts) to protect its interests from fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by the volatility in currency exchange rates. Movements in foreign currency exchange rates pose a risk to the Company’s operations and competitive position, since exchange rate changes may affect the profitability and cash flow of the Company, and business and/or pricing strategies of competitors.

Certain of the Company’s foreign business unit sales and purchases are denominated in the customers’ or vendors’ local currency. The Company purchases foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of foreign currency denominated receivables and payables and as hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated sales and purchases. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that the future dollar-net-cash inflows and outflows resulting from such sales, purchases, firm commitments or settlements will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates.

At December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, the Company held 37 and 39 foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of foreign currency denominated receivables and payables with aggregate notional amounts of $226,021 and $280,280, respectively. Because the terms of such contracts are primarily less than three months, the Company did not elect hedge accounting treatment for these contracts. The Company records the changes in the fair value of those contracts within other (income) expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. Total net realized and unrealized (gains) losses recognized on these contracts were $(12,521), $9,230 and $16,003 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

As of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, the Company held 85 and 96 foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated sales and purchases with aggregate notional amounts of $31,561 and $30,742, respectively. The maximum length of time over which the Company typically hedges cash flow exposures is twelve months. To the extent that

 

F-26


Table of Contents

these contracts are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified as a component to net income (loss) in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedging instruments of $1,627 and $579 were included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively. There was no ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedging instruments during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 or December 28, 2007. Unrealized gains and losses existing at December 31, 2008, which are expected to be reclassified into the consolidated statements of operations from other comprehensive income during fiscal year 2008, are not expected to be significant.

The Company was party to three euro denominated interest rate swaps. All of these swaps were entered into in May 2002, with an expiration date in May 2007. These swaps were purchased to hedge the Company’s floating interest rate exposure on term loan B (see Note 12) with a final maturity of December 2011. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company paid a fixed rate of 4.8% and received three-month EURIBOR on the notional amount of the euro swaps for the life of the swaps. In connection with the April 2005 amendment to the senior secured credit facilities, all euro denominated term debt was paid in full. As a result, the three euro swaps were caused to be ineffective, requiring all previously unrealized losses to be recorded as a component of interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations at the repayment date. In April 2005, the Company recognized $8,692 of accumulated losses in interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations. Subsequent to April 2005, gains resulting from changes in the fair value of the euro swaps in the amounts of $1,329 and $4,206 are recognized in interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

The Company is currently party to four interest rate swaps with expiration dates of May 2009 and May 2010. These swaps were purchased to hedge the Company’s floating interest rate exposure on term loan B (see Note 12) with a final maturity of December 2011. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company pays fixed rates of 4.825%, 4.845%, 4.9% and 5.26% and receives three-month LIBOR on the notional amount for the life of the swaps. There was no ineffectiveness related to these swaps during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 or December 28, 2007.

All interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flows hedging instruments and, therefore, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified as a component to net income (loss) in the same period or periods during which the hedged exposure (interest) affects earnings. The net unrealized losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, were $6,496 and $2,893 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively.

 

(14) Restructuring Liabilities

November 2005 Restructuring Program

On November 7, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a restructuring program (“November 2005 Plan”), which is expected to take three to four years to implement, and includes a redesign of the Company’s organization structure, the closure of a number of manufacturing and other facilities and a workforce reduction of approximately 10%, in addition to previously planned divestitures. In addition to the divestiture of the Polymer Business, CMA and DuBois (see Note 6), the Company has divested or exited (see Note 5) or is considering the potential divestiture of, or exit from, certain other non-core or underperforming businesses.

In connection with the November 2005 Plan, the Company recognized liabilities of $57,219, $24,687 and $112,996 in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively, for the involuntary termination of 631, 354 and 1,415 employees of which 370, 594 and 1,167 were actually terminated as of December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. In fiscal year 2006, approximately 500 terminated employees were associated with the exit from a majority of the service-oriented laundry and ware wash business in the United States. In fiscal year 2007, most of the involuntary terminations were associated with the European business segment. In fiscal year 2008, most of the involuntary terminations were associated with the European and Japanese business segments. The Company also recorded $72, $2,552 and $1,791 for other restructuring related costs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The activities associated with the November 2005 Plan for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 were as follows:

 

     Employee-
Related
    Other     Total  

Liability balances as of December 30, 2005

   $ 2,300     $ 47     $ 2,347  

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     112,996       1,791       114,787  

Cash paid 1

     (46,323 )     (586 )     (46,909 )
                        

Liability balances as of December 29, 2006

     68,973       1,252       70,225  

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     24,687       2,552       27,239  

Liability adjustments 2

     —         (70 )     (70 )

Cash paid 3

     (50,591 )     (577 )     (51,168 )
                        

Liability balances as of December 28, 2007

     43,069       3,157       46,226  

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     57,219       72       57,291  

Cash paid 4

     (43,167 )     (280 )     (43,447 )
                        

Liability balances as of December 31, 2008

   $ 57,121     $ 2,949     $ 60,070  
                        

 

1

Cash paid is reduced by $3,317 due to the effects of foreign exchange.

2

Liability adjustments include reductions based on clarification of original assumptions, of which $74 resulted in reduction of restructuring expense and $4 was reclassified to other liabilities.

3

Cash paid is reduced by $681 due to the effects of foreign exchange.

4

Cash paid is reduced by $259 due to the effects of foreign exchange.

In connection with the November 2005 Plan, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $6,347, $12,774 and $41,772 in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. The impairment charges are included in selling, general and administrative costs.

Total plan-to-date expense associated with the November 2005 Plan, by reporting segment, is summarized as follows:

 

     Total Plan
To-Date
   Fiscal Year Ended
      December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007     December 26, 2006

North America

   $ 34,094    $ 8,939    $ 4,601     $ 20,962

Europe

     124,019      32,071      21,922       68,223

Japan

     11,679      9,128      787       1,764

Latin America

     5,629      2,196      1,118       1,453

Asia Pacific

     1,744      1,260      278       206

Other

     26,587      3,697      (1,541 )     22,179
                            
   $ 203,752    $ 57,291    $ 27,165     $ 114,787
                            

In December 2008, the Company transferred $49,463 to irrevocable trusts for the settlement of certain obligations associated with the November 2005 Restructuring Plan, a majority of which it expects to utilize during fiscal year 2009. At December 31, 2008, the Company classified the trust balances as restricted cash on its consolidated balance sheets.

Exit and Acquisition-Related Restructuring Programs

During fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002, in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company recorded liabilities for the involuntary termination of former DiverseyLever employees and other exit costs associated with former DiverseyLever facilities. As of December 30, 2005, the Company had terminated 717 employees in completion of programs. The Company continues to make cash payments representing contractual obligations associated with involuntary terminations and lease payments on closed facilities.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
     Exit Plans     Acquisition Related Restructuring Plans  
     Employee-
Related
    Other     Total     Employee-
Related
    Other     Total  

Liability balances as of December 30, 2005

   $ 400     $ 14     $ 414     $ 5,279     $ 19     $ 5,298  

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     —         —         —         (232 )     —         (232 )

Cash Paid 1

     (138 )     3       (135 )     (2,421 )     (150 )     (2,571 )
                                                

Liability balances as of December 29, 2006

     262       17       279       2,626       (131 )     2,495  

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     99       —         99       (276 )     17       (259 )

Liability Adjustments 2

     —         —         —         —         (7 )     (7 )

Cash Paid 1

     (149 )     (15 )     (164 )     (665 )     (155 )     (820 )
                                                

Liability balances as of December 28, 2007

     212       2       214       1,685       (276 )     1,409  

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     (194 )     —         (194 )     (838 )     393       (445 )

Liability Adjustments 3

     —         —         —         (35 )     —         (35 )

Cash Paid 1

     (18 )     (2 )     (20 )     (405 )     12       (393 )
                                                

Liability balances as of December 31, 2008

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 407     $ 129     $ 536  
                                                

 

1

Cash paid includes the effects of foreign exchange.

2

Liability adjustments reflect the reclassification of amounts previously recorded in other liabilities.

3

Liability adjustments reflect the reclassification of amounts recorded in other income.

 

(15) Other (Income) Expense, Net

The components of other (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations, include the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Foreign currency translation (gain) loss

   $ 18,127     $ (11,308 )   $ (11,384 )

Forward contracts (gain) loss

     (12,521 )     9,230       16,003  

Other, net

     65       1,291       613  
                        
   $ 5,671     $ (787 )   $ 5,232  
                        

 

(16) Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable, an amount for tax consequences deferred to future periods and adjustments related to our consideration of uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax bases of those assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

The income tax provision for the Company has been calculated as if the entities included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements file separately from their parent holding company, Holdings.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for continuing operations was comprised of:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Current tax expense (benefit):

       

Federal

   $ 7,968    $ 5,223     $ (90,325 )

State

     66      1,902       (10,958 )

Foreign

     30,631      35,421       24,543  

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

       

Federal

     537      (15,147 )     (930 )

Foreign

     18,329      38,447       (15,324 )
                       
   $ 57,531    $ 65,846     $ (92,994 )
                       

With the adoption of FIN No. 48, the Company decided to reclassify state tax expense for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 in the amount of $1,061 from current federal tax expense to current state tax expense.

A reconciliation of the difference between the statutory U.S. federal income tax expense (benefit) to the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) for continuing operations is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Statutory U.S. federal income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 10,607     $ (10,032 )   $ (83,009 )

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (588 )     (283 )     (12,018 )

Effect of foreign operations

     (599 )     (1,390 )     (670 )

Nondeductible goodwill

     4,990       —         —    

Nondeductible expenses

     3,590       12,043       8,294  

Increase in valuation allowance

     22,639       55,303       3,552  

Increase (decrease) in foreign earnings deemed remitted

     3,750       294       (3,472 )

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits

     13,080       10,834       (2,564 )

Other

     62       (923 )     (3,107 )
                        

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 57,531     $ 65,846     $ (92,994 )
                        

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

The differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement carrying value that give rise to significant portions of deferred income tax assets or liabilities include the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Employee benefits

   $ 100,296     $ 76,104  

Inventories

     6,141       8,942  

Accrued expenses

     47,678       57,445  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     132,782       142,500  

Other, net

     9,899       5,674  

Foreign tax credits

     80,916       59,986  

Valuation allowance

     (273,630 )     (250,043 )
                
   $ 104,082     $ 100,608  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Tangible assets

   $ 636     $ 6,111  

Intangible assets

     127,753       136,118  

Foreign earnings deemed remitted

     33,068       25,958  
                
   $ 161,457     $ 168,187  
                

The valuation allowance at December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006 was determined in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The combination of historical U.S. tax losses and the anticipated additional expenses to be incurred in the U.S. as part of the November, 2005 Plan caused the Company to reconsider the need for a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years. In certain cases, the negative evidence associated with historical losses cannot be overcome by management’s expectation of future taxable income. Based on the historical U.S. tax losses and the anticipated additional expenses to be incurred in the U.S. as part of the November, 2005 Plan, it was no longer more likely than not that U.S. deferred tax assets would be fully realized. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge for an additional U.S. valuation allowance of $140,181 for the year ended December 30, 2005. However, in connection with the divestiture of the former Polymer Business segment, $63,126 of the allowance was reversed in fiscal year 2006, the benefit for which was recognized in discontinued operations.

The valuation allowance at December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2008 was also determined in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Based on the continued historical U.S. tax losses, the Company continued to conclude that it was not more likely than not that U.S. deferred tax assets would be fully realized. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge for an additional U.S. valuation allowance of $26,261 and $10,992 for continuing operations for the years ended December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The Company does not believe the valuation allowances recorded in fiscal years 2005 through 2008 are indicative of future cash tax expenditures. If the November 2005 Plan produces the results anticipated by management, the Company anticipates that all or a portion of the valuation allowance would reverse in future periods.

The Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards, as per the tax returns, totaling $439,112 that expire as follows: fiscal 2009 – $2,220; fiscal 2010 – $29,504; fiscal 2011 – $35,645; fiscal 2012 – $26,013; fiscal 2013 – $31,982; fiscal 2014 and beyond – $172,028; and no expiration – $141,720.

The Company also has foreign tax credit carryforwards, as per the tax returns, totaling $54,228 that expire as follows: fiscal 2009 – $110; fiscal 2010 – $142; fiscal 2011 – $160; fiscal 2012 – $411; fiscal 2013 – $320; fiscal 2014 and beyond – $42,487; and no expiration – $10,598. The Company also has U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards as per the tax returns, totaling $32,564 and $498,195, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward expires as follows: 2027 – $10,960; and 2028 – $21,604. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in various amounts over one to twenty years. Valuation allowances of $273,630 and $250,043 as of December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively, have been provided for deferred income tax benefits related to the foreign, federal and state loss carryforwards, tax credits, and other net deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that amounts may not be realized. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2008 includes $2,241 related to acquired foreign loss carryforwards. According to SFAS No. 141(R), any tax benefits recognized subsequent to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 for the acquired foreign loss carryforwards will be recorded as a benefit to income tax expense.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Adoption of FIN No. 48

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 at the beginning of the 2007 fiscal year. FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. As a result of adoption of FIN No. 48, an adjustment of approximately $800 was recognized as an increase to beginning retained earnings. As of the adoption date, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions of $74,300, including interest and penalties and positions impacting only the timing of tax benefits, of which $32,700, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods (after considering the impact of valuation allowances). Additionally, as of the adoption date, $1,100 of unrecognized tax benefits would, if recognized, reduce goodwill. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense. As of the beginning of the 2007 fiscal year, the Company had accrued interest and penalties of $7,100 related to unrecognized tax benefits.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions of $112,702, including positions impacting only the timing of tax benefits, of which $58,377, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods (after considering the impact of valuation allowances). As of the end of the 2008 fiscal year, the Company had accrued interest and penalties of $17,146 related to unrecognized tax benefits, of which $3,294 was recorded as income tax expense during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and international jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. The Company has substantially completed tax audits for all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2004, although the U.S. income tax authorities could challenge the U.S. income tax losses carried forward to subsequent periods. The Company has generally concluded all other income tax matters globally for years through 2002.

The Company is currently under audit by various state and international tax authorities. The statute of limitation for tax assessments will expire in many jurisdictions during 2009. Based on the anticipated outcomes of these tax audits and the potential lapse of statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible there could be a reduction of $19,390 in unrecognized tax benefits during 2009.

The following table represents a tabular reconciliation of total gross unrecognized tax benefits for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2008:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  

Unrecognized tax benefits – beginning of year

   $ 99,719     $ 69,692  

Gross increases – tax positions in prior period

     14,632       6,798  

Gross decreases – tax positions in prior period

     (10,182 )     (17,962 )

Gross increases – current-period tax positions

     13,454       38,482  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (1,111 )     (130 )

Currency translation adjustment

     (3,810 )     2,839  
                

Unrecognized tax benefits – end of year

   $ 112,702     $ 99,719  
                

Other Income Tax Information

The Company reported income tax expense of $6,224 on pre-tax income from discontinued operations of $21,689 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The effective income tax rate of 28.7% is favorable as compared to the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to an income tax exclusion on capital gain income in Canada and a reduction in valuation allowance against pre-2008 U.S. tax loss carryforwards. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” the income tax benefit from use of pre-2008

 

F-32


Table of Contents

U.S. tax loss carryforwards to offset the income and gain from the divestiture of the DuBois business is reported as an income tax benefit for discontinued operations. These benefits are partially offset due to an excess of book goodwill over tax goodwill considered disposed in conjunction with the divestiture of the DuBois business.

Pretax income (loss) from foreign continuing operations was $89,479, $89,538 and ($8,649), for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. Federal and state income taxes are provided on international subsidiary income distributed to or taxable in the U.S. during the year. As of December 31, 2008, federal and state taxes have not been provided for the repatriation of unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, which are considered to be permanently reinvested. A determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with permanently reinvested foreign subsidiary earnings is not practicable.

During 2006, the Company closed income tax audits for Holdings (U.S.) for the 2002 and 2003 tax periods, for JohnsonDiversey (France) S.A.S. for the 2002 through 2004 tax periods, for Johnson Professional Co., Ltd. (Japan) for the 2003 through 2005 tax periods, and other income tax audits covering various entities for various previous tax periods. Based on the results of these income tax audits, the Company reduced tax contingency reserve by $22,102 in 2006, of which $10,631 was recorded as a credit to goodwill and $11,471 was recorded as a credit to income tax expense from continuing operations. The Company continues to provide tax contingency reserve for known income tax exposures globally.

 

(17) Defined Benefit Plans

Employees around the world participate in various local pension and other defined benefit plans. These plans provide benefits that are generally based on years of credited service and a percentage of the employee’s eligible compensation, either earned throughout that service or during the final years of employment. Some smaller plans also provide long-service payments.

Global Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The following table provides a summary of the changes in the Company’s plans’ benefit obligations, assets and funded status during fiscal years 2008 and 2007, and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of those countries where the pension liabilities exceeded a certain threshold (approximately $5,000).

 

F-33


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  
     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Change in benefit obligations:

            

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 230,841     $ 72,320     $ 494,247     $ 242,806     $ 69,145     $ 482,383  

Measurement date adjustment

     263       —         —         —         —         —    

Service cost

     9,378       1,240       14,798       10,714       1,256       18,681  

Interest cost

     13,743       1,458       24,237       13,983       1,565       22,274  

Plan participant contributions

     451       —         3,711       425       —         3,466  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (21,526 )     (1,877 )     (41,228 )     (9,797 )     1,392       (58,851 )

Benefits paid

     (23,494 )     (10,971 )     (15,312 )     (35,625 )     (4,744 )     (15,107 )

(Gain) loss due to exchange rate movements

     (9,996 )     16,426       (34,458 )     8,569       3,706       38,220  

Plan amendments

     —         —         (905 )     —         —         —    

Acquisitions

     —         —         —         —         —         5,120  

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     (721 )     (151 )     1,353       (234 )     —         (1,939 )
                                                

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 198,939     $ 78,445     $ 446,443     $ 230,841     $ 72,320     $ 494,247  
                                                

Change in plan assets:

            

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ 226,291     $ 33,142     $ 401,462     $ 211,162     $ 32,002     $ 347,660  

Measurement date adjustment

     (4,271 )     —         —         —         —         —    

Actual return on plan assets

     (39,119 )     (6,428 )     (72,557 )     15,865       356       8,882  

Employer contribution

     6,436       6,374       31,713       27,226       3,826       26,036  

Plan participant contributions

     451       —         3,711       425       —         3,466  

Benefits paid

     (23,494 )     (10,971 )     (15,312 )     (35,625 )     (4,744 )     (15,107 )

Gain (loss) due to exchange rate movements

     (8,316 )     6,628       (30,173 )     7,238       1,702       28,606  

Acquisitions

     —         —         —         —         —         1,919  

Settlements

     —         —         388       —         —         —    
                                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ 157,978     $ 28,745     $ 319,232     $ 226,291     $ 33,142     $ 401,462  
                                                

Net amount recognized:

            

Funded status

   $ (40,960 )   $ (49,700 )   $ (127,211 )   $ (4,550 )   $ (39,178 )   $ (92,785 )

Employer contributions between measurement date and year end

     —         —         —         165       —         —    
                                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (40,960 )   $ (49,700 )   $ (127,211 )   $ (4,385 )   $ (39,178 )   $ (92,785 )
                                                

Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheets consists of:

            

Noncurrent asset

   $ —       $ —       $ 7,283     $ 9,293     $ —       $ 15,438  

Current liability

     (235 )     (132 )     (2,985 )     (207 )     (165 )     (2,588 )

Noncurrent liability

     (40,725 )     (49,568 )     (131,509 )     (13,471 )     (39,013 )     (105,635 )
                                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (40,960 )   $ (49,700 )   $ (127,211 )   $ (4,385 )   $ (39,178 )   $ (92,785 )
                                                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

            

Net actuarial (gain) loss

   $ 83,615     $ 33,580     $ 55,787       52,238       26,390       (1,287 )

Prior service (credit) cost

     —         14       (12,720 )     (59 )     18       (13,252 )

Transition obligation

     —         207       1,715       —         218       2,017  
                                                

Total

   $ 83,615     $ 33,801     $ 44,782     $ 52,179     $ 26,626     $ (12,522 )
                                                

Adoption of SFAS No. 158

The Company adopted measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008, resulting in an increase in pension liabilities of $4,534, of which, $973 was recorded as part of retained earnings and $3,561 was recorded as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

The Company adopted the funded status provisions of SFAS No. 158 at December 28, 2007 resulting in an increase in net pension liabilities of $33,609, which was substantially recorded as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Curtailments, Settlements and Special Termination Benefits

In December 2008, the Company recognized a special termination loss of $223 related to the partial plan termination of the Cash Balance Pension Plan in the United States. The Company recorded the loss as a component of discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

In September 2008, the Company recognized curtailment and special termination losses of $445 in defined pension benefits related to the divestiture of the Dubois business in the United States and Canada. The DuBois related losses were recorded as a component of discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations.

In September 2008, the Company recognized a curtailment gain of $200 relating to the announced freeze of the Cash Balance Pension Plan in the United States. The Company recorded the gain in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

In February 2008, the Company recognized a curtailment loss of $13 in defined pension benefits related to the divestiture of the Auto-Chlor business in the United States. The Auto-Chlor related loss was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

During fiscal year 2008, in association with restructuring activities and changes in defined benefit plans, France, Italy and Turkey recognized net curtailment and settlement gains of $335. The Company recorded the gain in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

During fiscal year 2008, in association with restructuring activities, the Company recognized special termination losses of $982 related to SERA pension benefits provided to certain former employees of the United Kingdom. The Company recorded the losses in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

During fiscal year 2008, the Company recognized a settlement of defined benefits to former Japan employees, resulting in a related loss of $3,010. The Company recorded the loss in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

In December 2007, the Company determined that its defined benefit plans at its subsidiary in Austria met the materiality threshold for accounting and reporting under SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions.” The plan assets, obligations and related activity are shown in the acquisitions line of the tables represented above.

In December 2007, the Company’s German subsidiary recorded losses of $156 related to the settlement of certain defined benefits.

During fiscal year 2007, the Company recognized the settlement of defined benefits to former North American Professional and Polymer employees, resulting in related losses of $6,841 and $1,226, respectively. The Company recorded the Professional losses, which are related to the November 2005 Plan, in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The Polymer related losses were recorded as a component of discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations.

During fiscal year 2007, the Company’s Italian subsidiary recognized curtailment losses of $845 relating to legislative changes to the mandatory termination indemnity program. The Company recorded the losses in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

During fiscal year 2007, in association with restructuring activities in Italy, France and the United Kingdom, the Company recognized net curtailment and settlement losses of $443.

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

       December 31, 2008      December 28, 2007
       North
America
Plans
     Japan
Plans
     Rest of
World
Plans
     North
America
Plans
     Japan
Plans
     Rest of
World
Plans

Projected benefit obligation

     $ 198,939      $ 78,445      $ 361,052      $ 61,021      $ 72,320      $ 380,769

Fair value of plan assets

       157,978        28,745        226,557        47,178        33,142        272,546

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007
     North
America
Plans
   Japan
Plans
   Rest of
World
Plans
   North
America
Plans
   Japan
Plans
   Rest of
World
Plans

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 162,894    $ 78,445    $ 283,209    $ 4,596    $ 72,320    $ 140,706

Accumulated benefit obligation

     162,894      78,445      247,382      4,440      71,560      130,413

Fair value of plan assets

     127,720      28,745      153,609      —        33,142      59,185

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic costs were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  
     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Weighted-average discount rate

   6.01 %   2.05 %   4.95 %   5.92 %   2.05 %   4.95 %

Weighted-average rate of increase in future compensation levels

   4.25 %   2.05 %   2.84 %   4.25 %   4.00 %   2.84 %

Weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   7.90 %   3.62 %   6.45 %   7.90 %   3.62 %   6.44 %

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively, were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  
     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Service cost

   $ 9,378     $ 1,240     $ 14,798     $ 10,714     $ 1,256     $ 18,681     $ 11,118     $ 1,348     $ 20,198  

Interest cost

     13,743       1,457       24,237       13,983       1,565       22,274       14,412       1,566       20,287  

Expected return on plan assets

     (16,326 )     (1,035 )     (26,056 )     (16,562 )     (793 )     (23,518 )     (14,734 )     (610 )     (21,044 )

Amortization of net loss

     2,795       1,878       (1,034 )     3,182       1,803       1,633       3,322       2,348       2,613  

Amortization of transition obligation

     —         30       213       —         120       199       —         234       182  

Amortization of prior service (credit) cost

     (14 )     5       (967 )     (18 )     5       (739 )     (28 )     5       (679 )

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     481       3,010       648       8,067       —         1,444       1,448       1,951       188  
                                                                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 10,057     $ 6,585     $ 11,839     $ 19,366     $ 3,956     $ 19,974     $ 15,538     $ 6,842     $ 21,745  
                                                                        

The amortization of any prior service cost is determined using a straight-line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008, that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year, are as follows:

 

     North
America
Plans
   Japan
Plans
   Rest of
World
Plans
 

Actuarial (gain) loss

   $ 4,848    $ 2,665    $ 2,855  

Prior service (credit) cost

     —        6      (929 )

Transition (asset) obligation

     —        33      203  

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Expected pension benefit disbursements for each of the next five years and the five succeeding years are as follows:

 

     North
America
Plans
   Japan
Plans
   Rest of
World
Plans

Year

        

2009

   $ 16,845    $ 4,465    $ 13,878

2010

     13,397      4,455      14,424

2011

     14,226      4,690      15,040

2012

     13,168      4,538      16,974

2013

     14,081      4,527      18,937

Next five years thereafter

     83,893      21,197      96,987

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The Company used a measurement date of October 31 for its United States based pension plans for fiscal year 2007 and December 31 for fiscal year 2008. The change in measurement dates was required by SFAS No. 158. All non-United States based pension plans used a December 31 measurement date for fiscal years 2007 and 2008.

The following represents the weighted-average asset allocation by asset category for the Company’s North America, Japan and Rest of World defined benefit pension plans on December 31, 2008:

 

     North America Plans     Japan Plans     Rest of World Plans  

Asset Class

   Allocation     Target     Allocation     Target     Allocation     Target  

Non-U.S. Equities

   18 %   18 %   17 %   32 %   32 %   42 %

U.S. Equities

   28 %   30 %   4 %   0 %   6 %   4 %

Non-U.S. Fixed Income

   8 %   7 %   13 %   14 %   43 %   39 %

U.S. Fixed Income

   42 %   40 %   0 %   0 %   0 %   1 %

Non-U.S. Real Estate

   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %   11 %   11 %

U.S. Real Estate

   2 %   3 %   0 %   0 %   1 %   0 %

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   2 %   2 %   66 %   54 %   7 %   3 %

The Company expects to contribute approximately $2,653, $5,162 and $26,519 respectively, to its North America, Japan and Rest of World defined benefit pension plans during fiscal year 2009.

Investment Policies & Strategies

A diversified strategic asset allocation that efficiently and prudently generates investment returns that will meet the objectives of the trust is developed using an asset/liability study for each trust. These studies incorporate specific plan objectives as well as long-term capital market returns and volatilities. Managers are selected to manage assets in given asset class based on their ability to provide returns at or above a passive investment in their asset class. These managers are evaluated annually on their risk adjusted returns. The actual asset allocations are monitored and adjusted toward the strategic target when appropriate. Investment guidelines have been developed and provided to the managers.

A number of philosophical beliefs are inherent in the allocation of assets. Over the long term, equities are expected to outperform fixed income investments. The long-term nature of the trust makes it well suited to bear the added volatility from equities in exchange for the greater long-term expected return. Accordingly, the trusts’ asset allocation usually favors a higher allocation to equities versus fixed income unless circumstances warrant otherwise.

Non-U.S equities serve to diversify some of the volatility of the U.S. equity market while providing comparable long-term returns. Additionally, non-U.S. equities expand the investment opportunities of the funds. In some countries, governmental or regulatory restrictions require that a certain percentage be invested in the home country’s capital markets.

Alternative asset classes, such as private equity and real estate may be utilized for additional diversification and return potential where appropriate. Allocation to real estate tends to be higher in Europe than the rest of the world.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Fixed income managers will be afforded the opportunity to invest in essentially all sectors of the fixed income market albeit restricted in some instances by investment guidelines to limit exposure to the more volatile security sectors.

Long-Term Rate of Return Assumptions

The expected long-term rate of return assumptions were chosen from the range of likely results of compound average annual returns over a long-term time horizon. Historical returns and volatilities are modeled to determine the final asset allocations that best meet the objectives of asset/liability studies. These asset allocations, when viewed over a long-term historical view of the capital markets, yield an expected return on assets as follows:

 

North America

   Expected
Return
 

Canada

   7.50 %

United States

   8.00 %

Japan

      

Japan

   3.62 %

Rest of World

      

Austria

   5.00 %

Belgium

   7.25 %

Germany

   5.50 %

Ireland

   7.00 %

Netherlands

   6.75 %

Switzerland

   5.75 %

United Kingdom

   7.00 %

Supplemental Separation Pay Plan

The Company also had an unfunded supplemental separation pay plan that was terminated and settled in 2008, resulting in distributions equivalent to accrued expenses. The Company has no further obligations in respect to this plan.

This plan provided retirement benefits for employees formerly with SCJ who were hired before 1995. The projected benefit obligation was $5,776 as of December 28, 2007 and was included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets. The accumulated benefit obligation was $4,305 as of December 28, 2007.

Prior to terminations of the plan, the Company adopted measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008. This resulted in an increase in pension liabilities of $96, all of which was recorded as part of retained earnings.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
(18) Other Post-Employment Benefits

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides for a portion of healthcare, dental, vision and life insurance benefits for certain retired employees, primarily at its North American segment. Covered employees retiring from the Company on or after attaining age 50 and who have rendered at least ten years of service to the Company are entitled to post-retirement healthcare, dental and life insurance benefits. These benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations. Contributions made by the Company are equivalent to benefits paid. The Company may change or terminate the benefits at any time. The Company has elected to amortize the transition obligation over a 20-year period. The status of these plans, including a reconciliation of benefit obligations, a reconciliation of plan assets and the funded status of the plans follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  

Change in benefit obligations:

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 83,758     $ 96,671  

Measurement date adjustment

     (444 )     —    

Service cost

     1,940       2,394  

Interest cost

     5,230       5,660  

Plan participants’ contributions

     1,928       —    

Actuarial gain

     (2,203 )     (16,808 )

Benefits paid

     (6,685 )     (4,941 )

(Gain) loss due to exchange rate movements

     (521 )     526  

Acquisitions

     —         256  

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     (122 )     —    
                

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 82,881     $ 83,758  
                

Change in plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ —       $ —    

Employer contribution

     5,102       4,941  

Plan participants’ contribution

     1,928       1,183  

Benefits paid

     (7,030 )     (6,124 )
                

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ —       $ —    
                

Net amount recognized:

    

Funded status

   $ (82,881 )   $ (83,758 )

Employer contributions between measurement date and year-end

     —         616  
                

Accrued benefit costs

   $ (82,881 )   $ (83,142 )
                

Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheets consists of:

    

Current liability

   $ (4,420 )   $ (3,786 )

Noncurrent liability

     (78,461 )     (79,356 )
                

Net amount recognized

   $ (82,881 )   $ (83,142 )
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

    

Net actuarial loss

   $ 10,101     $ 13,518  

Prior service credit

     (2,310 )     (2,533 )
                

Total

   $ 7,791     $ 10,985  
                

The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations were determined using a weighted-average discount rate of 6.10% and 6.06% at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively. The components of net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007     December 29, 2006  

Service cost

   $ 1,940     $ 2,394     $ 2,506  

Interest cost

     5,230       5,660       5,300  

Amortization of net loss

     189       1,401       1,050  

Amortization of prior service credit

     (185 )     (187 )     (191 )

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     150       (129 )     (927 )
                        

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 7,324     $ 9,139     $ 7,738  
                        

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008, that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year, are as follows:

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

   $ 87  

Prior service (credit) cost

     (200 )

Transition (asset) obligation

     —    

Adoption of SFAS No. 158

The Company adopted the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008, resulting in a decrease in post-employment liabilities of $444, of which, $1,173 decreased retained earnings and $1,617 increased accumulated other comprehensive income.

The Company adopted the funded status provisions of SFAS No. 158 at December 28, 2007 resulting in an increase in post-employment liabilities of $10,985, which was substantially recorded as a part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Curtailments, Settlements and Special Termination Benefits

In September 2008, the Company recognized a curtailment loss of $106 in other post-employment benefits related to the divestiture of the DuBois business in the United States and Canada. The Company recorded the loss as a component of discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations.

In February 2008, the Company recognized a curtailment loss of $44 in other post-employment benefits related to the divestiture of the Auto-Chlor business in the United States. The Auto-Chlor related loss was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

In June 2006, in association with the divestiture of the Polymer Business, the Company curtailed defined benefits and retiree welfare benefits to former North American Polymer employees, resulting in a curtailment loss of $4,068 for retiree welfare benefits.

Effective the beginning of fiscal year 2006, a new healthcare system was introduced in the Netherlands. The new system required that all residents and non-residents working in the Netherlands subscribe to private health insurance with an insurer of their choice, regardless of income level. In association with the new system, the Company and affected employees negotiated a new collective bargaining agreement that discontinued the Company-sponsored postretirement medical subsidy, resulting in a curtailment gain of $4,557 during the first quarter of fiscal 2006.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, healthcare cost trend rates were assumed to be 4% for international plans, and for U.S. plans 8% for 2009-2010 then downgrading 1% per year to 5% in 2013. In Canada, we are using 9% in 2009 and downgrading to 5% by 2018. For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007, healthcare cost trend rates were assumed to be 4% for international plans and 8% downgrading to 5% by 2011 for domestic plans. The assumed healthcare cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one percentage point change on assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effect for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     One Percentage Point
Increase
   One Percentage Point
Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 629    $ (574 )

Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation

     7,266      (6,511 )

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The amortization of any prior service cost is determined using a straight-line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

Expected post-retirement benefits for each of the next five years and succeeding five years are as follows:

 

Year

    

2009

   $ 4,420

2010

     5,071

2011

     5,430

2012

     5,750

2013

     5,988

Next five years thereafter

     32,463

 

(19) Other Employee Benefit Plans

Discretionary Profit-Sharing Plan

The Company has a discretionary profit-sharing plan covering certain employees. Under the plan, the Company expensed $5,117, $8,116 and $9,680 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company has various defined contribution benefit plans which cover certain employees. The Company has expanded use of such plans in select countries where they have been used to supplement or replace defined benefit plans.

In the Company’s North American segments, participants can make voluntary contributions in accordance with the provisions of their respective plan, which includes a 40l(k) tax-deferred option. In association with these plans, the Company paid $4,271 and $4,389 for matching contributions during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively. The Company’s other business segments contributed $10,909 and $10,555 to defined contribution plans during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007, respectively.

 

(20) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008 for all financial assets and liabilities and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at least annually. To increase the consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels:

 

Level 1     Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.
Level 2     Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data.
Level 3     Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information about regarding assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2008
   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3

Assets:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 5,565    $ —      $ 5,565    $ —  
                           

Liabilities:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 12,143    $ —      $ 12,143    $ —  

Interest rate swap contracts

     7,832      —        7,832      —  
                           
   $ 19,975    $ —      $ 19,975    $ —  
                           

The book values and estimated fair values of financial instruments that are not carried at fair value are reflected below:

 

     December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007
     Book Value    Fair Value    Book Value    Fair Value

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long term debt

   $ 46,253    $ 45,028    $ 32,079    $ 32,079

Long-term borrowings

     1,035,573      851,235      1,069,451      1,079,769

The fair values of long-term borrowings, including current portion, were estimated using quoted market prices. The book values of short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of the lines of credit (see Note 12).

The fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables, approximate their respective book values.

 

(21) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has a long-term incentive plan (the “Plan”) that provides for the right to purchase stock of Holdco, the parent of Holdings, for certain members of senior management of the Company.

In December 2005, the Company and Holdco approved the cancellation of the Plan. In connection with this decision, Holdco commenced an offer to purchase all of its outstanding class C common stock, options to purchase its class C common stock and class B common stock held by senior management of the Company and current or former employees of SCJ. The offer expired in March 2006. Pursuant to the offer, holders of Holdco’s class C common stock who tendered shares in the offer received $139.25 in cash, without interest, for each share of class C common stock tendered. Holders of options received a cash payment as follows: (a) for options with an exercise price less than $139.25 per share, an amount equal to the difference between $139.25 and the exercise price for each share of class C common stock issuable upon exercise of the options and (b) for options with an exercise price equal to or greater than $139.25 per share, $8.00 for each share of class C common stock issuable upon exercise of the options. Holders of class B common stock received $83.30 for each share of class B common stock tendered. Those participants who chose not to accept the tender offer will continue to participate under existing Plan terms; however, the Company will not grant further awards under the Plan.

The Company recorded $393 and $5,136 in selling, general and administrative expenses in the fiscal years ended December 29, 2006 and December 30, 2005, respectively, in recognition of the costs associated with the participants accepting the tender offer. The offer was approved by the Company’s Compensation Committee in December 2005 and its outcome on the financial results of the Company was both probable and reasonably estimable as of December 2005.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Compensation expense recorded by the Company related to restricted stock and debt forgiveness, net of forfeitures, was $146, $155, and ($522) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively.

A summary of stock option activity and average exercise price is as follows:

 

     Number of Shares     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Shares under option at December 30, 2005

     501,138     $ 126.20

Options tendered

     (375,588 )     129.45

Options lapsed or surrendered

     (1,809 )     135.94

Options exercised

     (230 )     111.53
          

Shares under option at December 29, 2006

     123,511       116.12

Options lapsed or surrendered

     (260 )     140.09
          

Shares under option at December 28, 2007

     123,251       116.07

Options lapsed or surrendered

     (10,000 )     136.16
          

Shares under option at December 31, 2008

   $ 113,251     $ 114.30
          

Information related to stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2008, is as follows:

 

   

Weighted-Average
Remaining

Contractual

Weighted-Average   Number of Shares  

    Price Range    

  Outstanding   Exercisable   Life (in Years)
$ 82.63   26,316   26,316   1
  114.16   27,675   27,675   2
  106.93   11,375   11,375   1
  115.07   12,500   12,500   2
  136.79   16,920   16,920   2
  143.06   18,465   —     3
         
  113,251   94,786  
         

Exercisable options held by employees at December 31, 2008 were 94,786. The weighted-average exercise price for options exercisable at December 31, 2008 was $108.70.

As of December 31, 2008, there were a total of 18,465 nonvested options outstanding at weighted-average fair value of $46.91 per share, and there was $211 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements, which the Company expects to recognize over the next year. The Company recorded related compensation expense of $398, $515 and $628 in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Adoption of New Cash-Based Long-Term Incentive Program

In December 2005, the Company approved a new long-term incentive program, which became effective at the beginning of fiscal year 2006. The new program is not stock-based; rather, it provides for the accumulation of long-term cash awards based on three-year financial performance periods. The new awards are earned through service. The compensation expense related to the services rendered were $17,996, $16,805 and $5,778 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. Payments to be made to employees under this long-term incentive program in 2009 are recorded as a current obligation, while payments expected in future periods are recorded as a long-term obligation in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-43


Table of Contents
(22) Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain plant, office and warehouse space as well as machinery, vehicles, data processing and other equipment under long-term, noncancelable operating leases. Certain of the leases have renewal options at reduced rates and provisions requiring the Company to pay maintenance, property taxes and insurance. Generally, all rental payments are fixed. At December 31, 2008, the future payments for all operating leases with remaining lease terms in excess of one year in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter were as follows:

 

Year

    

2009

   $ 55,850

2010

     42,520

2011

     27,461

2012

     16,768

2013

     14,266

Thereafter

     39,975
      
   $ 196,840
      

Total rent expense under all leases was $75,386, $72,081 and $75,807 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 , respectively.

 

(23) Related-Party Transactions

The Company purchases certain raw materials and products from SCJ, which, like the Company, is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Total inventory purchased from SCJ was $27,743, $25,277 and $29,003 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

SCJ also provides certain administrative, business support and general services, including shared facility services to the Company. In addition, the Company leases certain facilities from SCJ. Charges for these services and leases totaled $13,013, $15,392 and $14,923 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

The Company licenses the use of certain trade names, housemarks and brand names from SCJ. Payments to SCJ under the license agreements governing the names and marks totaled $7,441, $6,109 and $4,666 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

After the Company’s 1999 separation from SCJ, SCJ continued to operate institutional and industrial businesses in various countries in which the Company did not have operations. Under a territorial license agreement, the Company licenses the intellectual property rights to SCJ to allow it to manufacture and sell the Company’s products in those countries. Under this agreement, SCJ pays a royalty fee based on its and its sub licensees’ net sales of products bearing the Company’s brand names. Amounts paid by SCJ to the Company under the territorial license agreement totaled $271 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and were not material during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006.

SCJ purchases certain raw materials and products from the Company. Total inventory purchased by SCJ from the Company was $1,875, $2,183 and $14,786 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively.

In June 2006, in connection with the divestiture of the Polymer Business, the Company entered into a toll manufacturing agreement with SCJ. In addition, the Company and SCJ entered a toll manufacturing agreement covering its North American business. Under both agreements, SCJ supports and performs certain manufacturing functions at its Waxdale operation in the United States. In association with these tolling agreements, the Company paid SCJ $6,135, $5,884 and $2,383 during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

The Company has a banking relationship with the Johnson Financial Group, which is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Service fees paid to the Johnson Financial Group totaled $103, $118 and $140, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The Company leased its North American headquarters building from Willow Holdings, Inc., which is controlled by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. The Company’s operating lease costs were $700 and $806 for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

On December 20, 2007, the Company purchased the land and building from Willow Holdings, LLC for $5,788. As part of the purchase, the parties terminated the lease arrangements. The Company and Willow Holdings, LLC also entered into a Right of First Offer Purchase Agreement which provides Willow Holdings, LLC the opportunity to purchase the property in the event the Company desires to sell the property.

In connection with the May 2002 acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company entered into a Sales Agency Agreement with Unilever whereby the Company acts as Unilever’s sales agent in the sale of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users. The original term of the sales agency agreement was extended until December 31, 2007. On October 11, 2007, the Company and Unilever executed an umbrella agreement (the “Umbrella Agreement”) pursuant to which the parties agreed to the terms of (i) a new agency agreement (the “New Agency Agreement”) that is substantially similar to the prior agency agreement (the “Prior Agency Agreement”) and that applies to Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil and (ii) a master sub-license agreement (the “License Agreement” and collectively with the Umbrella Agreement and the New Agency Agreement, the “Replacement Agreements”) under which Unilever agreed to grant us and our affiliates a license to produce and sell professional packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products in 31 other countries that were subject to the Prior Agency Agreement. Under the Umbrella Agreement, the Company and its affiliates also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute consumer packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products in the same 31 countries as the License Agreement. The New Agency Agreement, the License Agreement and the consumer pack distribution arrangements took effect on January 1, 2008.

Amounts earned under the New Agency Agreement were $35,020 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. Amounts earned under the Prior Agency Agreement totaled $91,928 and $85,516 for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Royalties paid under the License Agreement were $5,120 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Under the dispensed products license agreement, Unilever has granted the Company a license to use certain intellectual property relating to the products the Company sells for use in certain personal care product dispensing systems. Either party may terminate the dispensed products license agreement or the licenses granted under the agreement by providing six months’ written notice prior to any anniversary of the dispensed products license agreement. The dispensed products license agreement has been extended to May 2, 2009. Payments to Unilever under the dispensed products license agreement totaled $818, $924 and $877 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Under the transitional services agreement, Unilever provided the Company with a wide range of support services that were intended to ensure the smooth transition of the DiverseyLever business from Unilever to the Company. Unilever provided most services for no more than 24 months, and, accordingly, services under the transitional services agreement have been terminated.

In association with the continuation of various support services and reimbursement of benefit-related costs not covered by the transitional service agreement, the Company paid Unilever $108, $4 and $845 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, respectively.

The Company purchases certain raw materials and products from Unilever, acts as a co-packer for Unilever and also sells certain finished goods to Unilever as a customer. Total purchases of inventory by the Company from Unilever, excluding inventories associated with the sales agency agreement, were $65,011, $20,495 and $16,346, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006. Total sales of finished product by the Company to Unilever were $26,208, $46,890 and $48,167, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

The Company recognized interest income of $2,749, $2,583 and $2,464 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively, related to certain long-term acquisition related receivables from Unilever.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Related-party receivables and payables at December 31, 2008 and December 28, 2007 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2008    December 28, 2007

Included in accounts receivable – related parties:

     

Receivable from Holdco

   $ —      $ 553

Receivable from Holdings

     436      363

Receivable from SCJ

     61      155

Receivable from Unilever

     17,423      31,007

Long-term acquisition-related receivable from Unilever

     79,808      78,954

Included in accounts payable – related parties:

     

Payable to Holdco

     64      —  

Payable to SCJ

     6,231      4,446

Payable to Unilever

     22,177      47,462

Payable to other related parties

     19      19

Long-term acquisition-related payables to Unilever

     28,870      31,101

 

(24) Other Comprehensive Income

Components of other comprehensive income are disclosed, net of tax, in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. The following table reflects the gross other comprehensive income and related income tax (expense) benefit:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2008     December 28, 2007  
     Gross     Tax     Net     Gross     Tax     Net  

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

            

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 380,602     $ (14,795 )   $ 365,807     $ 253,076     $ (19,517 )   $ 233,559  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (108,099 )     1,037       (107,062 )     127,526       4,722       132,248  
                                                

Balance at end of year

     272,503       (13,758 )     258,745       380,602       (14,795 )     365,807  

Adjustments to minimum pension liability:

            

Balance at beginning of year

     (32,852 )     10,937       (21,915 )     (94,968 )     36,653       (58,315 )

Adjustments to minimum pension liability excluding adoption of SFAS No. 158

     (90,590 )     15,418       (75,172 )     62,116       (25,716 )     36,400  
                                                

Balance at end of year

     (123,442 )     26,355       (97,087 )     (32,852 )     10,937       (21,915 )

Unrealized losses on derivatives:

            

Balance at beginning of year

     (3,604 )     1,290       (2,314 )     (626 )     236       (390 )

Losses in fair value of derivatives

     (5,680 )     812       (4,868 )     (3,604 )     1,290       (2,314 )

Reclassification of prior unrealized losses in net income

     3,604       (1,290 )     2,314       626       (236 )     390  
                                                

Balance at end of year

     (5,680 )     812       (4,868 )     (3,604 )     1,290       (2,314 )

Total accumulated other comprehensive income, net before adjustments to adopt SFAS No. 158

     143,381       13,409       156,790       344,146       (2,568 )     341,578  

Adjustments to adopt SFAS No. 158

            

Balance at beginning of year

     (44,830 )     (1,270 )     (46,100 )     —         —         —    

Impact of adoption

     (1,944 )     —         (1,944 )     (44,830 )     (1,270 )     (46,100 )
                                                

Balance at end of year

     (46,774 )     (1,270 )     (48,044 )     (44,830 )     (1,270 )     (46,100 )
                                                

Total accumulated other comprehensive income, net after adjustments to adopt SFAS No. 158

   $ 96,607     $ 12,139     $ 108,746     $ 299,316     $ (3,838 )   $ 295,478  
                                                

 

(25) Stockholders’ Equity

During calendar years 1999, 2000 and 2005, the Company received notes from several of its employees in connection with their purchases of shares of Class C common stock of Holdco, which currently owns two-thirds of the equity interests of Holdings, the Company’s parent. None of the notes received by the Company in 2005 were from officers. During fiscal year 2006, in association with the cancellation of the Company’s equity-based long-term incentive plan (see Note 21), all management loans related to purchases of Class C common stock of Holdco were repaid.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
(26) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal actions and proceedings in the normal course of business. Although litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the ultimate exposure with respect to these matters cannot be ascertained, the Company does not believe the final outcome of any current litigation will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company has purchase commitments for materials, supplies, and property, plant and equipment incidental to the ordinary conduct of business. In the aggregate, such commitments are not in excess of current market prices. Additionally, the Company normally commits to some level of marketing related expenditures that extend beyond the fiscal year. These marketing expenses are necessary in order to maintain a normal course of business and the risk associated with them is limited. It is not expected that these commitments will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company maintains environmental reserves for remediation, monitoring, assessment and other expenses at one of its domestic facilities. While the ultimate exposure at this site continues to be evaluated, the Company does not anticipate a material effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company conducted environmental assessments and investigations at DiverseyLever facilities in various countries. These investigations disclosed the likelihood of soil and/or groundwater contamination, or potential environmental regulatory matters. The Company continues to evaluate the nature and extent of the identified contamination and is preparing and executing plans to address the contamination, including the potential to recover some of these costs from Unilever under the purchase agreement. As of December 31, 2008, the Company maintained related reserves of $7,200 on a discounted basis (using country specific rates ranging from 8.2% to 13.6%) and $9,500 on an undiscounted basis. The Company intends to seek recovery from Unilever under indemnification clauses contained in the purchase agreement.

The Company is a licensee of certain chemical production technology used globally. The license agreement provides for guaranteed minimum royalty payments during a term ending on December 31, 2014. Under the terms of agreement and based on current financial projections, the Company does not expect to meet the minimum guaranteed payments. In accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 5, the Company has estimated its possible range of loss as $1,943 to $3,446 and, in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 14, maintained a loss reserve of $1,943 at December 28, 2007. The Company revised its estimated possible loss range to $2,879 to $4,397, recording a charge of $936 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 resulting in a loss reserve of $2,879 at that date.

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, Holdings entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement with its stockholders, Holdco and Marga B.V., as amended and restated as of December 2008. The Stockholders’ Agreement relates to, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of Holdings’ shares held by the stockholders;

 

   

Holdings’ corporate governance, including board and committee representation and stockholder approval provisions;

 

   

the put and call options and rights of first offer and refusal with respect to shares held by Marga B.V.;

 

   

certain payments to Marga B.V. as described below; and

 

   

various other rights and obligations of Holdings and its stockholders, such as provisions relating to delivery of and access to financial and other information, payment of dividends and indemnification of directors, officers and stockholders.

Marga B.V.’s obligations under the Stockholders’ Agreement are guaranteed by Unilever N.V.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Put and Call Options. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, effective as of May 3, 2008, Unilever has the right to require Holdings to purchase the shares then beneficially owned by Unilever. Holdings has the option to purchase the shares beneficially owned by Unilever at any time after May 3, 2010. Any exercise by Holdings of its call option must be for at least 50% of the shares beneficially owned by Unilever. Any exercise by Unilever of its put option must be for all of its shares.

Before May 3, 2010, Holdings’ obligations in connection with a put by Unilever are conditioned on a refinancing of the Company’s and Holdings’ indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Company’s senior subordinated notes and the Company’s senior secured credit facilities. In connection with the put, Holdings must use its reasonable best efforts prior to May 3, 2009, and its best efforts after that date, to consummate a refinancing and may be required to purchase less than all of the shares subject to the put under some circumstances. If Holdings purchases less than all of the shares subject to a put, Unilever may again put its remaining shares after a specified suspension period.

Following the exercise by Unilever of its put rights, if Holdings fails to purchase all of Unilever’s shares for cash on or after May 3, 2010, it must offer to issue to Unilever a promissory note in exchange for the remaining shares. The maturity date of the promissory note will be either 90 days or one year after its issuance, depending on the level of Unilever’s ownership interest in Holdings at that time. The terms of the promissory note will provide Unilever with rights similar to its rights as a stockholder under the Stockholders’ Agreement, including board representation, veto and access and informational rights. The promissory note will contain various subordination provisions in relation to the Company’s and Holdings’ indebtedness.

If, after May 3, 2010, Unilever has not been paid cash with respect to its put option, Unilever may also:

 

   

require Holdings to privately sell Unilever’s shares or other shares of Holdings’ capital stock to a third party; and

 

   

require Holdings to sell its Japan businesses or any other business or businesses that may be identified for sale by a special committee of Holdings’ board of directors. If Unilever exercises its put right, the special committee would be required to identify such other business or businesses after May 3, 2009 and prior to May 3, 2010 and to engage an investment banking firm to assist it with such identification and evaluation.

The exercise of these remedies, other than sales of Unilever’s shares, is subject to compliance with the agreements relating to the Company’s and Holdings’ indebtedness.

The price for Holdings’ shares subject to a put or call option will be based on Holdings’ enterprise value at the time the relevant option is exercised, plus its cash and minus its indebtedness. Holdings’ enterprise value cannot be less than eight times the EBITDA of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the preceding four fiscal quarters, as calculated in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. If Holdings, Unilever and their respective financial advisors cannot agree on an enterprise value, the issue will be submitted to an independent third-party for determination.

If Holdings purchases less than all of the shares beneficially owned by Unilever in connection with the exercise of the put or call option, Unilever may elect to fix the price for its remaining shares not purchased. If Unilever does not elect to fix the price, the price will float and a new price will be determined based on the enterprise value the next time a put or call option is exercised.

Contingent Payments. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Holdings may be required to make payments to Unilever in each year from 2007 through 2010 so long as Unilever continues to beneficially own 5% or more of Holdings’ outstanding shares. The amount of each payment will be equal to 25% of the amount by which the cumulative cash flows of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the period from May 3, 2002, through the end of the fiscal year preceding the payment (not including any cash flow with respect to which Unilever received a payment in a prior year), exceed:

 

   

$727,000 in 2006;

 

F-48


Table of Contents
   

$975,000 in 2007;

 

   

$1,200,000 in 2008; and

 

   

$1,425,000 in 2009.

The aggregate amount of all these payments cannot exceed $100,000. Payment of these amounts is subject to compliance with the agreements relating to Holdings and the Company’s senior indebtedness including, without limitation, the senior discount notes of Holdings, the Company’s senior subordinated notes and the Company’s senior secured credit facilities.

Holdings did not meet the cumulative cash flow requirement for the measurement periods ended December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 and was not be required to make a contingent payment for those periods.

Transfer of Shares. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, a stockholder controlled by Unilever may transfer its shares of Holdings to another entity of which Unilever owns at least an 80% interest, and a stockholder controlled by Holdco may transfer its shares of Holdings to another entity of which Holdco owns at least an 80% interest.

Purchase of Additional Shares from Holdco. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, on the earlier of May 3, 2010 and the date on which Unilever sells all of its shares of Holdings to Holdings or a third party in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, Unilever will have the right to buy from Holdco that number of class A common shares of Holdings (the “Additional Shares”) equal to the lesser of (i) 1.5% of the total outstanding shares of Holdings and (ii) the largest whole number of class A common shares, the aggregate value (as determined pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement) of which does not exceed $40,000. The purchase price to be paid by Unilever to Holdco for such Additional Shares would be $.01 per share. Unilever may then require the immediate repurchase by Holdco of the Additional Shares at a price determined in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement. The obligations to transfer the Additional Shares and repurchase those shares are obligations solely of Holdco.

 

F-49


Table of Contents
(27) Segment Information

Information regarding the Company’s operating segments is shown below. Each segment is individually managed with separate operating results that are reviewed regularly by the executive management. Each segment’s accounting policies are consistent with those used by the Company.

The following table represents operating segment information. Statements of operations, except depreciation and amortization, include results from continuing operations only.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    North
America
    Europe     Japan   Latin
America
  Asia
Pacific
    Eliminations/
Other 1
    Total
Company
 

Net sales

  $ 679,376     $ 1,831,458     $ 311,395   $ 262,990   $ 251,726     $ (21,068 )   $ 3,315,877  

Operating profit

    41,418       90,126       8,230     17,503     661       (24,243 )     133,695  

Depreciation and amortization

    16,016       57,393       8,689     9,925     8,844       27,369       128,236  

Interest expense

    12,109       69,025       923     1,843     2,075       19,425       105,400  

Interest income

    3,071       8,654       176     314     494       (5,029 )     7,680  

Total assets

    361,259       1,886,057       325,175     195,890     187,090       241,721       3,197,192  

Goodwill

    126,304       779,653       129,749     67,303     56,611       49,066       1,208,686  

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

    14,673       46,929       4,322     12,809     9,988       32,490       121,211  

Long-lived assets 2

    180,657       1,061,338       183,203     99,637     84,894       302,339       1,912,068  
    Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2007  
    North
America
    Europe     Japan   Latin
America
  Asia
Pacific
    Eliminations/
Other 1
    Total
Company
 

Net sales

  $ 710,303     $ 1,616,973     $ 281,704   $ 226,848   $ 224,523     $ (18,611 )   $ 3,041,740  

Operating profit

    27,466       65,922       15,916     15,770     6,312       (64,276 )     67,110  

Depreciation and amortization

    31,146       56,028       10,138     8,692     8,391       42,351       156,746  

Interest expense

    11,300       69,746       750     2,682     3,339       18,785       106,602  

Interest income

    6,183       11,039       77     63     675       (7,994 )     10,043  

Total assets

    454,094       2,011,604       274,881     216,719     202,482       276,749       3,436,529  

Goodwill

    161,756       826,265       104,063     83,706     66,096       27,944       1,269,830  

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

    18,926       44,529       4,361     10,981     9,197       23,165       111,159  

Long-lived assets 2

    265,100       1,143,854       152,562     121,909     96,663       276,199       2,056,287  
    Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2006  
    North
America
    Europe     Japan   Latin
America
  Asia
Pacific
    Eliminations/
Other 1
    Total
Company
 

Net sales

  $ 739,539     $ 1,435,942     $ 295,735   $ 195,388   $ 193,416     $ (20,752 )   $ 2,839,268  

Operating profit (loss)

    (69,052 )     (10,632 )     10,088     12,512     (991 )     (66,253 )     (124,328 )

Depreciation and amortization

    73,527       57,694       7,501     8,153     7,730       43,805       198,410  

Interest expense

    10,848       69,022       888     4,593     3,669       31,558       120,578  

Interest income

    15,159       11,586       9     219     499       (14,477 )     12,995  

Total assets

    26,506       1,920,219       275,499     180,936     176,105       723,507       3,302,772  

Goodwill

    180,607       747,638       110,410     75,988     60,389       (6,005 )     1,169,027  

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

    17,470       36,316       4,352     8,408     7,689       19,146       93,381  

Long-lived assets 2

    274,291       1,057,960       150,930     108,268     87,929       266,419       1,945,797  

 

1

Eliminations/Other includes the Company’s corporate operating and holding entities, discontinued operations and corporate level eliminations and consolidating entries.

2

Long-lived assets includes property, plant and equipment, capital software, intangible items and investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries.

 

F-50


Table of Contents
(28) Subsidiary Guarantors of Senior Subordinated Notes

The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s 100% owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Such guarantees are full and unconditional, to the extent allowed by law, and joint and several. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because the guarantors are unconditionally, jointly, and severally liable under the guarantees, and the Company believes such separate statements or disclosures would not be useful to investors. The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on an unconsolidated basis, statements of operations, balance sheets and statements of cash flows information for the Company (“Parent Company”), for the Guarantor Subsidiaries and for the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (the “Non-guarantor Subsidiaries”), each of which were determined on a combined basis with the exception of eliminating investments in combined subsidiaries and certain reclassifications, which are eliminated at the consolidated level. The supplemental financial information reflects the investments of the Company in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-guarantor Subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net product and service sales

   $ 536,273     $ 67,016     $ 2,786,329     $ (108,761 )   $ 3,280,857  

Sales agency fee income

     —         —         35,020       —         35,020  
                                        
     536,273       67,016       2,821,349       (108,761 )     3,315,877  

Cost of sales

     359,893       34,837       1,703,312       (107,960 )     1,990,082  
                                        

Gross profit

     176,380       32,179       1,118,037       (801 )     1,325,795  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     169,489       12,796       885,447       —         1,067,732  

Research and development expenses

     36,153       —         30,924       —         67,077  

Restructuring expense

     11,536       624       45,131       —         57,291  
                                        

Operating profit (loss)

     (40,798 )     18,759       156,535       (801 )     133,695  

Other (income) expense:

          

Interest expense

     113,950       56       71,441       (80,047 )     105,400  

Interest income

     (44,949 )     (35,778 )     (7,000 )     80,047       (7,680 )

Other (income) expense, net

     (82,371 )     395       3,383       84,264       5,671  
                                        

Income (loss) before taxes

     (27,428 )     54,086       88,711       (85,065 )     30,304  

Provision for income taxes

     (4,278 )     14,110       47,699       —         57,531  
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (23,150 )     39,976       41,012       (85,065 )     (27,227 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     11,388       (6 )     4,083       —         15,465  
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (11,762 )   $ 39,970     $ 45,095     $ (85,065 )   $ (11,762 )
                                        

Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net product and service sales

   $ 557,392     $ 75,856     $ 2,415,869     $ (99,305 )   $ 2,949,812  

Sales agency fee income

     4,252       28       87,648       —         91,928  
                                        
     561,644       75,884       2,503,517       (99,305 )     3,041,740  

Cost of sales

     360,533       40,631       1,462,681       (99,621 )     1,764,224  
                                        

Gross profit

     201,111       35,253       1,040,836       316       1,277,516  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     269,612       15,306       832,784       —         1,117,702  

Research and development expenses

     36,841       —         28,698       —         65,539  

Restructuring expense

     2,614       —         24,551       —         27,165  
                                        

Operating profit (loss)

     (107,956 )     19,947       154,803       316       67,110  

Other (income) expense:

          

Interest expense

     121,725       79       78,917       (94,119 )     106,602  

Interest income

     (41,556 )     (46,984 )     (15,622 )     94,119       (10,043 )

Other (income) expense, net

     (60,877 )     (644 )     1,326       59,408       (787 )
                                        

Income (loss) before taxes

     (127,248 )     67,496       90,182       (59,092 )     (28,662 )

Provision for income taxes

     (35,076 )     17,853       83,069       —         65,846  
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (92,172 )     49,643       7,113       (59,092 )     (94,508 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     5,541       556       1,780       —         7,877  
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (86,631 )   $ 50,199     $ 8,893     $ (59,092 )   $ (86,631 )
                                        

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net product and service sales

   $ 599,502     $ 85,514     $ 2,179,272     $ (110,536 )   $ 2,753,752  

Sales agency fee income

     4,233       9       81,274       —         85,516  
                                        
     603,735       85,523       2,260,546       (110,536 )     2,839,268  

Cost of sales

     392,311       52,416       1,333,655       (111,565 )     1,666,817  
                                        

Gross profit

     211,424       33,107       926,891       1,029       1,172,451  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     336,774       20,514       766,592       —         1,123,880  

Research and development expenses

     30,191       —         27,921       —         58,112  

Restructuring expense

     42,508       —         72,279       —         114,787  
                                        

Operating profit (loss)

     (198,049 )     12,593       60,099       1,029       (124,328 )

Other (income) expense:

          

Interest expense

     146,975       275       74,746       (101,418 )     120,578  

Interest income

     (42,597 )     (63,762 )     (8,054 )     101,418       (12,995 )

Other (income) expense, net

     (283,932 )     (8,177 )     (43,579 )     340,920       5,232  
                                        

Income before taxes

     (18,495 )     84,257       36,986       (339,891 )     (237,143 )

Provision for income taxes

     (129,678 )     30,220       6,464       —         (92,994 )
                                        

Income (loss) before minority interests

     111,183       54,037       30,522       (339,891 )     (144,149 )

Minority interests in net income of subsidiaries

     —         —         25       —         25  
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     111,183       54,037       30,497       (339,891 )     (144,174 )

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     7,099       178,673       76,684       —         262,456  
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 118,282     $ 232,710     $ 107,181     $ (339,891 )   $ 118,282  
                                        

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating balance sheet at December 31, 2008:

 

      Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,260    $ 418    $ 75,140    $ —       $ 107,818

Restricted cash

     49,463      —        —        —         49,463

Accounts receivable

     4,457      1,479      565,154      —         571,090

Intercompany receivables

     —        447,713      —        (447,713 )     —  

Inventories

     40,577      2,625      212,257      (129 )     255,330

Other current assets

     25,003      63      155,864      (15,754 )     165,176

Current assets of discontinued operations

     1,746      —        —        —         1,746
                                   

Total current assets

     153,506      452,298      1,008,415      (463,596 )     1,150,623

Property, plant and equipment, net

     80,841      554      336,399      (5,772 )     412,022

Capitalized software, net

     40,765      —        3,099      —         43,864

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

     88,838      107,429      1,244,009      —         1,440,276

Intercompany advances

     346,519      249,039      28,626      (624,184 )     —  

Other assets

     104,420      1      40,453      (148 )     144,726

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,714,392      11,003      —        (1,725,395 )     —  

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

     5,681      —        —        —         5,681
                                   

Total assets

   $ 2,534,962    $ 820,324    $ 2,661,001    $ (2,819,095 )   $ 3,197,192
                                   

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Short-term borrowings

   $ —      $ —      $ 26,448    $ —       $ 26,448

Current portion of long-term debt

     8,750      —        11,055      —         19,805

Accounts payable

     74,630      334      312,499      64       387,527

Intercompany payables

     324,053      —        123,660      (447,713 )     —  

Accrued expenses

     140,344      8,571      321,078      (15,165 )     454,828

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     3,746      —        —        —         3,746
                                   

Total current liabilities

     551,523      8,905      794,740      (462,814 )     892,354

Intercompany note payable

     36,637      —        588,533      (625,170 )     —  

Long-term borrowings

     1,035,573      —        —        —         1,035,573

Other liabilities

     190,536      24,889      333,295      (148 )     548,572

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

     6,197      —        —        —         6,197
                                   

Total liabilities

     1,820,466      33,794      1,716,568      (1,088,132 )     2,482,696

Stockholders’ equity

     714,496      786,530      944,433      (1,730,963 )     714,496
                                   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,534,962    $ 820,324    $ 2,661,001    $ (2,819,095 )   $ 3,197,192
                                   

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating balance sheet at December 28, 2007:

 

      Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated

Assets

            

Current assets:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,015    $ 564    $ 51,492     $ —       $ 97,071

Accounts receivable

     5,200      1,117      630,516       —         636,833

Intercompany receivables

     —        383,470      —         (383,470 )     —  

Inventories

     48,551      6,620      224,166       (162 )     279,175

Other current assets

     26,625      79      143,295       (9,703 )     160,296

Current assets of discontinued operations

     10,078      —        5,266       —         15,344
                                    

Total current assets

     135,469      391,850      1,054,735       (393,335 )     1,188,719

Property, plant and equipment, net

     91,808      508      355,055       (4,937 )     442,434

Capitalized software, net

     32,842      —        3,714       —         36,556

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

     76,118      174,612      1,324,132       (13,920 )     1,560,942

Intercompany advances

     327,190      253,026      30,107       (610,323 )     —  

Other assets

     118,104      2      50,051       (129 )     168,028

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,838,528      24,785      —         (1,863,313 )     —  

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

     38,948      —        902       —         39,850
                                    

Total assets

   $ 2,659,007    $ 844,783    $ 2,818,696     $ (2,885,957 )   $ 3,436,529
                                    

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

            

Current liabilities:

            

Short-term borrowings

   $ —      $ —      $ 18,898     $ —       $ 18,898

Current portion of long-term debt

     8,750      —        4,431       —         13,181

Accounts payable

     68,637      1,075      335,650       —         405,362

Intercompany payables

     210,428      —        173,042       (383,470 )     —  

Accrued expenses

     146,272      7,852      323,363       1,598       479,085

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     12,387      —        2,373       —         14,760
                                    

Total current liabilities

     446,474      8,927      857,757       (381,872 )     931,286

Intercompany note payable

     23,841      —        607,678       (631,519 )     —  

Long-term borrowings

     1,060,590      —        8,861       —         1,069,451

Other liabilities

     167,408      21,711      286,117       373       475,609

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

     2,427      —        (511 )     —         1,916
                                    

Total liabilities

     1,700,740      30,638      1,759,902       (1,013,018 )     2,478,262

Stockholders’ equity

     958,267      814,145      1,058,794       (1,872,939 )     958,267
                                    

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,659,007    $ 844,783    $ 2,818,696     $ (2,885,957 )   $ 3,436,529
                                    

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (31,690 )   $ 15,228     $ 140,538     $ (74,879 )   $ 49,197  

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures, net

     (39,334 )     (240 )     (78,589 )     —         (118,163 )

Acquisitions of businesses

     (4,504 )     13,781       (44,114 )     27,253       (7,584 )

Proceeds from divestitures

     121,338       (192 )     6,418       —         127,564  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     77,500       13,349       (116,285 )     27,253       1,817  

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     —         —         10,985       —         10,985  

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     —         —         —         —         —    

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (8,750 )     —         (5,070 )     —         (13,820 )

Intercompany financing

     25,800       38,803       (64,603 )     —         —    

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     (12,973 )     (19,381 )     55,283       (22,929 )     —    

Payment of debt issuance costs

     —         —         (123 )     —         (123 )

Dividends paid

     (43,353 )     (33,678 )     (36,876 )     70,555       (43,352 )
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (39,276 )     (14,256 )     (40,404 )     47,626       (46,310 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (19,289 )     (14,467 )     39,799       —         6,043  
                                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,755 )     (146 )     23,648       —         10,747  

Beginning balance

     45,015       564       51,492       —         97,071  
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 32,260     $ 418     $ 75,140     $ —       $ 107,818  
                                        

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2007:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (17,489 )   $ (25 )   $ 101,621     $ (50,811 )   $ 33,296  

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures, net

     (10,917 )     (29,334 )     (59,825 )     —         (100,076 )

Acquisitions of businesses

     (11,491 )     (1,769 )     (363 )     9,542       (4,081 )

Proceeds from divestitures

     3,141       (1,346 )     —         —         1,795  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (19,267 )     (32,449 )     (60,188 )     9,542       (102,362 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     —         —         (20,702 )     —         (20,702 )

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     —         —         —         —         —    

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (8,750 )     —         (4,266 )     —         (13,016 )

Intercompany financing

     (106,225 )     202,545       (96,325 )     5       —    

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     91,423       (67,263 )     85,341       (109,501 )     —    

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (500 )     —         —         —         (500 )

Dividends paid

     (21,676 )     (139,040 )     (11,803 )     150,765       (21,754 )
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (45,728 )     (3,758 )     (47,755 )     41,269       (55,972 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     43,898       36,315       (66,417 )     —         13,796  
                                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (38,586 )     83       (72,739 )     —         (111,242 )

Beginning balance

     83,601       481       124,231       —         208,313  
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 45,015     $ 564     $ 51,492     $ —       $ 97,071  
                                        

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 419,825     $ (226,501 )   $ 135,338     $ (335,154 )   $ (6,492 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures, net

     (35,753 )     8,768       (59,748 )     (441 )     (87,174 )

Acquisitions of businesses

     10,269       46,613       (16,870 )     (51,612 )     (11,600 )

Proceeds from divestitures

     9,917       369,759       109,926       —         489,602  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (15,567 )     425,140       33,308       (52,053 )     390,828  

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     —         (39 )     (9,819 )     —         (9,858 )

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     100,000       —         —         —         100,000  

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (427,751 )     —         (5,813 )     —         (433,564 )

Intercompany financing

     17,403       552       (17,955 )     —         —    

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     (154,156 )     (61,404 )     11,776       203,784       —    

Payment of debt issuance costs

     —         —         —         —         —    

Dividends paid

     —         (131,213 )     (52,259 )     183,423       (49 )
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (464,504 )     (192,104 )     (74,070 )     387,207       (343,471 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     38,233       (7,292 )     (25,507 )     —         5,434  
                                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (22,013 )     (757 )     69,069       —         46,299  

Beginning balance 1

     105,614       1,238       55,162         162,014  
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 83,601     $ 481     $ 124,231     $ —       $ 208,313  
                                        

 

1

Guarantor, Non-guarantor and Consolidated columns include cash and cash equivalents for discontinued operations at December 30, 2005 of $931, $2,897 and $3,828, respectively.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
(29) Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

     1st Quarter     2nd Quarter     3rd Quarter     4th Quarter  
     March 28,
2008
    March 30,
2007
    June 27,
2008
   June 29,
2007
    September 26,
2008
   September 28,
2007
    December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
 

Net sales 1

   $ 779,837     $ 687,773     $ 887,074    $ 773,037     $ 856,500    $ 768,738     $ 792,466     $ 812,192  

Gross profit 1

     319,413       283,208       364,979      322,790       342,740      327,593       298,663       343,925  

Net income (loss) 2

     (10,492 )     (36,728 )     12,365      (19,570 )     23,196      (14,630 )     (36,831 )     (15,703 )

 

1

Amounts include results from continuing operations.

2

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company divested of DuBois (see Note 6) resulting in an after tax gain of approximately $10,696.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded a charge of $4,000 related to a pending litigation claim at its corporate operations.

 

F-56